rbcaa_Current folio_10K

Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

 

Commission File Number: 0-24649

 

Picture 2

 

REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

 

Kentucky

 

61-0862051

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

incorporation or organization)

 

 

 

 

 

601 West Market Street, Louisville, Kentucky

 

40202

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (502) 584-3600

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

NASDAQ Global Select Market

(Title of each class)

 

(Name of each exchange on which registered)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

None

(Title of Class)

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  No

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes  No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

  Yes  No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  No

 

Indicate by check mark if the disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

 

 

 

 

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  No

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of June 30, 2015 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was approximately $251,521,884 (for purposes of this calculation, the market value of the Class B Common Stock was based on the market value of the Class A Common Stock into which it is convertible).

 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, as of February 12, 2016 was 18,659,147 and 2,245,250.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

List hereunder the following documents if incorporated by reference and the Part of the Form 10-K (e.g., Part I, Part II, etc.) into which the document is incorporated: (1) Any annual report to security holders; (2) Any proxy or information statement; and (3) Any prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (c) under the Securities Act of 1933. The listed documents should be clearly described for identification purposes:

 

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 21, 2016 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART I 

    

    

    

    

 

Item 1. 

 

Business.

 

 

Item 1A. 

 

Risk Factors.

 

28 

 

Item 1B. 

 

Unresolved Staff Comments.

 

38 

 

Item 2. 

 

Properties.

 

39 

 

Item 3. 

 

Legal Proceedings.

 

41 

 

Item 4. 

 

Mine Safety Disclosures.

 

41 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5. 

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

42 

 

Item 6. 

 

Selected Financial Data.

 

45 

 

Item 7. 

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

48 

 

Item 7A. 

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

 

100 

 

Item 8. 

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

100 

 

Item 9. 

 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

196 

 

Item 9A. 

 

Controls and Procedures.

 

196 

 

Item 9B. 

 

Other Information.

 

196 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART III 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10. 

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

 

197 

 

Item 11. 

 

Executive Compensation.

 

198 

 

Item 12. 

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

198 

 

Item 13. 

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

 

198 

 

Item 14. 

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

 

198 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15. 

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

 

199 

 

 

 

Signatures

 

200 

 

 

 

Index to Exhibits

 

201 

 

 

2


 

Table of Contents

 

 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements relating to future results of Republic Bancorp, Inc. that are considered “forward-looking” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The forward-looking statements are principally, but not exclusively, contained in Part I Item 1 “Business,” Part I Item 1A “Risk Factors” and Part II Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

As used in this filing, the terms “Republic,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Republic Bancorp, Inc., and, where the context requires, Republic Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries; and the term the “Bank” or “RB&T” refers to the Company’s subsidiary bank: Republic Bank & Trust Company.

 

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied as a result of certain risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to: changes in political and economic conditions; interest rate fluctuations; competitive product and pricing pressures; equity and fixed income market fluctuations; client bankruptcies; inflation; recession; acquisitions and integrations of acquired businesses; technological changes; changes in law and regulations or the interpretation and enforcement thereof; changes in fiscal, monetary, regulatory and tax policies; monetary fluctuations; success in gaining regulatory approvals when required; information security breaches or cyber security attacks involving either the Company or one of the Company’s third party service providers; as well as other risks and uncertainties reported from time to time in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”),  including Part 1 Item 1A “Risk Factors.”

 

Broadly speaking, forward-looking statements include:

 

·

projections of revenue, income, expenses, losses, earnings per share, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure or other financial items;

·

descriptions of plans or objectives for future operations, products or services;

·

forecasts of future economic performance; and

·

descriptions of assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing.

 

The Company may make forward-looking statements discussing management’s expectations about various matters, including:

 

·

loan delinquencies; non-performing, classified, or impaired loans; and troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”);

·

further developments in the Bank’s ongoing review of and efforts to resolve possible problem credit relationships, which could result in, among other things, additional provisions for loan and lease losses (“Provision”);

·

future credit quality, credit losses and the overall adequacy of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (“Allowance”);

·

potential impairment charges or write-downs of other real estate owned (“OREO”);

·

future short-term and long-term interest rates and the respective impact on net interest income, net interest spread, net income, liquidity, capital and economic value of equity (“EVE”);

·

the future impact of Company strategies to mitigate interest rate risk;

·

future long-term interest rates and their impact on the demand for Mortgage Banking products, Warehouse lines of credit and Correspondent Lending products;

·

the future value of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”);

·

the potential impairment of investment securities;

·

the growth in the Bank’s loan portfolio, in general, and overall mix of such portfolio;

·

the growth in single family residential, first lien real estate loans originated through the Bank’s Correspondent Lending delivery channel;

·

the growth in the Bank’s Warehouse Lending (“Warehouse”) portfolio;

·

usage rates on Warehouse lines of credit;

·

the volatility of the Bank’s Warehouse portfolio outstanding balances;

·

the Bank’s ability to maintain and/or grow deposits;

·

the concentrations and volatility of the Bank’s securities sold under agreements to repurchase;

3


 

Table of Contents

·

the Company’s intentions regarding its Trust Preferred Securities (“TPS”);

·

the Company’s ability to successfully implement strategic plans, including, but not limited to, those related to pending or future business acquisitions;

·

future accretion of discounts on loans acquired in the Bank’s 2012 FDIC-assisted transactions and the effect of such accretion on the Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin;

·

future amortization of premiums on loans acquired through the Bank’s Correspondent Lending channel and the effect of such amortization on the Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin;

·

the future financial performance of Tax Refund Solutions (“TRS”), a division of the Republic Processing Group (“RPG”) segment;

·

future Refund Transfer (“RT”) volume for TRS;

·

future Easy Advance (“EA”) volume for TRS;

·

the future net revenue associated with RTs at TRS;

·

the future financial performance of Republic Payment Solutions (“RPS”), a division of RPG;

·

the future financial performance of Republic Credit Solutions (“RCS”), a division of RPG;

·

the extent to which regulations written and implemented by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), and other federal, state and local governmental regulation of consumer lending and related financial products and services, may limit or prohibit the operation of the Company’s business;

·

financial services reform and other current, pending or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative effect on the Company’s revenue and businesses, including but not limited to, Basel III capital reforms; the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”); and legislation and regulation relating to overdraft fees (and changes to the Bank’s overdraft practices as a result thereof), interchange fees, credit card income, and other bank services;

·

the impact of new accounting pronouncements;

·

legal and regulatory matters including results and consequences of regulatory guidance, litigation, administrative proceedings, rule-making, interpretations, actions and examinations;

·

future capital expenditures; and

·

the strength of the U.S. economy in general and the strength of the local and regional economies in which the Company conducts operations.

 

Forward-looking statements discuss matters that are not historical facts. As forward-looking statements discuss future events or conditions, the statements often include words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “target,” “can,” “could,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “potential,” or similar expressions. Do not rely on forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements detail management’s expectations regarding the future and are not guarantees. Forward-looking statements are assumptions based on information known to management only as of the date the statements are made and management may not update them to reflect changes that occur subsequent to the date the statements are made.

 

See additional discussion under the sections titled Part I Item 1 “Business,” Part I Item 1A “Risk Factors” and Part II Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business.

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc. (“Republic” or the “Company”) is a financial holding company headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky. Republic is the parent company of Republic Bank & Trust Company (“RB&T” or the “Bank”) and Republic Insurance Services, Inc. (the “Captive”). The Bank is a Kentucky-based, state chartered non-member financial institution. The Captive, which was formed during the third quarter of 2014, is a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary of the Company.  The Captive provides property and casualty insurance coverage to the Company and the Bank as well as eight other third-party insurance captives for which insurance may not be available or economically feasible. Republic Bancorp Capital Trust is a Delaware statutory business trust that is a 100%-owned unconsolidated finance subsidiary of Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

4


 

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2015,  in addition to Internet Banking and Correspondent Lending delivery channels, Republic had 40 full-service banking centers with locations as follows:

 

·

Kentucky – 32

·

Metropolitan Louisville – 19

·

Central Kentucky – 8

·

Elizabethtown – 1

·

Frankfort – 1

·

Georgetown – 1

·

Lexington – 4

·

Shelbyville – 1

·

Western Kentucky – 2

·

Owensboro – 2

·

Northern Kentucky – 3

·

Covington – 1

·

Florence – 1

·

Independence – 1

·

Southern Indiana – 3

·

Floyds Knobs – 1

·

Jeffersonville – 1

·

New Albany – 1

·

Metropolitan Tampa, Florida – 2

·

Metropolitan Cincinnati, Ohio – 1

·

Metropolitan Nashville, Tennessee – 2

 

Republic’s headquarters are located in Louisville, which is the largest city in Kentucky based on population.

 

The principal business of Republic is directing, planning and coordinating the business activities of the Bank. The financial condition and results of operations of Republic are primarily dependent upon the results of operations of the Bank. At December 31, 2015, Republic had total assets of $4.2 billion, total deposits of $2.5 billion and total stockholders’ equity of $577 million. Based on total assets as of December 31, 2015, Republic ranked as the largest Kentucky-based financial holding company. The executive offices of Republic are located at 601 West Market Street, Louisville, Kentucky 40202, telephone number (502) 584-3600. The Company’s website address is www.republicbank.com.

 

Website Access to Reports

 

The Company makes its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, available free of charge through its website, www.republicbank.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC.

 

General Business Overview

 

As of December 31, 2015,  the Company was divided into four distinct operating segments: Traditional Banking, Warehouse,  Mortgage Banking and RPG. Management considers the first three segments to collectively constitute “Core Bank” or “Core Banking” activities. Correspondent Lending operations are considered part of Traditional Banking operations. The RPG segment includes the following divisions: TRS, RPS and RCS. TRS generates the majority of RPG’s income, with the relatively smaller divisions of RPG, RPS and RCS, considered immaterial for separate and independent segment reporting. All divisions of the RPG segment operate through the Bank. 

 

5


 

Table of Contents

Net income, total assets and net interest margin by business segment for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are presented below: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

 

Core Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Total

  

    

Republic

    

    

 

 

 

 

Traditional

 

Warehouse

 

Mortgage

 

Core

 

 

Processing

 

Total

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Banking

 

Lending

 

Banking

 

Banking

 

 

Group

 

Company

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

23,919

 

$

5,964

 

$

(26)

 

$

29,857

 

 

$

5,309

 

$

35,166

 

Total assets

 

 

3,809,526

 

 

386,414

 

 

9,348

 

 

4,205,288

 

 

 

25,001

 

 

4,230,289

 

Net interest margin

 

 

3.15

%  

 

3.58

%  

 

NM

 

 

3.19

%  

 

 

NM

 

 

3.27

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

Core Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Total

  

    

Republic

    

    

 

 

 

 

Traditional

 

Warehouse

 

Mortgage

 

Core

 

 

Processing

 

Total

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Banking

 

Lending

 

Banking

 

Banking

 

 

Group

 

Company

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

21,315

 

$

3,402

 

$

(385)

 

$

24,332

 

 

$

4,455

 

$

28,787

 

Total assets

 

 

3,404,323

 

 

319,153

 

 

11,593

 

 

3,735,069

 

 

 

11,944

 

 

3,747,013

 

Net interest margin

 

 

3.32

%  

 

3.77

%  

 

NM

 

 

3.35

%  

 

 

NM

 

 

3.33

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Core Banking

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Total

  

    

Republic

    

    

 

 

 

 

Traditional

 

Warehouse

 

Mortgage

 

Core

 

 

Processing

 

Total

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Banking

 

Lending

 

Banking

 

Banking

 

 

Group

 

Company

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

21,265

 

$

2,663

 

$

2,887

 

$

26,815

 

 

$

(1,392)

 

$

25,423

 

Total assets

 

 

3,205,499

 

 

149,351

 

 

9,307

 

 

3,364,157

 

 

 

7,747

 

 

3,371,904

 

Net interest margin

 

 

3.47

%  

 

4.28

%  

 

NM

 

 

3.50

%  

 

 

NM

 

 

3.48

%  

 


Segment assets are reported as of the respective period ends while income and margin data are reported for the respective periods.

 

NM — Not Meaningful

 

For expanded segment financial data see Footnote 23 “Segment Information” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

The Company’s pending acquisition of Cornerstone Bancorp, Inc. (“Cornerstone”), and its wholly-owned bank subsidiary Cornerstone Community Bank, is expected to close during the first half of 2016 for approximately $32.3 million in cash. The acquisition of Cornerstone will expand the Company’s footprint in the Tampa, Florida metropolitan statistical areaOn December 31, 2015, Cornerstone operated four banking centers in the Tampa, Florida metropolitan statistical area, with approximately $250 million in total assets, approximately $190 million in loans and approximately $200 million in deposits. 

 

For additional information concerning the Company’s acquisition of Cornerstone Bancorp, Inc., see Footnote 2 “Acquisition (Subsequent Event)” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

6


 

Table of Contents

(I)  Traditional Banking segment

 

Lending Activities

 

The Bank’s principal lending activities consists of the following:

 

Retail Mortgage Lending —  Through its retail banking centers detailed above, its Correspondent Lending channel and its Internet Banking channel, the Bank originates single family, residential real estate loans.  In addition, the Bank originates home equity amortizing loans (“HEAL”) and home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”) through its retail banking centers. All such loans are generally collateralized by owner occupied property.  In 2015, the Bank embarked on an aggressive marketing campaign to increase its HELOCs utilizing a promotional rate product.  Under the terms of the promotional product during 2015, clients received a fixed interest rate of 1.99% for the first twelve months with no upfront closing costs.  When the promotional rate expires after twelve months, rates are adjusted to an index based on the New York Prime Rate (“Prime”).  During January 2016, the Company increased its offering rate on the promotional product to 2.99% for the first twelve months with no upfront closing costs.

 

For those loans originated through the Bank’s retail banking centers, the collateral is predominately located in the Bank’s market footprint, while loans originated through the Correspondent Lending channel and Internet Banking are generally secured by owner occupied collateral located outside of the Bank’s market footprint.  All mortgage loans retained on balance sheet are included as a component of the Company’s “Traditional Banking” segment and are discussed below and elsewhere in this filing.

 

The Bank offers single family, first lien residential real estate, adjustable rate mortgages (“ARM”s) with interest rate adjustments tied to various market indices with specified minimum and maximum adjustments. The Bank generally charges a higher interest rate for its ARMs if the property is not owner occupied. The interest rates on the majority of ARMs are adjusted after their fixed rate periods on an annual basis, with most having annual and lifetime limitations on upward rate adjustments to the loan. These loans typically feature amortization periods of up to 30 years and have fixed interest rate periods generally ranging from five to ten years, with demand dependent upon market conditions.  In general, ARMs containing longer fixed rate periods have historically been more attractive to the Bank’s clients in a relatively low rate environment, while ARMs with shorter fixed rate periods have historically been more attractive to the Bank’s clients in a relatively high rate environment.  While there is no requirement for clients to refinance their loans at the end of the fixed rate period, clients have historically done so the majority of the time, as most clients are interest rate risk-averse on their first mortgage loans.

 

Depending on the term and amount of the ARM, loans collateralized by single family, owner-occupied first lien residential real estate may be originated with a loan-to-value (“LTV”) up to 90% and a combined LTV up to 100%.  During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Bank introduced a 100% LTV product for home purchase transactions within its primary markets. The Bank does not require the borrower to obtain private mortgage insurance for ARM loans.  Except for the HEAL product under $150,000, the Bank requires mortgagee’s title insurance on single family, first lien residential real estate loans to protect the Bank against defects in its liens on the properties that collateralize the loans. The Bank normally requires title, fire, and extended casualty insurance to be obtained by the borrower and when required by applicable regulations, flood insurance. The Bank maintains an errors and omissions insurance policy to protect the Bank against loss in the event a borrower fails to maintain proper fire and other hazard insurance policies.

 

Single family, first lien residential ARMs originated prior to January 10, 2014 generally contain an early termination penalty (“ETP”). Effective January 10, 2014, with the implementation of the Ability to Repay (“ATR”) Rule, the Bank eliminated ETPs for newly originated ARMs.

 

Single family, first lien residential real estate loans with fixed rate periods of 15, 20 and 30 years are primarily sold into the secondary market. MSRs attached to the sold portfolio are either sold along with the loan or retained.  All loans sold into the secondary market along with their corresponding MSRs are included as a component of the Company’s “Mortgage Banking” segment as discussed elsewhere in this filing.  The Bank, as it has in the past, may retain such longer-term fixed rate loans from time-to-time in the future to help combat market compression.  Any such loans retained on balance sheet would be reported as a component of the Traditional Banking segment.

 

For additional information regarding the Bank’s interest rate sensitivity, see the section titled “Asset/Liability Management and Market Risk” under Part II Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial condition and Results of Operations.”

7


 

Table of Contents

 

The Bank does, on occasion, purchase single family, first lien residential real estate loans in low-to-moderate income areas in order to meet its obligations under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”). The Bank generally applies secondary market underwriting criteria to the review of these purchased loan portfolios and generally reserves the right to reject particular loans from a loan package being purchased that do not meet its underwriting criteria. In connection with loan purchases, the Bank receives various representations and warranties from the sellers of the loans regarding the quality and characteristics of the loans.

 

In January 2014, the CFPB’s final rule implementing the ATR requirements in the Dodd-Frank Act became effective. The rule, among other things, requires lenders to consider a consumer’s ability to repay a mortgage loan before extending credit to the consumer and limits prepayment penalties. The rule provides a presumption of compliance with the ATR requirements and certain protections from liability for a mortgage loan meeting the parameters of a qualified mortgage (“QM”). While regulatory agencies have explained that there is no legal requirement or supervisory expectation to originate any QMs at all, transactions covered by the ATR requirements that do not meet the parameters of a QM, i.e. “non-QMs,” do not maintain the presumed protections from liability like their QM counterparts.

 

Management believes that ARM loans originated through the Bank’s retail origination channel during 2014 were predominantly QMs; however, the Bank made strategic changes to its underwriting guidelines in 2015 that resulted in the substantial majority of ARM loans originated through its retail origination channel to be non-QMs.  Management made these strategic changes to provide a better client experience for the Bank’s mortgage loan clients and to reduce the overall costs to the Bank of originating loans subject to the QM parameters.  Management still expects all of its ARM loans to meet the ATR requirements.

 

See additional discussion regarding ATR requirements and QMs under the sections titled:

 

·

“Supervision and Regulation” in this section of the filing

·

Part I Item 1A “Risk Factors”

 

Commercial Lending — The Bank’s Commercial and Corporate Banking department (the “CCB Department”) is composed of Corporate Banking, Commercial Finance, Municipal Lending, and Republic Realty. All credit approvals and processing for this Division are prepared and underwritten through the Bank’s existing Credit Administration Department (“CAD”).   

 

Corporate Banking’s marketing focus is locally-based companies within the Bank’s market footprint, typically with revenues of $15 million to $150 million.  Credit opportunities are generally driven by the following: companies expanding their businesses; companies acquiring new businesses; generational transfers from existing owners to children, existing management, or employees (Employee Stock Ownership Plans); and refinancing of existing debt at other banks.    Corporate Banking’s primary product focus is Commercial & Industrial (“C&I”) lending, and to a lesser degree, Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”) opportunities.  The targeted C&I credit size for client relationships is $2.5 million to $25 million, with limited exceptions for corporate borrowers of the highest credit quality.  It is the Bank’s goal to be the primary bank for these clients including obtaining the clients’ full depository relationships as well.  On an exception basis, for large locally-based public institutions, the Bank may consider participations in larger credit facilities.  In these cases, the client is not expected to maintain its primary banking relationship with the Bank.  

 

C&I loans typically include those secured by General Business Assets (“GBA”), which consist of equipment, accounts receivable, inventory, and other business assets owned by the borrower/guarantor.  Credit facilities include annually renewable lines of credit and term loans with maturities typically from three to seven years, and may also involve quarterly financial covenant requirements. These reporting requirements are monitored by the Bank’s CAD. Underwriting C&I loans is based on the borrower’s financial capacity to repay these loans from its Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”),  with capital strength, collateral and management experience also important underwriting considerations. 

 

The Commercial Finance Group targets financing for equipment, typically ranging from $100,000 to $500,000 per unit financed with five to seven year terms. Credit exposures to individual relationships are expected to be $500,000 to $5 million.  It is not a requirement in this area that the Bank maintain the borrower’s primary banking relationship. Both leasing and lending are used to accommodate financing needs, with EBITDA, company financial history, and collateral values/useful life primary underwriting considerations.

 

8


 

Table of Contents

The Municipal Lending Area responds to financing requests from cities and counties, largely in the state of Kentucky and in southern Indiana. The Bank issues general obligation and/or appropriation leases/loans to cities and counties. General obligation leases/loans range between $100,000 to $5 million, with leases above $5 million requiring approval from the Bank’s Executive Loan Committee.  Appropriation leases generally do not exceed $1 million.  It is not a requirement in this area that the Bank maintain the client’s primary banking relationship.

 

The Bank started Republic Realty in 2015 to focus on stabilized CRE loans with low leverage and strong cash flows.  The majority of interest rates offered are based on the 30-day London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).  Fixed rates are facilitated to borrowers with terms of up to 10 years, by utilizing interest rate swaps.  In some cases, limited or non-recourse (of owners) loans will be issued, based upon the capital position, cash flows, and stabilization of the borrowing entity.  Most all borrowers are single-asset entities.  Loan sizes will typically range from $3 million up to $25 million.  Loans will be located within the Bank’s market footprint or within adjacent markets.   Primary underwriting considerations are property cash flow (current and historical), quality of leases, financial capacity of sponsors, and collateral value of property financed.

 

The Bank’s CRE and multi-family loans are typically secured by improved property such as office buildings, medical facilities, retail centers, warehouses, apartment buildings, condominiums, schools, religious institutions and other types of commercial use property.

 

During 2015, while continuing to increase its total commercial-related loan portfolio, the Bank strategically diversified its commercial loan mix by increasing the ratio of C&I loans to total commercial loans and conversely decreasing the ratio of CRE loans to total commercial loans. At December 31, 2015, the CRE, C&I and Lease Financing Receivables (“LFR”) classes accounted for 78%, 21% and 1%, respectively, of the commercial lending portfolio, compared to 83%, 16% and less than 1%, respectively, at December 31, 2014. The Bank looks to continue this trend in the near-term.

 

Construction and Land Development LendingThe Bank originates residential construction real estate loans to finance the construction of single family dwellings. Such loans may be made to contractors to build single family dwellings under contract or directly to consumers. Construction loans are generally offered on the same basis as other single family, first lien residential real estate loans, except that a larger percentage down payment is typically required.

 

Construction loans are structured either to be converted to permanent loans with the Bank at the end of the construction phase or to be paid off at closing.  Residential properties are generally made in amounts up to 80% of anticipated cost of construction. Loans to developers and builders generally have terms of nine to twelve months. Loan proceeds on builders’ projects are typically disbursed in increments as construction progresses and as property inspections warrant.

 

The Bank also originates land development loans to real estate developers for the acquisition, development and construction of commercial projects. Such loans may involve additional risks because the funds are advanced to fund the project while under construction, and the project is of speculative value prior to completion. Moreover, because it is relatively difficult to evaluate completion value accurately, the total amount of funds required to complete a development may be subject to change. Repayments of these loans depend to a large degree on the conditions in the real estate market or the economy.

 

Internet Lending — The Bank accepts online loan applications through its website, www.republicbank.com.  Historically, the majority of loans originated through the internet have been within the Bank’s traditional markets of Kentucky and Indiana.  Other states where loans are marketed include Tennessee, Florida, Ohio, Virginia, and Minnesota, as well as, the District of Columbia.

 

Correspondent Lending — The Bank began acquiring single family, first lien mortgage loans for investment through its Correspondent Lending channel in May 2014. Correspondent Lending generally involves the Bank acquiring, primarily from its Warehouse clients, closed loans that meet the Bank’s specifications. Substantially all loans purchased through the Correspondent Lending channel are purchased at a premium.  Premiums on loans acquired though the Correspondent Lending channel are amortized into interest income on the level-yield method over the expected life of the loan.  Loans acquired through the Correspondent Lending channel are generally made to borrowers outside of the Bank’s market footprint. As of December 31, 2015, a substantial majority of loans originated through the Company’s Correspondent Lending channel were secured by single family residences located in the state of California.

 

9


 

Table of Contents

Consumer Lending — Traditional consumer loans made by the Bank include home improvement and home equity loans, as well as other secured and unsecured personal loans in addition to credit cards. With the exception of home equity loans, which are actively marketed in conjunction with single family, first lien residential real estate loans, other traditional consumer loan products, while available, are not and have not been actively promoted in the Bank’s markets.

 

The Bank began acquiring unsecured consumer installment loans for investment from a third-party originator in April 2014. Such consumer loans are purchased at par and are selected by the Bank based on certain underwriting characteristics.

 

Indirect Lending – In the fourth quarter of 2015, the Bank initiated a formal indirect lending division to grow its presence in the consumer auto loan market.  The program involves setting up relationships with automobile dealers in the Bank’s market footprint and obtaining new loans in a low cost delivery method. Management believes that this initiative also places the Bank in a position to enter floor plan lending in 2016.

 

See additional discussion regarding Lending Activities under the sections titled:

 

·

Part I Item 1A “Risk Factors”

·

Part II Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”

·

Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” Footnote 4 “Loans and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.”

 

The Bank’s other Traditional Banking activities generally consists of the following:

 

Private Banking — The Bank provides financial products and services to high net worth individuals through its Private Banking Department. The Bank’s Private Banking officers have extensive banking experience and are trained to meet the unique financial needs of this clientele.

 

Treasury Management Services — The Bank provides various deposit products designed for commercial business clients located throughout its market footprint. Lockbox processing, remote deposit capture, business on-line banking, account reconciliation and Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) processing are additional services offered to commercial businesses through the Bank’s Treasury Management Department.

 

Internet Banking — The Bank expands its market penetration and service delivery by offering clients Internet Banking services and products through its website, www.republicbank.com.

 

Mobile Banking — The Bank allows clients to easily and securely access and manage their accounts through its mobile banking application.

 

Other Banking Services — The Bank also provides trust, title insurance and other financial institution related products and services.

 

Bank Acquisitions — The Bank maintains an acquisition strategy to selectively grow its franchise as a complement to its organic growth strategies.  The Company expects to complete its pending acquisition of Cornerstone Bancorp, Inc., headquartered in St. Petersburg, Florida during the first half of 2016.

 

See additional discussion regarding the Traditional Banking segment under Footnote 23 “Segment Information” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

10


 

Table of Contents

(II)  Warehouse Lending segment

 

The Bank provides short-term, revolving credit facilities to mortgage bankers across the United States through mortgage warehouse lines of credit.  These credit facilities are secured by single family, first lien residential real estate loans. The credit facility enables the mortgage banking clients to close single family, first lien residential real estate loans in their own name and temporarily fund their inventory of these closed loans until the loans are sold to investors approved by the Bank or purchased by the Bank through its Correspondent Lending channel. Individual loans are expected to remain on the warehouse line for an average of 15 to 30 days. Interest income and loan fees are accrued for each individual loan during the time the loan remains on the warehouse line and collected when the loan is sold. The Bank receives the sale proceeds of each loan directly from the investor and applies the funds to pay off the warehouse advance and related accrued interest and fees. The remaining proceeds are credited to the mortgage banking client.

 

See additional discussion regarding the Warehouse Lending segment under Footnote 23 “Segment Information” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

(III)  Mortgage Banking segment

 

Mortgage Banking activities primarily include 15-, 20- and 30-year fixed-term single family, first lien residential real estate loans that are sold into the secondary market, primarily to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC” or “Freddie Mac”). The Bank typically retains servicing on loans sold into the secondary market. Administration of loans with servicing retained by the Bank includes collecting principal and interest payments, escrowing funds for property taxes and property insurance and remitting payments to secondary market investors. A fee is received by the Bank for performing these standard servicing functions.

 

As part of the sale of loans with servicing retained, the Bank records MSRs. MSRs represent an estimate of the present value of future cash servicing income, net of estimated costs, which the Bank expects to receive on loans sold with servicing retained by the Bank. MSRs are capitalized as separate assets. This transaction is posted to net gain on sale of loans, a component of “Mortgage Banking income” in the income statement. Management considers all relevant factors, in addition to pricing considerations from other servicers, to estimate the fair value of the MSRs to be recorded when the loans are initially sold with servicing retained by the Bank. The carrying value of MSRs is initially amortized in proportion to and over the estimated period of net servicing income and subsequently adjusted quarterly based on the weighted average remaining life of the underlying loans. The MSR amortization is recorded as a reduction to net servicing income, a component of Mortgage Banking income.

 

With the assistance of an independent third party, the MSRs asset is reviewed at least quarterly for impairment based on the fair value of the MSRs using groupings of the underlying loans by interest rates. Any impairment of a grouping is reported as a valuation allowance. A primary factor influencing the fair value is the estimated life of the underlying loans serviced. The estimated life of the loans serviced is significantly influenced by market interest rates. During a period of declining interest rates, the fair value of the MSRs is expected to decline due to increased anticipated prepayment speed assumptions within the portfolio. Alternatively, during a period of rising interest rates, the fair value of MSRs is expected to increase, as prepayment speed assumptions on the underlying loans would be anticipated to decline.

 

See additional discussion regarding the Mortgage Banking segment under Footnote 23 “Segment Information” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

(IV) Republic Processing Group segment

 

All divisions of the RPG segment operate through the Bank. Nationally, RPG facilitates the receipt and payment of federal and state tax refund products under the TRS division. The RPS division offers general purpose reloadable prepaid debit cards through third party program managers.  The RCS division offers short-term consumer credit products.

 

11


 

Table of Contents

Tax Refund Solutions division:

 

Republic, through its TRS division, is one of a limited number of financial institutions that facilitates the payment of federal and state tax refund products through third-party tax preparers located throughout the Nation, as well as tax-preparation software providers. Substantially all of the business generated by the TRS division occurs in the first quarter of the year. The TRS division traditionally operates at a loss during the second half of the year, during which time the division incurs costs preparing for the upcoming year’s first quarter tax season.

 

RTs are products whereby a tax refund is issued to the taxpayer after the Bank has received the refund from the federal or state government. There is no credit risk or borrowing cost for the Bank associated with these products because they are only delivered to the taxpayer upon receipt of the refund directly from the governmental paying authority. Fees earned on RTs, net of rebates, are the primary source of revenue for the TRS division and the RPG segment, and are reported in the income statement as non interest income under the line item “Net refund transfer fees.”

 

Introduction of the “Easy Advance”

 

Since RB&T’s discontinuance of the Refund Anticipation Loans (“RALs”) in April 2012, the tax industry, as a whole, has continued to make credit alternatives available to its customer base each year, including the availability of RALs in various states through finance companies.  One credit alternative to a traditional RAL the industry has developed is a product that allows a taxpayer to receive an advance of a portion of their refund with no additional fee paid by the taxpayer, and all fees for the advance being paid by the tax preparer or tax software company (collectively, the “Tax Providers”) to the lenders that offer this product.  In an effort to gain a competitive marketing advantage, some Tax Providers offered this no-fee advance product to the public in 2015 with others offering a similar program during the first quarter 2016 tax season. 

 

TRS began offering a no-fee tax credit product during the first quarter of 2016.  As part of the program, the Tax Providers pay the Bank a flat fee per approved advance.  RPG’s credit product, which is named “Easy Advance,” has the following features:

 

·

An advance amount of $750 per customer;

·

Product offered through February 29, 2016;

·

All fees for the product to be paid by the Tax Providers;

·

No requirement that the customer pay for another bank product, such as an RT;

·

The customer can elect to have proceeds disbursed by direct deposit, prepaid card, check or the Walmart Direct2Cash® product;

·

The Tax Providers may not impose an upcharge to the Easy Advance customer to offset the cost of the advance,

·

Repayment to the Bank is deducted from the customer’s tax refund proceeds; and

·

If an insufficient refund to repay the Easy Advance occurs:

o

there is no recourse to the customer,

o

no negative credit reporting on the customer, and

o

no collection efforts against the customer.

 

Prior to the 2016 tax season, the Bank’s senior management team reviewed with its primary federal regulator, the FDIC, the features listed above for the Easy Advance product and the Bank’s plans to offer the product during the first quarter of 2016.

 

Management believes the overall volume of the product is primarily dependent on the marketing of the product by the Tax Providers.  The Tax Providers’ willingness to market the product is highly dependent upon the actual value and perceived value of the product by the Tax Providers.  The product is a no-fee value-added product to the taxpayer customer.  This no-fee product to the customer is intended to retain existing customers or to attract additional tax preparation customers to the Tax Providers, with the Tax Providers’ expectation to earn more than enough revenue on tax preparation services to cover the costs they incur in offering the product. 

 

12


 

Table of Contents

Related to the overall credit losses for the Easy Advance, the Bank’s ability to control those losses is highly dependent upon its ability to predict the taxpayer’s likelihood to receive their tax refund filed with the IRS.  The Bank’s approval model for the Easy Advance is based on prior year IRS funding patterns with on-going changes made in-season to adjust for any new current year funding patterns recognized by the Bank.  Because much of the loan volume overall occurs each year before that year’s funding patterns can be analyzed and subsequent underwriting changes made, credit losses in the current year could be higher than management’s predictions if IRS funding patterns change materially between the prior year and current year.  

 

 

Republic Payment Solutions division:

 

The RPS division is an issuing bank offering general purpose reloadable prepaid cards through third party program managers. This program’s objectives include:

 

·

generate a low-cost deposit source;

·

generate float revenue from the previously mentioned low cost deposit source;

·

serve as a source of fee income; and

·

generate interchange revenue.

 

For the projected near-term, as the prepaid card program matures, the operating results of the RPS division are expected to be immaterial to the Company’s overall results of operations and will be reported as part of the RPG business operating segment. The RPS division will not be reported as a separate business operating segment until such time, if any, that it meets reporting thresholds.

 

The Company divides prepaid cards into two general categories:

 

Reloadable Cards: These types of cards are considered general purpose reloadable (“GPR”) cards. These cards may take the form of payroll cards issued to an employee by an employer to receive the direct deposit of their payroll. GPR cards can also be issued to a consumer at a retail location or mailed to a consumer after completing an online application. GPR cards can be reloaded multiple times with a consumer’s payroll, government benefit, a federal or state tax refund or through cash reload networks located at retail locations. Reloadable cards are generally open loop cards as described below.

 

Non-Reloadable Cards: These are generally one-time use cards that are only active until the funds initially loaded to the card are expended. These types of cards are considered gift or incentive cards. These cards may be open loop or closed loop, as described below. Normally these types of cards are used for the purchase of goods or services at retail locations and cannot be used to receive cash.

 

Prepaid cards may be open loop, closed loop or semi-closed loop. Open loop cards can be used to receive cash at automatic teller machines (“ATM”s) or purchase goods or services by use of personal identification numbers (“PINs”) or signature at retail locations. These cards can be used virtually anywhere that Visa® or MasterCard® is accepted. Closed loop cards can only be used at a specific merchant. Semi-closed loop cards can be used at several merchants.

 

The prepaid card market is one of the fastest growing segments of the payments industry throughout the Nation. This market has experienced significant growth in recent years due to consumers and merchants embracing improved technology, greater convenience, more product choices and greater flexibility. Prepaid cards have also proven to be an attractive alternative to traditional bank accounts for certain segments of the population, particularly those without, or who could not qualify for, a checking or savings account.

 

The RPS division will work with various third parties to distribute prepaid cards to consumers throughout the Nation. The Company will also likely work with these third parties to develop additional financial services for consumers to increase the functionality of the program and prepaid card usage.

 

13


 

Table of Contents

Republic Credit Solutions division:

 

Through the Bank, the RCS division offers short-term consumer credit products. In general, the credit products are unsecured, small dollar consumer loans with maturities of 30 days-or-more, and are dependent on various factors including the consumer’s ability to repay. 

 

During the third quarter of 2015, one of RCS’ small dollar consumer loan programs exited the program’s pilot phase.  Under the operation of this program, the Company retains a 10% ownership in the loans originated and sells a 90% participation interest. During 2015, RPG sold approximately $137 million of loans from this program to a third party compared to $636,000 during 2014. As of December  31, 2015, RCS carried approximately $7 million of such loans on its balance sheet, representing its 10% retained ownership. 

 

See additional discussion regarding RPG under the sections titled:

 

·

Part I Item 1A “Risk Factors”

·

Part II Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”

·

Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” Footnote 23 “Segment Information”

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2015, Republic had 785 full-time equivalent employees (“FTE”s). Altogether, Republic had 771 full-time and 28 part-time employees. None of the Company’s employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement, and Republic has never experienced a work stoppage. The Company believes that its employee relations have been and continue to be good.

 

Executive Officers

 

See Part III, Item 10. “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.” for information about the Company’s executive officers.

 

Competition

 

Traditional Banking

 

The Traditional Bank encounters intense competition in its market footprint in originating loans, attracting deposits, and selling other banking related financial services. Through its Correspondent Lending channel, the Bank also competes to acquire newly originated mortgage loans from select mortgage companies on a national basis. The deregulation of the banking industry, the ability to create financial services holding companies to engage in a wide range of financial services other than banking and the widespread enactment of state laws which permit multi-bank holding companies, as well as the availability of nationwide interstate banking, has created a highly competitive environment for financial institutions. In one or more aspects of the Bank’s business, the Bank competes with local and regional retail and commercial banks, other savings banks, credit unions, finance companies, mortgage companies and other financial intermediaries operating in Kentucky, Indiana, Florida, Tennessee and Ohio. The Bank also competes with insurance companies, consumer finance companies, investment banking firms and mutual fund managers. Some of the Company’s competitors are not subject to the same degree of regulatory review and restrictions that apply to the Company and the Bank. Many of the Bank’s primary competitors, some of which are affiliated with large bank holding companies or other larger financial based institutions, have substantially greater resources, larger established client bases, higher lending limits, more extensive banking center networks, numerous ATMs, and greater advertising and marketing budgets. They may also offer services that the Bank does not currently provide. These competitors attempt to gain market share through their financial product mix, pricing strategies and banking center locations. Legislative developments related to interstate branching and banking in general, by providing large banking institutions easier access to a broader marketplace, can act to create more pressure on smaller financial institutions to consolidate. It is anticipated that competition from both bank and non-bank entities will continue to remain strong in the foreseeable future.

 

14


 

Table of Contents

The primary factors in competing for bank products are convenient locations and ATMs, flexible hours, deposit interest rates, services, internet banking, mobile banking, range of lending services offered and lending fees. Additionally, the Bank believes that an emphasis on highly personalized service tailored to individual client needs, together with the local character of the Bank’s business and its “community bank” management philosophy will continue to enhance the Bank’s ability to compete successfully in its market footprint.

 

Warehouse Lending

 

The Bank competes with financial institutions across the United States for mortgage banking clients in need of warehouse lines of credit. Competitors may have substantially greater resources, larger established client bases, higher lending limits, as well as underwriting standards and on-going oversight requirements that could be viewed more favorably by some clients.  A few or all of these factors can lead to a competitive disadvantage to the Company when attempting to retain or grow its Warehouse client base.

 

Mortgage Banking

 

The Bank competes with mortgage bankers, mortgage brokers and financial institutions for the origination and funding of mortgage loans. Many competitors have branch offices in the same areas where the Bank’s loan officers operate. The Bank also competes with mortgage companies whose focus is often on telemarketing and internet lending.

 

Republic Processing Group

 

Tax Refund Solutions division

 

The TRS division faces direct competition for RT market share from independently-owned processing groups partnered with banks.  The Bank continues to incur substantial pressure on its profit margin for its RT products, as it competes with rebate and pricing incentives in the RT marketplace.

 

Republic Payment Solutions division

 

The prepaid card industry is subject to intense and increasing competition. The Bank competes with a number of companies that market different types of prepaid card products, such as GPR, gift, incentive and corporate disbursement cards. There is also competition from large retailers who are seeking to integrate more financial services into their product offerings. Increased competition is also expected from alternative financial services providers who are often well-positioned to service the “underbanked” and who may wish to develop their own prepaid card programs.

 

Republic Credit Solutions division

 

The small dollar consumer loan industry is highly competitive. Management believes principal competitors for its small dollar loan programs will be billers who accept late payments for a fee, overdraft privilege programs of other banks and credit unions, as well as payday lenders.

 

New entrants to the small dollar consumer loan market must successfully implement underwriting and fraud prevention processes, overcome consumer brand loyalty and have sufficient capital to withstand early losses associated with unseasoned loan portfolios. In addition, there are substantial regulatory and compliance costs, including the need for expertise to customize products associated with licenses to lend in various states in the Nation.

 

15


 

Table of Contents

Supervision and Regulation

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive federal and state banking laws and regulations, which establish a comprehensive framework of activities in which the Company and the Bank may engage.  These laws and regulations are primarily intended to provide protection to clients and depositors, not stockholders.

 

The Company is a financial holding company, a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank that is subject to direct supervision by The Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). The Company’s principal source of funds is the payment of cash dividends from the Bank. The Company files regular routine reports with the FRB in addition to the Bank’s filings with the FDIC concerning business activities and financial condition. These regulatory agencies conduct periodic examinations to review the Company’s safety and soundness, and compliance with various requirements.

 

The Bank is a Kentucky-chartered commercial banking and trust corporation and as such, it is subject to supervision and regulation by the FDIC and the Kentucky Department of Financial Institutions (“KDFI”). The Bank also operates in Florida, Indiana, Ohio and Tennessee. All deposits, subject to regulatory prescribed limitations, held by the Bank are insured by the FDIC.

 

The Bank is subject to restrictions, requirements, potential enforcement actions and examinations by the FDIC and KDFI. The FRB regulates the Company with monetary policies and operational rules that directly impact the Bank. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) System. As a member of the FHLB system, the Bank must also comply with applicable regulations of the Federal Housing Finance Board. Regulation by these agencies is intended primarily for the protection of the Bank’s depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) and not for the benefit of the Company’s stockholders. The Bank’s activities are also regulated under consumer protection laws applicable to the Bank’s lending, deposit and other activities. The Bank and the Company are also subject to regulations issued by the CFPB, an independent bureau of the FRB created by the Dodd-Frank Act. An adverse ruling against the Company or the Bank under these laws could have a material adverse effect on results of operations.

 

Regulators have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement authority and examination policies, including, but not limited to, policies that can materially impact the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves. Any change in regulatory requirements and policies, whether by the FRB, the FDIC, the KDFI the CFPB or state or federal legislation, could have a material adverse impact on Company operations.

 

Regulators have broad enforcement powers over banks and their holding companies, including, but not limited to: the power to mandate or restrict particular actions, activities, or divestitures; impose monetary fines and other penalties for violations of laws and regulations; issue cease and desist or removal orders; seek injunctions; publicly disclose such actions; and prohibit unsafe or unsound practices. This authority includes both informal and formal actions to effect corrective actions and/or sanctions. In addition, the Bank is subject to regulation and potential enforcement actions by other state and federal agencies.

 

Certain regulatory requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank are referred to below or elsewhere in this filing. The description of statutory provisions and regulations applicable to banks and their holding companies set forth in this filing does not purport to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations. Their effect on the Company and the Bank is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual laws and regulations.

 

Prepaid Card Regulation

 

The prepaid cards marketed by the RPS division are subject to various federal and state laws and regulations, including regulations issued by the CFPB, as well as those discussed below.  Prepaid cards issued by the Bank could be subject to the Electronic Fund Transfers Act (“EFTA”) and the FRB’s Regulation E. With the exception of those provisions comprising the Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility, and Disclosure Act of 2009 (“CARD Act”); the Bank treats prepaid products such as GPR cards as being subject to certain provisions of the EFTA and Regulation E when applicable, such as those related to disclosure requirements, periodic reporting, error resolution procedures and liability limitations.

 

16


 

Table of Contents

State Wage Payment Laws and Regulations

 

The use of payroll card programs as means for an employer to remit wages or other compensation to its employees or independent contractors is governed by state labor laws related to wage payments. RPS payroll cards are designed to allow employers to comply with such applicable state wage and hour laws. Most states permit the use of payroll cards as a method of paying wages to employees either through statutory provisions allowing such use, or, in the absence of specific statutory guidance, the adoption by state labor departments of formal or informal policies allowing for the use of such cards. Nearly every state allowing payroll card programs places certain requirements or restrictions on their use as a wage payment method. The most common of these requirements or restrictions involves obtaining the prior written consent of the employee, limitations on payroll card fees and disclosure requirements.

 

Card Association and Payment Network Operating Rules

 

In providing certain services, the Bank is required to comply with the operating rules promulgated by various card associations and network organizations, including certain data security standards, with such obligations arising as a condition to access or participation in the relevant card association or network organization. Each card association and network organization may audit the Bank from time to time to ensure compliance with these standards. The Bank maintains appropriate policies and programs and adapts business practices in order to comply with all applicable rules and standards of such associations and organizations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

 

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law, which was intended to cause a fundamental restructuring of federal banking regulation through implementation of extensive regulatory reforms. Many of these reforms have been implemented and others are expected to be implemented in the future.  Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act creates a new Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify systemic risks in the financial system and gives federal regulators new authority to take control of and liquidate financial companies. Provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that have been or will be implemented that have impacted or may impact the Company and the Bank include:

 

·

Requiring publicly traded companies to provide stockholders the opportunity to cast a non-binding vote on executive compensation at least every three years and on “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions. The legislation also authorizes the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act directs the federal banking regulators to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to executives of depository institutions and their holding companies with assets in excess of $1 billion, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not. The Dodd-Frank Act gives the SEC authority to prohibit broker discretionary voting on elections of directors and executive compensation matters.

 

·

Applying Section 23A and Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act (governing transactions with insiders) to derivative transactions, repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transactions that create credit exposure to an affiliate or an insider. Any such transactions with affiliates must be fully secured. The exemption from Section 23A for transactions with financial subsidiaries was effectively eliminated. The Dodd-Frank Act additionally prohibits an insured depository institution from purchasing an asset from or selling an asset to an insider unless the transaction is on market terms and, if representing more than 10% of capital, is approved in advance by the disinterested directors.

 

·

Creating the CFPB, which is granted broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws.  The CFPB has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets. Smaller institutions are subject to rules promulgated by the CFPB, but continue to be examined and supervised by federal banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes.

17


 

Table of Contents

·

Permanently increasing the maximum deposit insurance amount for financial institutions from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2009. The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. The Dodd-Frank Act also required the FDIC to increase the reserve ratio of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits by 2020 and eliminates the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to insured depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminates the federal statutory prohibition against the payment of interest on business checking accounts.

 

·

Imposing new requirements for mortgage lending, including prohibitions on certain compensation to mortgage originators and special consumer protections, including limitations on certain mortgage terms.  Additionally, requiring lenders to consider a consumer’s ability to repay a mortgage loan before extending credit to the consumer and limiting prepayment penalties.

 

·

Limiting permissible debit interchange fees for certain financial institutions.

 

·

Revising certain corporate governance requirements for public companies.

 

Incentive Compensation — In 2011, seven federal agencies, including the FDIC, the FRB and the SEC, issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking designed to implement section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which applies only to financial institutions with total consolidated assets of $1 billion or more. This seeks to strengthen the incentive compensation practices at covered institutions by better aligning employee rewards with longer-term institutional objectives. The proposed orders are designed to:

 

·

prohibit incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks by providing covered persons with “excessive” compensation;

·

prohibit incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking by providing covered persons with compensation that “could lead to a material financial loss” to an institution;

·

require disclosures that will enable the appropriate federal regulator to determine compliance with the rule; and

·

require the institution to maintain policies and procedures to ensure compliance with these requirements and prohibitions commensurate with the size and complexity of the organization and the scope of its use of incentive compensation.

 

Volcker Rule — In December, 2013, the final Volcker Rule provision of the Dodd-Frank Act was approved and implemented by the FRB, the FDIC, the SEC, and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) (collectively, the “Agencies”). The Volcker Rule aims to reduce risk and banking system instability by restricting U.S. banks from investing in or engaging in proprietary trading and speculation and imposing a strict framework to justify exemptions for underwriting, market making and hedging activities. U.S. banks are restricted from investing in funds with collateral comprised of less than 100% loans that are not registered with the SEC and from engaging in hedging activities that do not hedge a specific identified risk. Affected institutions were required to fully conform to the Volcker Rule by July 21, 2015.

 

 

I.The Company

 

Acquisitions — The Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB under the Bank Holding Company Act (“BHCA”) before it may, among other things, acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank, if after such acquisition it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any class of the voting shares of such bank. In addition, the Bank must obtain regulatory approval before entering into certain transactions, such as adding new banking offices and mergers with, or acquisitions of, other financial institutions. In approving bank acquisitions by bank holding companies, the FRB is required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding company, its subsidiaries and related banks, and the target bank involved, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served and various competitive and other factors. Consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, which is discussed below. Consideration of convenience and needs issues includes the parties’ performance under the CRA. Under the CRA, all financial institutions have a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of their designated communities, specifically including low-to-moderate income persons and neighborhoods.

 

18


 

Table of Contents

Under the BHCA, so long as it is at least adequately capitalized, adequately managed, has a satisfactory or better CRA rating and is not subject to any regulatory restrictions, the Company may purchase a bank, subject to regulatory approval. Similarly, an adequately capitalized and adequately managed bank holding company located outside of Kentucky, Florida, Indiana, Ohio or Tennessee may purchase a bank located inside Kentucky, Florida, Indiana, Ohio or Tennessee subject to appropriate regulatory approvals. In either case, however, state law restrictions may be placed on the acquisition of a bank that has been in existence for a limited amount of time, or would result in specified concentrations of deposits. For example, Kentucky law prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring control of banks located in Kentucky if the holding company would then hold more than 15% of the total deposits of all federally insured depository institutions in Kentucky.

 

The BHCA and the Federal Change in Bank Control Act also generally require the approval of the Federal Reserve prior to any person or company acquiring control of a state bank or bank holding company. Acquiring control conclusively occurs if immediately after a transaction, the acquiring person or company owns, controls, or holds voting securities of the institution with the power to vote 25% or more of any class.  Acquiring control is refutably presumed if, immediately after a transaction, the acquiring person or company owns, controls, or holds voting securities of the institution with the power to vote 10 percent or more of any class, and (i) the institution has registered securities under section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act; or (ii) no other person will own, control, or hold the power to vote a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the transaction.

 

Financial Activities — The activities permissible for bank holding companies and their affiliates were substantially expanded by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”). The GLBA permits bank holding companies that qualify as, and elect to be, Financial Holding Company’s (“FHCs”), to engage in a broad range of activities that are financial in nature, incidental to financial activity, or complementary to financial activity that does not pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. These financial activities include, but are not limited to, the following: underwriting securities, dealing in and making a market in securities, insurance underwriting and agency activities without geographic or other limitation, as well as merchant banking. To achieve and maintain its status as a FHC, the Company and all of its affiliated depository institutions must be well-capitalized, well-managed, and have at least a “satisfactory” CRA rating. The Company currently qualifies as and maintains an election as a FHC.

 

Subject to certain exceptions, state banks are permitted to control or hold an interest in a financial subsidiary that engages in a broader range of activities than are permissible for national banks to engage in directly, subject to any restrictions imposed on a bank under the laws of the state under which it is organized. Conducting financial activities through a bank subsidiary can impact capital adequacy and regulatory restrictions may apply to affiliate transactions between the bank and its financial subsidiaries.

 

Safe and Sound Banking Practice — The FRB does not permit bank holding companies to engage in unsafe and unsound banking practices. The FDIC and the KDFI have similar restrictions with respect to the Bank.

 

Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), the FDIC has adopted a set of guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards. These guidelines establish general standards relating to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings standards, compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines.

 

Source of Strength Doctrine — Under FRB policy, a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to its banking subsidiaries and to commit resources for their support. Such support may restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends, and may be required at times when, absent this FRB policy, a holding company may not be inclined to provide it. A bank holding company may also be required to guarantee the capital restoration plan of an undercapitalized banking subsidiary and any applicable cross-guarantee provisions that may apply to the Company. In addition, any capital loans by the Company to its bank subsidiary are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of the bank subsidiary. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment. The Dodd-Frank Act codifies the Federal Reserve Board’s existing “source of strength” policy that holding companies act as a source of strength to their insured institution subsidiaries by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of distress.

 

19


 

Table of Contents

Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) — The Company and the Bank, like all U.S. companies and individuals, are prohibited from transacting business with certain individuals and entities named on the OFAC’s list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. Failure to comply may result in fines and other penalties. The OFAC issued guidance for financial institutions in whereby it asserted that it may, in its discretion, examine institutions determined to be high risk or to be lacking in their efforts to comply with its requirements.

 

Code of Ethics — The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all employees, including the Company’s principal executive, financial and accounting officers. The Company’s code of ethics is posted on the Bank’s website. The Company intends to disclose information about any amendments to, or waivers from, the code of ethics that are required to be disclosed under applicable SEC regulations by providing appropriate information on the Company’s website. If at any time the code of ethics is not available on the Company’s website, the Company will provide a copy of it free of charge upon written request.

 

II.The Bank

 

The Kentucky and federal banking statutes prescribe the permissible activities in which a Kentucky chartered bank may engage and where those activities may be conducted. Kentucky’s statutes contain a super parity provision that permits a well-rated Kentucky bank to engage in any banking activity in which a national bank in Kentucky, a state bank, state thrift, or state savings operating in any other state, a federal savings bank or federal thrift, or meeting the qualified thrift lender test, provided it first obtains a legal opinion from counsel specifying the statutory or regulatory provisions that permit the activity.

 

Branching — Kentucky law generally permits a Kentucky chartered bank to establish a branch office in any county in Kentucky. A Kentucky bank may also, subject to regulatory approval and certain restrictions, establish a branch office outside of Kentucky. Well-capitalized Kentucky chartered banks that have been in operation at least three years and that satisfy certain criteria relating to, among other things, their composite and management ratings, may establish a branch in Kentucky without the approval of the Commissioner of the KDFI, upon notice to the KDFI and any other state bank with its main office located in the county where the new branch will be located. Branching by all banks not meeting these criteria requires the approval of the Commissioner of the KDFI, who must ascertain and determine that the public convenience and advantage will be served and promoted and that there is a reasonable probability of the successful operation of the branch. In any case, the proposed branch must also be approved by the FDIC, which considers a number of factors, including financial condition, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the community and consistency with corporate powers. As a result of the Dodd Frank Act, the Bank, along with any other national or state chartered bank generally may branch across state lines. Such unlimited branching authority has the potential to increase competition within the markets in which the Company and the Bank operate.

 

Affiliate Transaction Restrictions — Transactions between the Bank and its affiliates, and in some cases the Bank’s correspondent banks, are subject to FDIC regulations, the FRB’s Regulations O and W, and Sections 23A, 23B, 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act (“FRA”). In general, these transactions must be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices and substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank or its subsidiary, as those for comparable transactions with non-affiliated parties. In addition, certain types of these transactions referred to as “covered transactions” are subject to quantitative limits based on a percentage of the Bank’s capital, thereby restricting the total dollar amount of transactions the Bank may engage in with each individual affiliate and with all affiliates in the aggregate. Affiliates must pledge qualifying collateral in amounts between 100% and 130% of the covered transaction in order to receive loans from the Bank. Limitations are also imposed on loans and extensions of credit by a bank to its executive officers, directors and principal stockholders and each of their related interests.

 

The FRB promulgated Regulation W to implement Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA. This regulation contains many of the foregoing restrictions and also addresses derivative transactions, overdraft facilities and other transactions between a bank and its non-bank affiliates.

 

Restrictions on Distribution of Subsidiary Bank Dividends and Assets — Bank regulators may declare a dividend payment to be unsafe and unsound even if the Bank continues to meet its capital requirements after the dividend. Dividends paid by the Bank provide substantially all of the Company’s operating funds. Regulatory requirements limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank. Under federal regulations, the Bank cannot pay a dividend if, after paying the dividend, the Bank would be undercapitalized.

 

20


 

Table of Contents

Under Kentucky and federal banking regulations, the dividends the Bank can pay during any calendar year are generally limited to its profits for that year, plus its retained net profits for the two preceding years, less any required transfers to surplus or to fund the retirement of preferred stock or debt, absent approval of the respective state or federal banking regulators. FDIC regulations also require all insured depository institutions to remain in a safe and sound condition, as defined in regulations, as a condition of having FDIC deposit insurance.

 

FDIC Deposit Insurance Assessments — All Bank deposits are insured to the maximum extent permitted by the DIF. These bank deposits are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. As insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of, and to require reporting by, insured institutions. It also may prohibit any insured institution from engaging in any activity determined by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the DIF.

 

In addition to assessments for deposit insurance premiums, all institutions with deposits insured by the FDIC are required to pay assessments to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, a mixed-ownership government corporation established to recapitalize the predecessor to the DIF. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) bonds mature between 2017 through 2019.

 

The FDIC’s risk-based premium system provides for quarterly assessments. Each insured institution is placed in one of four risk categories depending on supervisory and capital considerations. Within its risk category, an institution is assigned to an initial base assessment rate which is then adjusted. The FDIC may adjust the scale uniformly from one quarter to the next, however, no adjustment can deviate more than three basis points from the base scale without notice and comment. No institution may pay a dividend if in default of paying FDIC deposit insurance assessments.

 

In 2011, the FDIC Board of Directors adopted a final rule, which redefined the deposit insurance assessment base as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule:

 

·

Redefined the deposit insurance assessment base as average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity (defined as Tier 1 Capital);

·

Made generally conforming changes to the unsecured debt and brokered deposit adjustments to assessment rates;

·

Created a depository institution debt adjustment;

·

Eliminated the secured liability adjustment; and

·

Adopted a new assessment rate schedule, and, in lieu of dividends, other rate schedules when the reserve ratio reaches certain levels.

 

The FDIC is authorized to set the reserve ratio for the DIF annually at between 1.15% and 1.50% of estimated insured deposits. The Dodd-Frank Act mandates that the statutory minimum reserve ratio of the DIF increase from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits by September 30, 2020. Banks with assets of less than $10 billion are exempt from any additional assessments necessary to increase the reserve fund above 1.15%.

 

The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, including the Bank, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or any condition imposed by an agreement with the FDIC. It may also suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance, if the institution has no tangible capital. If insurance is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC. Management is aware of no existing circumstances which would result in termination of the Bank’s FDIC deposit insurance.

 

In November 2014, the FDIC revised the risk-based deposit insurance assessment system to reflect changes in the regulatory capital rules in accordance with Basel III that became effective in 2015 and 2018. For deposit insurance assessment purposes, the updated system will revise the ratios and ratio thresholds relating to capital evaluations.

 

21


 

Table of Contents

Consumer Laws and Regulations — In addition to the laws and regulations discussed herein, the Bank is also subject to certain consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in their transactions with banks. While the discussion set forth in this filing is not exhaustive, these laws and regulations include Regulation E, the Truth in Savings Act, Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act and the Expedited Funds Availability Act, among others. These federal laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with consumers when accepting deposits. Certain laws also limit the Bank’s ability to share information with affiliated and unaffiliated entities. The Bank is required to comply with all applicable consumer protection laws and regulations, both state and federal, as part of its ongoing business operations.

 

Regulation E — A 2009 amendment to Regulation E prohibits financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on ATM and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer affirmatively consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. Before opting in, the consumer must be provided a notice that explains the financial institution’s overdraft services, including the fees associated with the service and the consumer’s choices. The final rules require institutions to provide consumers who do not opt in with the same account terms, conditions, and features (including pricing) that they provide to consumers who do opt in. For consumers who do not opt in, the institution would be prohibited from charging overdraft fees for any overdrafts it pays on ATM and one-time debit card transactions.

 

The Bank earns a substantial majority of its deposit fee income related to overdrafts from the per item fee it assesses its clients for each insufficient funds check or electronic debit presented for payment. Both the per item fee and the daily fee assessed to the account resulting from its overdraft status, if computed as a percentage of the amount overdrawn, results in a high rate of interest when annualized and are thus considered excessive by some consumer groups.

 

Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements — The Bank is subject to prohibitions on certain tying arrangements. A depository institution is prohibited, subject to certain exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the client obtain some additional product or service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

 

The USA Patriot Act (“Patriot Act”), Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) and Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”) — The Patriot Act was enacted after September 11, 2001, to provide the federal government with powers to prevent, detect, and prosecute terrorism and international money laundering, and has resulted in promulgation of several regulations that have a direct impact on financial institutions. There are a number of programs that financial institutions must have in place such as: (i) BSA/AML controls to manage risk; (ii) Customer Identification Programs to determine the true identity of customers, document and verify the information, and determine whether the customer appears on any federal government list of known or suspected terrorists or terrorist organizations; and (iii) monitoring for the timely detection and reporting of suspicious activity and reportable transactions. Title III of the Patriot Act takes measures intended to encourage information sharing among financial institutions, bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, savings banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act. Among other requirements, the Patriot Act imposes the following obligations on financial institutions:

 

·

Establishment of enhanced anti-money laundering programs;

·

Establishment of a program specifying procedures for obtaining identifying information from customers seeking to open new accounts;

·

Establishment of enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money laundering;

·

Prohibitions on correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks; and

·

Compliance with record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks.

 

Depositor Preference — The FDIA provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including depositors whose deposits are payable only outside of the U.S. and the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

 

22


 

Table of Contents

Liability of Commonly Controlled Institutions — FDIC-insured depository institutions can be held liable for any loss incurred, or reasonably expected to be incurred, by the FDIC due to the default of another FDIC-insured depository institution controlled by the same bank holding company, or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to another FDIC-insured depository institution controlled by the same bank holding company that is in danger of default. “Default” generally means the appointment of a conservator or receiver. “In danger of default” generally means the existence of certain conditions indicating that default is likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance. Such a “cross-guarantee” claim against a depository institution is generally superior in right of payment to claims of the holding company and its affiliates against that depository institution. At this time, the Bank is the only insured depository institution controlled by the Company. However, if the Company were to control other FDIC-insured depository institutions in the future, the cross-guarantee would apply to all such FDIC-insured depository institutions.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System — The FHLB offers credit to its members, which include savings banks, commercial banks, insurance companies, credit unions, and other entities. The FHLB system is currently divided into twelve federally chartered regional FHLBs which are regulated by the Federal Housing Finance Board. The Bank is a member and owns capital stock in the FHLB Cincinnati. The amount of capital stock the Bank must own to maintain its membership depends on its balance of outstanding advances. It is required to acquire and hold shares in an amount at least equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of its unpaid single family residential real estate loans and similar obligations at the beginning of each year, or 1/20th of its outstanding advances from the FHLB, whichever is greater. Advances are secured by pledges of loans, mortgage backed securities and capital stock of the FHLB. FHLBs also purchase mortgages in the secondary market through their Mortgage Purchase Program (“MPP”). The Bank has never sold loans to the MPP.

 

In the event of a default on an advance, the Federal Home Loan Bank Act establishes priority of the FHLB’s claim over various other claims. Regulations provide that each FHLB has joint and several liability for the obligations of the other FHLBs in the system. If an FHLB falls below its minimum capital requirements, the FHLB may seek to require its members to purchase additional capital stock of the FHLB. If problems within the FHLB system were to occur, it could adversely affect the pricing or availability of advances, the amount and timing of dividends on capital stock issued by FHLBs to its members, or the ability of members to have their FHLB capital stock redeemed on a timely basis. Congress continues to consider various proposals which could establish a new regulatory structure for the FHLB system, as well as for other government-sponsored entities. The Bank cannot predict at this time, which, if any, of these proposals may be adopted or what effect they would have on the Bank’s business.

 

Federal Reserve System — Under regulations of the FRB, the Bank is required to maintain non interest-earning reserves against its transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The Bank is in compliance with the foregoing reserve requirements. Required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash, a non interest-bearing account at the FRB, or a pass-through account as defined by the FRB. The effect of this reserve requirement is to reduce the Bank’s interest-earning assets. The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the FRB may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements imposed by the FDIC. The Bank is authorized to borrow from the FRB discount window.

 

General Lending Regulations

 

Pursuant to FDIC regulations, the Bank may extend credit subject to certain restrictions. Additionally, state law may impose additional restrictions. While the discussion of extensions of credit set forth in this filing is not exhaustive, federal laws and regulations include but are not limited to the following:

 

·

Community Reinvestment Act

·

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act

·

Equal Credit Opportunity Act

·

Truth in Lending Act

·

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act

·

Fair Credit Reporting Act

·

CARD Act

 

Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) — Under the CRA, financial institutions have a continuing and affirmative obligation to help meet the credit needs of their designated community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for the Bank, nor does it limit the Bank’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. In particular, the CRA assessment system focuses on three tests:

23


 

Table of Contents

·

a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its assessment areas;

·

an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses in its assessment area or a broader area that includes its assessment area; and

·

a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its retail banking channels and the extent and innovativeness of its community development services.

 

The CRA requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. In June 2015, the Bank received a “Satisfactory” CRA Performance Evaluation. A copy of the public section of this CRA Performance Evaluation is available to the public upon request.

 

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (“HMDA”) — The HMDA grew out of public concern over credit shortages in certain urban neighborhoods. One purpose of the HMDA is to provide public information that will help show whether financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and communities in which they are located. The HMDA also includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data about applicant and borrower characteristics, as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing anti-discrimination statutes. The HMDA requires institutions to report data regarding applications for loans for the purchase or improvement of single family and multi-family dwellings, as well as information concerning originations and purchases of such loans. Federal bank regulators rely, in part, upon data provided under HMDA to determine whether depository institutions engage in discriminatory lending practices. The appropriate federal banking agency, or in some cases the Department of Housing and Urban Development, enforces compliance with HMDA and implements its regulations. Administrative sanctions, including civil money penalties, may be imposed by supervisory agencies for violations of the HMDA.

 

Equal Credit Opportunity Act; Fair Housing Act (“ECOA”) — The ECOA prohibits discrimination against an applicant in any credit transaction, whether for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act. Under the Fair Housing Act, it is unlawful for any lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status. Among other things, these laws prohibit a lender from denying or discouraging credit on a discriminatory basis, making excessively low appraisals of property based on racial considerations, or charging excessive rates or imposing more stringent loan terms or conditions on a discriminatory basis. In addition to private actions by aggrieved borrowers or applicants for actual and punitive damages, the U.S. Department of Justice and other regulatory agencies can take enforcement action seeking injunctive and other equitable relief or sanctions for alleged violations.

 

Truth in Lending Act (“TLA”) — The TLA governs disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers and is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. As result of the TLA, all creditors must use the same credit terminology and expressions of rates, and disclose the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments and the payment schedule for each proposed loan. Violations of the TLA may result in regulatory sanctions and in the imposition of both civil and, in the case of willful violations, criminal penalties. Under certain circumstances, the TLA also provides a consumer with a right of rescission, which if exercised within three business days would require the creditor to reimburse any amount paid by the consumer to the creditor or to a third party in connection with the loan, including finance charges, application fees, commitment fees, title search fees and appraisal fees. Consumers may also seek actual and punitive damages for violations of the TLA.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act did not specify whether the presumption of ATR compliance is conclusive (i.e., creates a safe harbor) or is rebuttable. For mortgages that are not QMs, the final rule describes certain minimum requirements for creditors making ATR determinations, but does not dictate that they follow particular underwriting models. At a minimum, creditors generally must consider eight underwriting factors: (1) current or reasonably expected income or assets; (2) current employment status; (3) the monthly payment on the covered transaction; (4) the monthly payment on any simultaneous loan; (5) the monthly payment for mortgage-related obligations; (6) current debt obligations, alimony, and child support; (7) the monthly debt-to-income ratio or residual income; and (8) credit history. Creditors must generally use reasonably reliable third-party records to verify the information they use to evaluate the factors.

 

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (“RESPA”)The RESPA requires lenders to provide borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. The RESPA also prohibits certain abusive practices, such as kickbacks, and places

24


 

Table of Contents

limitations on the amount of escrow accounts. Violations of the RESPA may result in imposition of penalties, including: (i) civil liability equal to three times the amount of any charge paid for the settlement services or civil liability of up to $1,000 per claimant, depending on the violation; (ii) awards of court costs and attorneys’ fees; and (iii) fines of not more than $10,000 or imprisonment for not more than one year, or both. A rule requiring integrated disclosures from the TLA and RESPA became effective in October 2015.

 

Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FACT”) — The FACT requires the Bank to adopt and implement a written identity theft prevention program, paying particular attention to several identified “red flag” events. The program must assess the validity of address change requests for card issuers and for users of consumer reports to verify the subject of a consumer report in the event of notice of an address discrepancy. The FACT gives consumers the ability to challenge the Bank with respect to credit reporting information provided by the Bank. The FACT also prohibits the Bank from using certain information it may acquire from an affiliate to solicit the consumer for marketing purposes unless the consumer has been given notice and an opportunity to opt out of such solicitation for a period of five years.

 

Ability to Repay (“ATR”) Rule and Qualified Mortgage Loans (“QMs”) — In January 2014, the CFPB’s final rule implementing the ATR requirements in the Dodd-Frank Act became effective. The rule, among other things, requires lenders to consider a consumer’s ability to repay a mortgage loan before extending credit to the consumer and limits prepayment penalties. The rule also establishes certain protections from liability for mortgage lenders with regard to QMs they originate. For this purpose, the rule defines QMs to include loans with a borrower debt-to-income ratio of less than or equal to 43% or, alternatively, a loan eligible for purchase by the FNMA or Freddie Mac while they operate under Federal conservatorship or receivership, and loans eligible for insurance or guarantee by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”) or U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”). Additionally, QMs may not: (i) contain excess upfront points and fees; (ii) have a term greater than 30 years; or (iii) include interest-only or negative amortization payments.

 

Loans to One Borrower — Under current limits, loans and extensions of credit outstanding at one time to a single borrower and not fully secured generally may not exceed 15% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. Loans and extensions of credit fully secured by certain readily marketable collateral may represent an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus.

 

Interagency Guidance on Non Traditional Mortgage Product Risks — In 2006, final guidance was issued to address the risks posed by residential mortgage products that allow borrowers to defer repayment of principal and sometimes interest (such as “interest-only” mortgages and “payment option” ARMs. The guidance discusses the importance of ensuring that loan terms and underwriting standards are consistent with prudent lending practices, including consideration of a borrower’s repayment capacity. The guidance also suggests that banks i) implement strong risk management standards, ii) maintain capital levels commensurate with risk and iii) establish an Allowance that reflects the collectability of the portfolio. The guidance urges banks to ensure that consumers have sufficient information to clearly understand loan terms and associated risks before making product or payment choices.

 

Loans to Insiders — The Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and principal shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the FRA and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders:

 

·

be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with non-insiders and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other features that are unfavorable to the Bank; and

·

not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the Bank’s capital.

 

The regulations allow small discounts on fees on residential mortgages for directors, officers and employees. In addition, extensions of credit to insiders in excess of certain limits must be approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors.

 

25


 

Table of Contents

Capital Adequacy Requirements

 

Capital Guidelines — Both the Company and the Bank are required to comply with capital adequacy guidelines. Guidelines are established by the FRB in the case of the Company and the FDIC in the case of the Bank.  The FRB and FDIC have substantially similar risk based and leverage ratio guidelines for banking organizations, which are intended to ensure that banking organizations have adequate capital related to the risk levels of assets and off balance sheet instruments. Under the risk based guidelines, specific categories of assets are assigned different risk weights based generally on the perceived credit risk of the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to determine a risk weighted asset base.

 

Through December 31, 2014, the guidelines required a minimum total risk based capital ratio of 8.0%, of which at least 4.0% was required to consist of Tier 1 capital elements (generally, common shareholders’ equity, minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets). Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital generally may consist of limited amounts of subordinated debt, qualifying hybrid capital instruments, other preferred stock, loan loss reserves and unrealized gains on certain equity investment securities. Tier 2 capital may not exceed 100% of Tier 1 capital.

 

In addition to the risk based capital guidelines, the FRB utilized a leverage ratio as a tool to evaluate the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. The leverage ratio is a company’s Tier 1 capital divided by its average total consolidated assets (less goodwill and certain other intangible assets).

 

New Capital Rules — Effective January 1, 2015 the Company and the Bank became subject to the new capital regulations in accordance with Basel III. The new regulations establish higher minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, a new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and a new capital conservation buffer. The capital conservation buffer requirement is phased in beginning in January 2016, and will increase until fully implemented in 2019. The new regulations also include revisions to the definition of capital and changes in the risk-weighting of certain assets. For prompt corrective action, the new regulations establish definitions of “well capitalized” as a 6.5%  common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, an 8.0% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, a 10.0% total risk-based capital ratio and a 5.0% Tier 1 leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2015, the ratios for both the Company and the Bank exceeded the minimum capital ratio requirements for “well-capitalized” including the 2.5% capital conservation buffer, when fully implemented. 

 

Under the new capital rules, Tier 1 capital generally consists of common stock (plus related surplus) and retained earnings, a restricted amount of minority interest as additional Tier 1 capital, and non-cumulative preferred stock (plus related surplus), subject to certain eligibility requirements, minus goodwill and other specified intangible assets and other regulatory deductions.  Proceeds of trust preferred securities are excluded from Tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued before 2010 by bank or savings and loan holding companies with less than $15 billion of assets.

 

The federal banking agencies’ risk based and leverage ratios represent minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to banking organizations that meet certain specified criteria, assuming that they have the highest regulatory capital rating. Banking organizations not meeting these criteria are required to operate with capital positions above the minimum ratios. FRB guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions may be expected to maintain strong capital positions above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets. The FDIC may establish higher minimum capital adequacy requirements if, for example, a bank proposes to make an acquisition requiring regulatory approval, has previously warranted special regulatory attention, rapid growth presents supervisory concerns, or, among other factors, has a high susceptibility to interest rate and other types of risk. The Bank is not subject to any such individual minimum regulatory capital requirement.

26


 

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 the Company’s capital ratios were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

Actual

 

Actual

 

December 31,  (dollars in thousands)

    

 

Amount

    

Ratio

    

Amount

    

Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital to risk weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

$

631,820

 

20.58

%  

$

608,658

 

22.17

%  

Republic Bank & Trust Company

 

 

 

494,575

 

16.12

 

 

472,357

 

17.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 capital to risk weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

$

564,329

 

18.39

%  

 

NA

 

NA

 

Republic Bank & Trust Company

 

 

 

467,084

 

15.23

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 (core) capital to risk weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

$

604,329

 

19.69

%  

$

584,248

 

21.28

%  

Republic Bank & Trust Company

 

 

 

467,084

 

15.23

 

 

447,947

 

16.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage capital to average assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

$

604,329

 

14.82

%  

$

584,248

 

15.92

%  

Republic Bank & Trust Company

 

 

 

467,084

 

11.46

 

 

447,947

 

12.21

 

 


NA - Not applicable

 

Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies — The banking regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to capital deficient institutions. Agency regulations define, for each capital category, the levels at which institutions are well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. A bank is undercapitalized if it fails to meet any one of the ratios required to be adequately capitalized.

 

Undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized institutions are required to submit a capital restoration plan, which must be guaranteed by the holding company of the institution. In addition, agency regulations contain broad restrictions on certain activities of undercapitalized institutions including asset growth, acquisitions, branch establishment, and expansion into new lines of business. With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from making capital distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying management fees to control persons if the institution would be undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment. A bank’s capital classification will also affect its ability to accept brokered deposits. Under banking regulations, a bank may not lawfully accept, roll over or renew brokered deposits, unless it is either well-capitalized or it is adequately capitalized and receives a waiver from its applicable regulator.

 

If a banking institution’s capital decreases below acceptable levels, bank regulatory enforcement powers become more enhanced. A significantly undercapitalized institution is subject to mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of management and other restrictions. Banking regulators have limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized institution and are normally required to appoint a receiver or conservator. Banks with risk based capital and leverage ratios below the required minimums may also be subject to certain administrative actions, including the termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, or a temporary suspension of insurance without a hearing if the institution has no tangible capital.

 

27


 

Table of Contents

In addition, a bank holding company may face significant consequences if its bank subsidiary fails to maintain the required capital and management ratings, including entering into an agreement with the FRB which imposes limitations on its operations and may even require divestitures. Such possible ramifications may limit the ability of a bank subsidiary to significantly expand or acquire less than well-capitalized and well-managed institutions. More specifically, the FRB’s regulations require a FHC to notify the FRB within 15 days of becoming aware that any depository institution controlled by the company has ceased to be well-capitalized or well-managed. If the FRB determines that a FHC controls a depository institution that is not well-capitalized or well-managed, the FRB will notify the FHC that it is not in compliance with applicable requirements and may require the FHC to enter into an agreement acceptable to the FRB to correct any deficiencies, or require the FHC to decertify as a FHC. Until such deficiencies are corrected, the FRB may impose any limitations or conditions on the conduct or activities of the FHC and its affiliates that the FRB determines are appropriate, and the FHC may not commence any additional activity or acquire control of any company under Section 4(k) of the BHC Act without prior FRB approval. Unless the period of time for compliance is extended by the FRB, if a FHC fails to correct deficiencies in maintaining its qualification for FHC status within 180 days of entering into an agreement with the FRB, the FRB may order divestiture of any depository institution controlled by the company. A company may comply with a divestiture order by ceasing to engage in any financial or other activity that would not be permissible for a bank holding company that has not elected to be treated as a FHC. The Company is currently classified as a FHC.

 

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”), each federal banking agency has prescribed, by regulation, non-capital safety and soundness standards for institutions under its authority. These standards cover internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, such other operational and managerial standards as the agency determines to be appropriate, and standards for asset quality, earnings and stock valuation. An institution which fails to meet these standards must develop a plan acceptable to the agency, specifying the steps that the institution will take to meet the standards. Failure to submit or implement such a plan may subject the institution to regulatory sanctions.

 

Other Legislative Initiatives

 

The U.S. Congress and state legislative bodies continually consider proposals for altering the structure, regulation and competitive relationships of financial institutions. It cannot be predicted whether, or in what form, any of these potential proposals or regulatory initiatives will be adopted, the impact the proposals will have on the financial institutions industry or the extent to which the business or financial condition and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries may be affected.

 

Statistical Disclosures

 

The statistical disclosures required by Part I Item 1 “Business” are located under Part II Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors.

 

FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

 

An investment in Republic Bancorp, Inc.’s (“Republic” or the “Company”) common stock is subject to risks inherent in its business. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included in this filing. In addition to the risks and uncertainties described below, other risks and uncertainties not currently known to the Company or that the Company currently deems to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations in the future. The value or market price of the Company’s common stock could decline due to any of these identified or other risks, and an investor could lose all or part of their investment.

 

There are factors, many beyond the Company’s control, which may significantly change the results or expectations of the Company. Some of these factors are described below, however many are described in the other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

28


 

Table of Contents

ACCOUNTING POLICIES/ESTIMATES, ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND INTERNAL CONTROL

 

The Company’s accounting policies and estimates are critical components of the Company’s presentation of its financial statements. Management must exercise judgment in selecting and adopting various accounting policies and in applying estimates. Actual outcomes may be materially different than amounts previously estimated. Management has identified several accounting policies and estimates as being critical to the presentation of the Company’s financial statements. These policies are described in Part II Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the section titled “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. The Company’s management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many accounting policies and methods in order to comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner to report the Company’s financial condition and results. In some cases, management may select an accounting policy which might be reasonable under the circumstances, yet might result in the Company’s reporting different results than would have been reported under a different alternative. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates.

 

The Bank may experience future goodwill impairment, which could reduce its earnings. The Bank performed its annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of 2015 as of September 30, 2015. The evaluation of the fair value of goodwill requires management judgment. If management’s judgment was incorrect and goodwill impairment was later deemed to exist, the Bank would be required to write down its goodwill resulting in a charge to earnings, which would adversely affect its results of operations, perhaps materially.

 

Changes in accounting standards could materially impact the Company’s financial statements. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s financial statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations.  In addition, those who interpret the accounting standards, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the banking regulators and the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm may amend or reverse their previous interpretations or conclusions regarding how various standards should be applied. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the Company recasting, or possibly restating, prior period financial statements.

 

If the Company does not maintain strong internal controls and procedures, it may impact profitability. Management reviews and updates its internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures on a routine basis. This system is designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the internal controls comply with appropriate regulatory guidance. Any undetected circumvention of these controls could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

If the Bank’s other real estate owned (“OREO”) portfolio is not properly valued or sufficiently reserved to cover actual losses, or if the Bank is required to increase its valuation reserves, the Bank’s earnings could be reduced. Management typically obtains updated valuations in the form of appraisals and broker price opinions when a loan has been foreclosed and the property is taken in as OREO and at certain other times during the asset’s holding period. The Bank’s net book value of the loan at the time of foreclosure and thereafter is compared to the updated market value of the foreclosed property less estimated selling costs (fair value). A write-down is recorded for any excess in the asset’s net book value over its fair value. If the Bank’s valuation process is incorrect, or if property values decline, the fair value of the Bank’s OREO may not be sufficient to recover its carrying value in such assets, resulting in the need for additional writedowns. Significant additional writedowns to OREO could have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

REPUBLIC PROCESSING GROUP (“RPG”)

 

The Company’s lines of business and products not typically associated with Traditional Banking expose earnings to additional risks and uncertainties. The RPG segment is comprised of three distinct divisions: Tax Refund Solutions (“TRS”), Republic Payment Solutions (“RPS”) and Republic Credit Solutions (“RCS”).

 

RPG’s products represent a significant business risk and management believes the Bank could be subject to additional regulatory and public pressure to exit these product lines, which may have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s operations. 

 

29


 

Table of Contents

Various governmental, regulatory and consumer groups have, from time to time, questioned the fairness of the products offered by RPG.  Actions of these groups and others could result in regulatory, governmental, or legislative action or litigation against the Bank, which could have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s operations.   If the Bank can no longer offer the Refund Transfer (“RT”) product through RPG, it will have a material adverse effect on its profits.

 

The TRS division represents a significant operational risk, and if the Bank were unable to properly service this business, it could materially impact earnings. This division requires continued increases in technology and employees to service its business. In order to process its business, the Bank must implement and test new systems, as well as train new employees. The Bank relies heavily on communications and information systems to operate the TRS division. Any failure, sustained interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in client relationship management and other systems. Significant operational problems could also cause a material portion of the Bank’s tax-preparer base to switch to a competitor to process their bank product transactions, significantly reducing the Bank’s projected revenue without a corresponding decrease in expenses.

 

The Bank’s Easy Advance product represents a significant third party management risk, and if RB&T fails to comply with all the statutory and regulatory requirements, it could have a material negative impact on earnings. RPG and its third party partners operate in a highly regulated environment and deliver products and services that are subject to strict legal and regulatory requirements. Failure by either RB&T or its third party partners to comply with laws and regulations could result in fines and penalties that materially and adversely affect RB&T’s earnings.

 

The Bank’s Easy Advance product represents a significant compliance and regulatory risk, and if RB&T fails to comply with all statutory and regulatory requirements, it could have a material negative impact on earnings. Federal and state laws and regulations govern numerous matters relating to the offering of consumer loan products, such as the Easy Advance.  Failure to comply with disclosure requirements or with laws relating to the permissibility of interest rates and fees charged, could have a material negative impact on earnings.  In addition, failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could also expose RB&T to civil money penalties and litigation risk, including shareholder actions. 

 

Easy Advances represent a significant credit risk, and if RB&T is unable to collect a significant portion of its Easy Advances, it would materially, negatively impact earnings. There is credit risk associated with an Easy Advance because the funds are disbursed to the customer prior to RB&T receiving the customer’s refund from the IRS.  Because there is no recourse to the customer if the Easy Advance is not paid off by the customer’s tax refund, RB&T may collect all of its payments related to Easy Advances from the IRS. Losses will generally occur on Easy Advances when RB&T does not receive payment from the IRS due to a number of reasons, such as IRS revenue protection strategies including audits of returns, errors in the tax return, tax return fraud and tax debts not previously disclosed to RB&T during its underwriting process. Although RB&T’s underwriting will take these factors into consideration during the Easy Advance approval process, if the IRS significantly alters its revenue protection strategies for a given tax season, or RB&T is incorrect in its underwriting assumptions, RB&T could experience higher loan loss provisions above those projected.  The provision for loan losses is a significant component of the RPG segment’s overall earnings. 

 

TRADITIONAL BANK LENDING AND THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (“ALLOWANCE”)

 

The Allowance could be insufficient to cover the Bank’s actual loan losses. The Bank makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of its loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of its borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of its loans. In determining the amount of the Allowance, among other things, the Bank reviews its loss and delinquency experience, economic conditions, etc. If its assumptions are incorrect, the Allowance may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in its loan portfolio, resulting in additions to its Allowance. In addition, regulatory agencies periodically review the Allowance and may require the Bank to increase its provision for loan and lease losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. A material increase in the Allowance or loan charge-offs would have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

30


 

Table of Contents

Deterioration in the quality of the Traditional Banking loan portfolio may result in additional charge-offs, which would adversely impact the Bank’s operating results. Despite the various measures implemented by the Bank to address the economic environment, there may be further deterioration in the Bank’s loan portfolio. When borrowers default on their loan obligations, it may result in lost principal and interest income and increased operating expenses associated with the increased allocation of management time and resources associated with the collection efforts. In certain situations where collection efforts are unsuccessful or acceptable “work out” arrangements cannot be reached or performed, the Bank may charge-off loans, either in part or in whole. Additional charge-offs will adversely affect the Bank’s operating results and financial condition.

 

The Bank’s financial condition and earnings could be negatively impacted to the extent the Bank relies on borrower information that is false, misleading or inaccurate. The Bank relies on the accuracy and completeness of information provided by vendors, clients and other parties  in deciding whether to extend credit, or enter into transactions with other parties. Additional charge-offs will adversely affect the Bank’s operating results and financial condition.

 

The Bank’s use of appraisals as part of the decision process to make a loan on or secured by real property does not ensure the value of the real property collateral. As part of the decision process to make a loan secured by real property, the Bank generally requires an independent third-party appraisal of the real property.  An appraisal, however, is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made.  An error in fact or judgment could adversely affect the reliability of the appraisal. In addition, events occurring after the initial appraisal may cause the value of the real estate to decrease. As a result of any of these factors, the value of collateral securing a loan may be less than supposed, and if a default occurs, the Bank may not recover the outstanding balance of the loan. Additional charge-offs will adversely affect the Bank’s operating results and financial condition.

 

The Bank is exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which it takes title. In the course of its business, the Bank may own or foreclose and take title to real estate and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. The Bank may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if the Bank is the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, the Bank may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. These costs and claims could adversely affect the Bank.

 

Prepayment of loans may negatively impact the Bank’s business. The Bank’s clients may prepay the principal amount of their outstanding loans at any time. The speeds at which such prepayments occur, as well as the size of such prepayments, are within the Bank clients’ discretion. If clients prepay the principal amount of their loans, and the Bank is unable to lend those funds to other clients or invest the funds at the same or higher interest rates, the Bank’s interest income will be reduced. A significant reduction in interest income would have a negative impact on the Bank’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Bank is highly dependent upon programs administered by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac” or the “FHLMC”).  Changes in existing U.S. government-sponsored mortgage programs or servicing eligibility standards could materially and adversely affect its business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Bank’s ability to generate revenues through mortgage loan sales to institutional investors depends to a significant degree on programs administered by the FHLMC. This entity plays a powerful role in the residential mortgage industry, and the Bank has significant business relationships with it. The Bank’s status as an FHLMC approved seller/servicer is subject to compliance with its selling and servicing guides.

 

Any discontinuation of, or significant reduction or material change in, the operation of the FHLMC or any significant adverse change in the level of activity in the secondary mortgage market or the underwriting criteria of the FHLMC would likely prevent the Bank from originating and selling most, if not all, of its mortgage loan originations.

 

Loans originated through the Bank’s Correspondent Lending channel subject the Bank to additional negative earnings sensitivity as the result of prepayments and additional credit risks that the Bank does not have through its historical origination channels. Loans acquired through the Bank’s Correspondent Lending channel are typically purchased at a premium and also represent out-of-market loans originated by a non-Republic representative.  Loans purchased at a premium inherently subject the Bank’s earnings to additional sensitivity related to prepayments, as increases in prepayment speeds will negatively affect the overall yield to maturity on such loans, potentially even causing the net loan yield to be negative for the period of time the loan is owned by the Bank.

 

31


 

Table of Contents

Loans originated out of the Bank’s market footprint by non-Republic representatives will inherently carry additional credit risk from potential fraud due to the increased level of third party involvement on such loans.  In addition, the Bank will also experience an increase in complexity for customer service and the collection process, given the number of different state laws the Bank could be subject to from loans purchased throughout the U.S. In 2015, the Bank’s Correspondent Lending channel originated loans in 20 different states, with the largest concentration of 78% from the state of California.

 

Failure to appropriately manage the additional risks related to this lending channel could lead to reduced profitability and/or operating losses through this origination channel.

 

Loans originated through the Bank’s Internet Lending channel will subject the Bank to credit and regulatory risks that the Bank does not have through its historical origination channels. The dollar volume of loans originated through the Bank’s Internet Lending channel is expected to be increasingly out-of-market.  Loans originated out of the Bank’s market footprint inherently carry additional credit risk, as the Bank will experience an increase in the complexity of the customer authentication requirements for such loans.  Failure to appropriately identify the end-borrower for such loans could lead to fraud losses.  Failure to appropriately manage these additional risks could lead to reduced profitability and/or operating losses through this origination channel.  In addition, failure to appropriately identify the end-borrower could result in regulatory sanctions resulting from failure to comply with various customer identification regulations.

 

WAREHOUSE LENDING (“WAREHOUSE”)

 

The Warehouse Lending business is subject to numerous risks which could result in losses. Risks associated with warehouse loans include, without limitation, (i) credit risks relating to the mortgage bankers that borrow from the Bank, (ii) the risk of intentional misrepresentation or fraud by any of such mortgage bankers and their third party service providers, (iii) changes in the market value of mortgage loans originated by the mortgage banker during the time in warehouse, the sale of which is the expected source of repayment of the borrowings under a warehouse line of credit, or (iv) unsalable or impaired mortgage loans so originated, which could lead to decreased collateral value and the failure of a purchaser of the mortgage loan to purchase the loan from the mortgage banker. Failure to mitigate these risks could have a material adverse impact on the Bank’s financial statements and results of operations.

 

Outstanding Warehouse lines of credit can fluctuate significantly. The Bank has a moderate lending concentration in outstanding Warehouse lines of credit. Because outstanding Warehouse balances are contingent upon residential mortgage lending activity, changes in the residential real estate market nationwide can lead to wide fluctuations of balances in this product. Additionally, Warehouse Lending period-end balances are generally higher than the average balance during the period due to increased mortgage activity that occurs at the end of a month. Such volatility may materially impact the Company’s balance sheet and results of operations.

 

Warehouse lines of credit may continue to experience margin compression due to several factors, such as competition, overall mortgage demand, interest rate environment, banking regulations and financial strength of our target client base.  The Bank experienced margin compression on its Warehouse lines of credit during 2015 due primarily to strong industry competition combined with an improved financial position of the Bank’s overall client base.  Continued margin compression may materially impact the Company’s results of operations.

 

The Company may lose Warehouse clients due to mergers and acquisitions in the industry. The Bank’s Warehouse clients are primarily mortgage companies around the Nation. Mergers and acquisitions affecting such clients may lead to an end to the client relationship with the Bank. The loss of a significant amount of clients may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations.

 

INVESTMENT SECURITIES AND BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE

 

The Bank’s investment securities may incur other-than-temporary-impairment (“OTTI”) charges. The Bank’s investment portfolio is periodically evaluated for OTTI.  From 2008 through 2011, OTTI charges were recognized on the Bank’s private label mortgage backed securities. The Bank’s remaining private label mortgage backed security may still require an OTTI charge in the future should the financial condition of the underlying mortgages and/or the underlying third party insurance wrap, or guarantee deteriorate.

 

32


 

Table of Contents

The Bank holds a significant amount of bank owned life insurance. At December 31, 2015, the Bank held bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) on certain employees with a cash surrender value of $53 million. The eventual repayment of the cash surrender value is subject to the ability of the various insurance companies to pay death benefits or to return the cash surrender value to the Bank if needed for liquidity purposes. The Bank continually monitors the financial strength of the various insurance companies that carry these policies. However, any one of these companies could experience a decline in financial strength, which could impair its ability to pay benefits or return the Bank’s cash surrender value. If the Bank needs to liquidate these policies for liquidity purposes, it would be subject to taxation on the increase in cash surrender value and penalties for early termination, both of which would adversely impact earnings.

 

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT AND LIQUIDITY

 

Fluctuations in interest rates could reduce profitability. The Bank’s asset/liability management strategy may not be able to prevent changes in interest rates from having a material adverse effect on results of operations and financial condition. The Bank’s primary source of income is from the difference between interest earned on loans and investments and the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. The Bank expects to periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of its assets and liabilities, meaning that either interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates should move contrary to the Bank’s position, earnings may be negatively affected.

 

A continued low interest rate environment may reduce profitability. An on-going low interest rate environment will cause the Bank’s interest-earning assets to continue to reprice into lower yielding assets without the ability for the Bank to offset the decline in interest income through a reduction in its cost of funds. Continued contraction in the Bank’s net interest margin may cause net interest income to decrease if growth in interest-earning assets cannot fully compensate for such contraction in net interest margin. The overall impact of such contraction in net interest margin will depend on the period of time that the current interest rate environment remains and the Bank’s interest-earning asset growth and asset mix over such time period. 

 

A flattening interest rate yield curve may reduce profitability. Changes in the slope of the “yield curve,” or the spread between short-term and long-term interest rates, could reduce the Bank’s net interest margin. Normally, the yield curve is upward sloping, meaning short-term rates are lower than long-term rates. Because the Bank’s liabilities tend to be shorter in duration than its assets, when the yield curve flattens, as is the case in the current interest rate environment, or even inverts, the Bank’s net interest margin could decrease as its cost of funds increases relative to the yield it can earn on its assets.

 

Mortgage Banking activities could be adversely impacted by increasing or stagnant long-term interest rates. The Company is unable to predict changes in market interest rates. Changes in interest rates can impact the gain on sale of loans, loan origination fees and loan servicing fees, which account for a significant portion of Mortgage Banking income. A decline in market interest rates generally results in higher demand for mortgage products, while an increase in rates generally results in reduced demand. Generally, if demand increases, Mortgage Banking income will be positively impacted by more gains on sale; however, the valuation of existing mortgage servicing rights will decrease and may result in a significant impairment.  A decline in demand for Mortgage Banking products resulting from rising interest rates could also adversely impact other programs/products such as home equity lending, title insurance commissions and service charges on deposit accounts.

 

The Bank may be compelled to offer market-leading interest rates to maintain sufficient funding and liquidity levels. The Bank has traditionally relied on client deposits, brokered deposits and advances from the FHLB to fund operations. Such traditional sources may be unavailable, limited or insufficient in the future. If the Bank were to lose a significant funding source, such as a few major depositors, or if any of its lines of credit were canceled or curtailed, such as its borrowing line at the FHLB, or if the Bank cannot obtain brokered deposits, the Bank may be compelled to offer market leading deposit interest rates to meet its funding and liquidity needs. Obtaining funds at market-leading interest rates may have an adverse impact on the Company’s net interest income and overall results of operations.

 

33


 

Table of Contents

DEPOSITS AND RELATED ITEMS

 

Clients could pursue alternatives to bank deposits, causing the Bank to lose a relatively inexpensive source of funding. Checking and savings account balances and other forms of client deposits could decrease if clients perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market, as providing superior expected returns. If clients move money out of bank deposits in favor of alternative investments, the Bank could lose a relatively inexpensive source of funds, increasing its funding costs and negatively impacting its overall results of operations.

 

The loss of large deposit relationships could increase the Bank’s funding costs. The Bank has several large deposit relationships that do not require collateral; therefore, cash from these accounts can generally be utilized to fund the loan portfolio. If any of these balances are moved from the Bank, the Bank would likely utilize overnight borrowing lines on a short-term basis to replace the balances. The overall cost of gathering brokered deposits and/or FHLB advances, however, could be substantially higher than the Traditional Bank deposits they replace, increasing the Bank’s funding costs and reducing the Bank’s overall results of operations.

 

The Bank’s “Overdraft Honor” program represents a significant business risk, and if the Bank terminated the program it would materially impact the earnings of the Bank. There can be no assurance that Congress, the Bank’s regulators, or others, will not impose additional limitations on this program or prohibit the Bank from offering the program. The Bank’s “Overdraft Honor” program permits eligible clients to overdraft their checking accounts up to a predetermined dollar amount for the Bank’s customary overdraft fee(s). Limitations or adverse modifications to this program, either voluntary or involuntary, would significantly reduce net income.

 

COMPANY COMMON STOCK

 

The Company’s common stock generally has a low average daily trading volume, which limits a stockholder’s ability to quickly accumulate or quickly sell large numbers of shares of Republic’s stock without causing wide price fluctuations. Republic’s stock price can fluctuate widely in response to a variety of factors, as detailed in the next risk factor. A low average daily stock trading volume can lead to significant price swings even when a relatively small number of shares are being traded.

 

The market price for the Company’s common stock may be volatile. The market price of the Company’s common stock could fluctuate substantially in the future in response to a number of factors, including those discussed below. The market price of the Company’s common stock has in the past fluctuated significantly and is likely to continue to fluctuate significantly. Some of the factors that may cause the price of the Company’s common stock to fluctuate include:

 

·

Variations in the Company’s and its competitors’ operating results;

·

Actual or anticipated quarterly or annual fluctuations in operating results, cash flows and financial condition;

·

Changes in earnings estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts or actions taken by rating agencies with respect to the Bank or other financial institutions;

·

Announcements by the Company or its competitors of mergers, acquisitions and strategic partnerships;

·

Additions or departure of key personnel;

·

The announced exiting of or significant reductions in material lines of business within the Company;

·

Changes or proposed changes in banking laws or regulations or enforcement of these laws and regulations;

·

Events affecting other companies that the market deems comparable to the Company;

·

Developments relating to regulatory examinations;

·

Speculation in the press or investment community generally or relating to the Company’s reputation or the financial services industry;

·

Future issuances or re-sales of equity or equity-related securities, or the perception that they may occur;

·

General conditions in the financial markets and real estate markets in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry;

·

Domestic and international economic factors unrelated to the Company’s performance;

·

Developments related to litigation or threatened litigation;

·

The presence or absence of short selling of the Company’s common stock; and,

·

Future sales of the Company’s common stock or debt securities.

 

34


 

Table of Contents

In addition, the stock market, in general, has historically experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This is due, in part, to investors’ shifting perceptions of the effect of changes and potential changes in the economy on various industry sectors. This volatility has had a significant effect on the market price of securities issued by many companies for reasons unrelated to their performance or prospects. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock, notwithstanding its actual or anticipated operating results, cash flows and financial condition. The Company expects that the market price of its common stock will continue to fluctuate due to many factors, including prevailing interest rates, other economic conditions, operating performance and investor perceptions of the outlook for the Company specifically and the banking industry in general. There can be no assurance about the level of the market price of the Company’s common stock in the future or that you will be able to resell your shares at times or at prices you find attractive.

 

An investment in the Company’s Common Stock is not an insured deposit. The Company’s common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. Investment in the Company’s common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this section and elsewhere in this report and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, if you acquire the Company’s common stock, you could lose some or all of your investment.

 

The Company’s insiders hold voting rights that give them significant control over matters requiring stockholder approval. The Company’s Chairman/CEO and President hold substantial voting authority over the Company’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. Each share of Class A Common Stock is entitled to one vote and each share of Class B Common Stock is entitled to ten votes. This group generally votes together on matters presented to stockholders for approval. These actions may include, for example, the election of directors, the adoption of amendments to corporate documents, the approval of mergers and acquisitions, sales of assets and the continuation of the Company as a registered company with obligations to file periodic reports and other filings with the SEC. Consequently, other stockholders’ ability to influence Company actions through their vote may be limited and the non-insider stockholders may not have sufficient voting power to approve a change in control even if a significant premium is being offered for their shares. Majority stockholders may not vote their shares in accordance with minority stockholder interests.

 

GOVERNMENT REGULATION / ECONOMIC FACTORS

 

The Company is significantly impacted by the regulatory, fiscal and monetary policies of federal and state governments which could negatively impact the Company’s liquidity position and earnings. These policies can materially affect the value of the Company’s financial instruments and can also adversely affect the Company’s clients and their ability to repay their outstanding loans. Also, failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies, or adverse examination findings, could result in significant penalties, negatively impact operations, or result in other sanctions against the Company. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System regulates the supply of money and credit in the U.S. Its policies determine, in large part, the Company’s cost of funds for lending and investing and the return the Company earns on these loans and investments, all of which impact net interest margin.

 

The Company and the Bank are heavily regulated at both the federal and state levels and are subject to various routine and non-routine examinations by federal and state regulators. This regulatory oversight is primarily intended to protect depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund and the banking system as a whole, not the stockholders of the Company. Changes in policies, regulations and statutes, or the interpretation thereof, could significantly impact the product offerings of Republic causing the Company to terminate or modify its product offerings in a manner that could materially adversely affect the earnings of the Company.

 

Federal and state laws and regulations govern numerous matters including changes in the ownership or control of banks and bank holding companies, maintenance of adequate capital and the financial condition of a financial institution, permissible types, amounts and terms of extensions of credit and investments, permissible non-banking activities, the level of reserves against deposits and restrictions on dividend payments. Various federal and state regulatory agencies possess cease and desist powers, and other authority to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law by banks subject to their regulations. The Federal Reserve (“FRB”) possesses similar powers with respect to bank holding companies. These, and other restrictions, can limit in varying degrees, the manner in which Republic conducts its business.

 

35


 

Table of Contents

Government responses to economic conditions may adversely affect the Company’s operations, financial condition and earnings. Enacted financial reform legislation has changed and will continue to change the bank regulatory framework. Ongoing uncertainty and adverse developments in the financial services industry and the domestic and international credit markets, and the effect of new legislation and regulatory actions in response to these conditions, may adversely affect Company operations by restricting business activities, including the Company’s ability to originate or sell loans, modify loan terms, or foreclose on property securing loans. These measures are likely to increase the Company’s costs of doing business and may have a significant adverse effect on the Company’s lending activities, financial performance and operating flexibility. In addition, these risks could affect the performance and value of the Company’s loan and investment securities portfolios, which also would negatively affect financial performance.

 

The Company may be subject to examinations by taxing authorities which could adversely affect results of operations. In the normal course of business, the Company may be subject to examinations from federal and state taxing authorities regarding the amount of taxes due in connection with investments it has made and the businesses in which the Company is engaged. Recently, federal and state taxing authorities have become increasingly aggressive in challenging tax positions taken by financial institutions. The challenges made by taxing authorities may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions. If any such challenges are made and are not resolved in the Company’s favor, they could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Company may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, the Company’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

MANAGEMENT, INFORMATION SYSTEMS, ACQUISITIONS, ETC.

 

The Company is dependent upon the services of its management team and qualified personnel. The Company is dependent upon the ability and experience of a number of its key management personnel who have substantial experience with Company operations, the financial services industry and the markets in which the Company offers services. It is possible that the loss of the services of one or more of its senior executives or key managers would have an adverse effect on operations; moreover, the Company depends on its account executives and loan officers to attract bank clients by developing relationships with commercial and consumer clients, mortgage companies, real estate agents, brokers and others. The Company believes that these relationships lead to repeat and referral business. The market for skilled account executives and loan officers is highly competitive and historically has experienced a high rate of turnover. In addition, if a manager leaves the Company, other members of the manager’s team may follow. Competition for qualified account executives and loan officers may lead to increased hiring and retention costs. The Company’s success also depends on its ability to continue to attract, manage and retain other qualified personnel as the Company grows.

 

The Company’s operations could be impacted if its third-party service providers experience difficulty. The Company depends on a number of relationships with third-party service providers, including core systems processing and web hosting. These providers are well established vendors that provide these services to a significant number of financial institutions. If these third-party service providers experience difficulty or terminate their services and the Company is unable to replace them with other providers, its operations could be interrupted, which would adversely impact its business.

 

36


 

Table of Contents

The Company’s operations, including third party and client interactions, are increasingly done via electronic means, and this has increased the risks related to cyber security. The Company is exposed to the risk of cyber-attacks in the normal course of business. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Management has observed an increased level of attention in the industry focused on cyber-attacks that include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as by causing denial-of-service attacks on websites. Cyber-attacks may be carried out by third parties or insiders using techniques that range from highly sophisticated efforts to electronically circumvent network security or overwhelm websites to more traditional intelligence gathering and social engineering aimed at obtaining information necessary to gain access. The objectives of cyber-attacks vary widely and can include theft of financial assets, intellectual property, or other sensitive information, including the information belonging to the Bank’s clients. Cyber-attacks may also be directed at disrupting operations. While the Company has not incurred any material losses related to cyber-attacks, nor is management aware of any specific or threatened cyber-incidents as of the date of this report, the Bank may incur substantial costs and suffer other negative consequences if the Bank or one of the Bank’s third party service providers fall victim to successful cyber-attacks. Such negative consequences could include: remediation costs for stolen assets or information; system repairs; consumer protection costs; increased cyber security protection costs that may include organizational changes; deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third party experts and consultants; lost revenues resulting from unauthorized use of proprietary information or the failure to retain or attract clients following an attack; litigation and payment of damages; and reputational damage adversely affecting client or investor confidence.

 

The Company’s information systems may experience an interruption that could adversely impact the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure or interruption of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in client relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the impact of the failure or interruption of information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures or interruptions will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrences of any failures or interruptions of the Company’s information systems could damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of client business, subject the Company to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose the Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

New lines of business or new products and services may subject the Company to additional risks. From time to time, the Company may develop and grow new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services the Company may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. All service offerings, including current offerings and those which may be provided in the future, may become more risky due to changes in economic, competitive and market conditions beyond the Company’s control.

 

Negative public opinion could damage the Company’s reputation and adversely affect earnings. Reputational risk is the risk to Company operations from negative public opinion. Negative public opinion can result from the actual or perceived manner in which the Company conducts its business activities, including sales practices, practices used in origination and servicing operations, the management of actual or potential conflicts of interest and ethical issues, and the Company’s protection of confidential client information. Negative public opinion can adversely affect the Company’s ability to keep and attract clients and can expose the Company to litigation.

 

37


 

Table of Contents

The Company’s ability to successfully complete acquisitions will affect its ability to grow its franchise and compete effectively in its market footprint. The Company has announced plans to pursue a policy of growth through acquisitions in the near-future to supplement internal growth. The Company’s efforts to acquire other financial institutions and financial service companies or branches may not be successful. Numerous potential acquirers exist for many acquisition candidates, creating intense competition, which affects the purchase price for which the institution can be acquired. In many cases, the Company’s competitors have significantly greater resources than the Company has, and greater flexibility to structure the consideration for the transaction. The Company may also not be the successful bidder in acquisition opportunities that it pursues due to the willingness or ability of other potential acquirers to propose a higher purchase price or more attractive terms and conditions than the Company is willing or able to propose. The Company expects to complete its pending acquisition of Cornerstone Bancorp, Inc. during the first half of 2016 and intends to continue to pursue acquisition opportunities in its market footprint. The risks presented by the acquisition of other financial institutions could adversely affect the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

For additional information concerning the Company’s acquisition of Cornerstone Bancorp, Inc., see Footnote 2 “Acquisition (Subsequent Event)” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

Successful Company acquisitions present many risks that could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. An institution that the Company acquires may have unknown asset quality issues or unknown or contingent liabilities that the Company did not discover or fully recognize in the due diligence process, thereby resulting in unanticipated losses. The acquisition of other institutions also typically requires the integration of different corporate cultures, loan and deposit products, pricing strategies, data processing systems and other technologies, accounting, internal audit and financial reporting systems, operating systems and internal controls, marketing programs and personnel of the acquired institution, in order to make the transaction economically advantageous. The integration process is complicated and time consuming and could divert the Company’s attention from other business concerns and may be disruptive to its clients and the clients of the acquired institution. The Company’s failure to successfully integrate an acquired institution could result in the loss of key clients and employees, and prevent the Company from achieving expected synergies and cost savings. Acquisitions also result in professional fees and may result in creating goodwill that could become impaired, thereby requiring the Company to recognize further charges. The Company may finance acquisitions with borrowed funds, thereby increasing the Company’s leverage and reducing liquidity, or with potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities.    

 

The Company may engage in FDIC-assisted transactions, which could present additional risks to its business. The Company may have additional opportunities to acquire the assets and liabilities of failed banks in FDIC-assisted transactions similar to the Bank’s 2012 FDIC-assisted transactions. Although these FDIC-assisted transactions typically provide for FDIC assistance to an acquirer to mitigate certain risks, such as sharing exposure to loan losses and providing indemnification against certain liabilities of the failed institution, the Company is (and would be in future transactions) subject to many of the same risks it would face in acquiring another bank in a negotiated transaction, including risks associated with maintaining client relationships and failure to realize the anticipated acquisition benefits in the amounts and within the timeframes the Company expects. In addition, because these acquisitions are structured in a manner that would not allow the Company the time and access to information normally associated with preparing for and evaluating a negotiated acquisition, the Company may face additional risks in FDIC-assisted transactions, including additional strain on management resources, management of problem loans, problems related to integration of personnel and operating systems and impact to capital resources requiring the Company to raise additional capital. Moreover, if the Company seeks to participate in additional FDIC-assisted transactions, the Company can only participate in the bid process if it receives approval of bank regulators. The Company’s inability to overcome these risks could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments.

 

None

38


 

Table of Contents

Item 2.  Properties.

 

The Company’s executive offices, principal support and operational functions are located at 601 West Market Street in Louisville, Kentucky. As of December 31, 2015, Republic had 32 banking centers located in Kentucky, two banking centers located in Florida, three banking centers in Indiana, two in Tennessee and one banking center in Ohio.

 

The location of Republic’s facilities, their respective approximate square footage and their form of occupancy are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Approximate

   

 

 

   

Square

   

Owned (O)/

Bank Offices

   

Footage

   

Leased (L)

 

 

 

 

 

Kentucky Banking Centers:

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Louisville Metropolitan Area

 

 

 

 

2801 Bardstown Road, Louisville

 

5,000

 

L(1)  

601 West Market Street, Louisville

 

57,000

 

L(1)  

661 South Hurstbourne Parkway, Louisville

 

42,000

 

L(1)  

9600 Brownsboro Road, Louisville

 

15,000

 

L(1)  

5250 Dixie Highway, Louisville

 

5,000

 

O/L(2)  

10100 Brookridge Village Boulevard, Louisville

 

5,000

 

O/L(2)  

9101 U.S. Highway 42, Prospect

 

3,000

 

O/L(2)  

11330 Main Street, Middletown

 

6,000

 

O/L(2)  

3902 Taylorsville Road, Louisville

 

4,000

 

O/L(2)  

3811 Ruckriegel Parkway, Louisville

 

4,000

 

O/L(2)  

5125 New Cut Road, Louisville

 

4,000

 

O/L(2)  

4808 Outer Loop, Louisville

 

4,000

 

O/L(2)  

438 Highway 44 East, Shepherdsville

 

4,000

 

O/L(2)  

1420 Poplar Level Road, Louisville

 

3,000

 

O

4921 Brownsboro Road, Louisville

 

3,000

 

L

3950 Kresge Way, Suite 108, Louisville

 

1,000

 

L

3726 Lexington Road, Louisville

 

4,000

 

L

2028 West Broadway, Suite 105, Louisville

 

2,000

 

L

6401 Claymont Crossing, Crestwood

 

4,000

 

L

 

 

 

 

 

Lexington

 

 

 

 

3098 Helmsdale Place

 

5,000

 

O/L(2)  

3608 Walden Drive

 

4,000

 

O/L(2)  

2401 Harrodsburg Road

 

6,000

 

O

641 East Euclid Avenue

 

3,000

 

O

 

 

 

 

 

Northern Kentucky

 

 

 

 

535 Madison Avenue, Covington

 

4,000

 

L

8513 U.S. Highway 42, Florence

 

4,000

 

L

2051 Centennial Boulevard, Independence

 

2,000

 

L

 

 

 

 

 

Owensboro

 

 

 

 

3500 Frederica Street

 

5,000

 

O

3332 Villa Point Drive, Suite 101

 

2,000

 

L

 

 

 

 

 

(continued)

 

 

 

 

 

39


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

Approximate

   

 

 

   

Square

   

Owned (O)/

Bank Offices

   

Footage

   

Leased (L)

(continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elizabethtown, 1690 Ring Road

 

6,000

 

L

 

 

 

 

 

Frankfort, 100 Highway 676

 

3,000

 

O/L(2)  

 

 

 

 

 

Georgetown, 430 Connector Road

 

5,000

 

O/L(2)  

 

 

 

 

 

Shelbyville, 1614 Midland Trail

 

6,000

 

L(2)  

 

 

 

 

 

Florida Banking Centers:

 

 

 

 

9037 U.S. Highway 19, Port Richey

 

11,000

 

O

11502 North 56th Street, Temple Terrace

 

3,000

 

L

 

 

 

 

 

Southern Indiana Banking Centers:

 

 

 

 

4571 Duffy Road, Floyds Knobs

 

4,000

 

O/L(2)  

3141 Highway 62, Jeffersonville

 

4,000

 

O

3001 Charlestown Crossing Way, New Albany

 

2,000

 

L

 

 

 

 

 

Tennessee Banking Centers:

 

 

 

 

2034 Richard Jones Road, Nashville

 

3,000

 

L

113 Seaboard Lane, Franklin

 

2,000

 

L

 

 

 

 

 

Ohio Banking Center:

 

 

 

 

9683 Kenwood Road, Blue Ash

 

3,000

 

L

 

 

 

 

 

Support and Operations:

 

 

 

 

200 South Seventh Street, Louisville, KY

 

64,000

 

L(1)  

651 Perimeter Drive, Lexington, KY

 

5,000

 

L


(1)

Locations are leased from partnerships in which Steven E. Trager, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and A. Scott Trager, President, are partners. See additional discussion included under Part III Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.” For additional discussion regarding Republic’s lease obligations, see Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” Footnote 19 “Transactions with Related Parties and Their Affiliates.”

 

(2)

The banking centers at these locations are owned by Republic; however, the banking center is located on land that is leased through long-term agreements with third parties.

 

 

 

40


 

Table of Contents

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.

 

In the ordinary course of operations, Republic Bancorp, Inc. (“Republic”) and Republic Bank & Trust Company (the “Bank”) are defendants in various legal proceedings. There is no proceeding pending or threatened litigation, to the knowledge of management, in which an adverse decision could result in a material adverse change in the business or consolidated financial position of Republic or the Bank.

 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures.

 

Not applicable.

41


 

Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

Market and Dividend Information

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc.’s (“Republic” or the “Company”) Class A Common Stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market® (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “RBCAA.” The following table sets forth the high and low market value of the Class A Common Stock and the respective dividends declared during 2015 and 2014.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

Sales Price(1)

 

Dividend

 

Quarter Ended

    

High

    

Low

    

Class A

    

Class B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31st

 

$

24.85

 

$

22.79

 

0.187

 

0.170

 

June 30th

 

 

26.43

 

 

23.38

 

0.198

 

0.180

 

September 30th

 

 

26.53

 

 

23.95

 

0.198

 

0.180

 

December 31st

 

 

27.26

 

 

24.39

 

0.198

 

0.180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

Sales Price(1)

 

Dividend

 

Quarter Ended

    

High

    

Low

    

Class A

    

Class B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31st

 

$

24.56

 

$

22.50

 

0.176

 

0.160

 

June 30th

 

 

24.51

 

 

21.92

 

0.187

 

0.170

 

September 30th

 

 

24.26

 

 

22.51

 

0.187

 

0.170

 

December 31st

 

 

25.48

 

 

22.38

 

0.187

 

0.170

 

 


(1)

— Sales price based on closing market price.

 

At February 12, 2016, the Company’s Class A Common Stock was held by 513 shareholders of record and the Class B Common Stock was held by 107 shareholders of record. There is no established public trading market for the Company’s Class B Common Stock. The Company intends to continue its historical practice of paying quarterly cash dividends; however, there is no assurance by the Board of Directors that such dividends will continue to be paid in the future. The payment of dividends in the future is dependent upon future income, financial position, capital requirements, the discretion and judgment of the Board of Directors and numerous other considerations.

 

For additional discussion regarding regulatory restrictions on dividends, see Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” Footnote 16 “Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Capital Matters.”

 

Republic has made available to its employees participating in its 401(k) Plan the opportunity, at the employee’s sole discretion, to invest funds held in their accounts under the plan in shares of Class A Common Stock of Republic. Shares are purchased by the independent trustee administering the plan from time to time in the open market in the form of broker’s transactions. As of

42


 

Table of Contents

December 31, 2015, the trustee held 228,281 shares of Class A Common Stock and 2,648 shares of Class B Common Stock on behalf of the plan.

 

Details of Republic’s Class A Common Stock purchases during the fourth quarter of 2015 are included in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

    

    

 

    

Total Number of

    

Maximum Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Purchased

 

of Shares that May

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

as Part of Publicly

 

Yet Be Purchased

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

Average Price

 

Announced Plans

 

Under the Plan

 

Period

 

Shares Purchased

 

Paid Per Share

 

or Programs

 

or Programs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 1 - October 31

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

November 1 - November 30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 1 - December 31

 

2,950

 

 

25.20

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,950

 

$

25.20

 

 

293,750

 

 

During 2015, the Company repurchased 21,890 shares and there were 31,052 shares exchanged for stock option exercises. During 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors amended its existing share repurchase program by approving the repurchase of 300,000 additional shares from time to time, as market conditions are deemed attractive to the Company. The repurchase program will remain effective until the total number of shares authorized is repurchased or until Republic’s Board of Directors terminates the program. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had 293,750 shares which could be repurchased under its current share repurchase programs.

 

During 2015, there were approximately 242 shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock by stockholders of Republic in accordance with the share-for-share conversion provision option of the Class B Common Stock. The exemption from registration of the newly issued Class A Common Stock relied upon was Section (3)(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

There were no equity securities of the registrant sold without registration during the quarter covered by this report.

 

43


 

Table of Contents

STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

 

The following stock performance graph does not constitute soliciting material and should not be deemed filed or incorporated by reference into any other Company filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates the performance graph by reference therein.

 

The following stock performance graph sets forth the cumulative total shareholder return (assuming reinvestment of dividends) on Republic’s Class A Common Stock as compared to the NASDAQ Bank Stocks Index and the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Index. The graph covers the period beginning December 31, 2010 and ending December 31, 2015. The calculation of cumulative total return assumes an initial investment of $100 in Republic’s Class A Common Stock, the NASDAQ Bank Index and the S&P 500 Index on December 31, 2010. The stock price performance shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

December 31, 

  

  

December 31, 

  

  

December 31, 

  

  

December 31, 

  

  

December 31, 

  

  

December 31, 

  

 

 

 

2010

 

 

2011

 

 

2012

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic Class A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock (RBCAA)

 

 

$

100.00

 

 

$

99.26

 

 

$

98.96

 

 

$

118.24

 

 

$

122.80

 

 

$

131.12

 

NASDAQ Bank Index

 

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

89.50

 

 

 

104.96

 

 

 

105.97

 

 

 

158.18

 

 

 

174.05

 

S&P 500 Index

 

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

102.11

 

 

 

116.46

 

 

 

156.15

 

 

 

180.74

 

 

 

182.11

 

 

Picture 9

 

 

 

44


 

Table of Contents

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.

 

The following table sets forth Republic Bancorp Inc.’s selected financial data from 2011 through 2015. This information should be read in conjunction with Part II Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Certain amounts presented in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and Years Ended December 31, 

(in thousands, except per share data, FTEs and # of banking centers)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

210,082

 

$

72,878

 

$

170,863

 

$

137,691

 

$

362,971

Investment securities

 

 

555,785

 

 

481,348

 

 

483,537

 

 

484,256

 

 

674,022

Loans held for sale

 

 

4,597

 

 

6,388

 

 

3,506

 

 

10,614

 

 

4,392

Gross loans

 

 

3,326,610

 

 

3,040,495

 

 

2,589,792

 

 

2,650,197

 

 

2,285,295

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

(27,491)

 

 

(24,410)

 

 

(23,026)

 

 

(23,729)

 

 

(24,063)

Goodwill

 

 

10,168

 

 

10,168

 

 

10,168

 

 

10,168

 

 

10,168

Bank owned life insurance

 

 

52,817

 

 

51,415

 

 

25,086

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

4,230,289

 

 

3,747,013

 

 

3,371,904

 

 

3,394,399

 

 

3,419,991

Non interest-bearing deposits

 

 

634,863

 

 

502,569

 

 

488,642

 

 

479,046

 

 

408,483

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

1,852,614

 

 

1,555,613

 

 

1,502,215

 

 

1,503,882

 

 

1,325,495

Total deposits

 

 

2,487,477

 

 

2,058,182

 

 

1,990,857

 

 

1,982,928

 

 

1,733,978

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

 

 

395,433

 

 

356,108

 

 

165,555

 

 

250,884

 

 

230,231

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

 

699,500

 

 

707,500

 

 

605,000

 

 

542,600

 

 

934,630

Subordinated note

 

 

41,240

 

 

41,240

 

 

41,240

 

 

41,240

 

 

41,240

Total liabilities

 

 

3,653,742

 

 

3,188,282

 

 

2,829,111

 

 

2,857,697

 

 

2,967,624

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

576,547

 

 

558,731

 

 

542,793

 

 

536,702

 

 

452,367

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds sold and other interest-earning deposits

 

$

68,847

 

$

118,803

 

$

145,970

 

$

187,790

 

$

315,530

Investment securities, including FHLB stock

 

 

546,655

 

 

525,748

 

 

527,681

 

 

640,830

 

 

678,804

Gross loans, including loans held for sale

 

 

3,174,234

 

 

2,738,304

 

 

2,575,146

 

 

2,504,150

 

 

2,246,259

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

(25,570)

 

 

(23,067)

 

 

(23,287)

 

 

(25,226)

 

 

(28,817)

Total assets

 

 

3,982,840

 

 

3,559,617

 

 

3,385,345

 

 

3,560,739

 

 

3,416,921

Non interest-bearing deposits

 

 

651,275

 

 

553,929

 

 

513,891

 

 

624,053

 

 

509,457

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

1,714,214

 

 

1,510,201

 

 

1,514,847

 

 

1,512,455

 

 

1,540,515

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

2,734,561

 

 

2,432,153

 

 

2,305,106

 

 

2,351,768

 

 

2,418,865

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

574,766

 

 

557,378

 

 

546,880

 

 

530,096

 

 

439,636

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income Statement Data - Total Company:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

142,432

 

$

132,377

 

$

134,568

 

$

183,459

 

$

195,115

Total interest expense

 

 

18,462

 

 

19,604

 

 

21,393

 

 

22,804

 

 

30,255

Net interest income

 

 

123,970

 

 

112,773

 

 

113,175

 

 

160,655

 

 

164,860

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

5,396

 

 

2,859

 

 

2,983

 

 

15,043

 

 

17,966

Total non interest income

 

 

47,994

 

 

42,519

 

 

46,230

 

 

163,465

 

 

118,555

Total non interest expenses

 

 

113,324

 

 

108,118

 

 

115,924

 

 

125,132

 

 

121,252

Income before income tax expense

 

 

53,244

 

 

44,315

 

 

40,498

 

 

183,945

 

 

144,197

Income tax expense

 

 

18,078

 

 

15,528

 

 

15,075

 

 

64,606

 

 

50,048

Net income

 

 

35,166

 

 

28,787

 

 

25,423

 

 

119,339

 

 

94,149

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income Statement Data - Core Banking(1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

139,155

 

$

132,014

 

$

134,419

 

$

137,886

 

$

135,522

Total interest expense

 

 

18,424

 

 

19,571

 

 

21,392

 

 

22,655

 

 

29,775

Net interest income

 

 

120,731

 

 

112,443

 

 

113,027

 

 

115,231

 

 

105,747

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

3,065

 

 

3,392

 

 

3,828

 

 

8,167

 

 

6,406

Total non interest income

 

 

28,441

 

 

24,607

 

 

31,471

 

 

85,157

 

 

30,230

Total non interest expenses

 

 

101,184

 

 

96,451

 

 

99,743

 

 

102,825

 

 

90,396

Income before income tax expense

 

 

44,923

 

 

37,207

 

 

40,927

 

 

89,396

 

 

39,175

Income tax expense

 

 

15,066

 

 

12,875

 

 

14,112

 

 

30,943

 

 

12,368

Net income

 

 

29,857

 

 

24,332

 

 

26,815

 

 

58,453

 

 

26,807

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45


 

Table of Contents

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data. (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and Years Ended December 31, 

 

(in thousands, except per share data, FTEs and # of banking centers)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

20,861

 

 

20,804

 

 

20,807

 

 

20,959

 

 

20,945

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

20,942

 

 

20,899

 

 

20,904

 

 

21,028

 

 

20,993

 

End of year shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

18,652

 

 

18,603

 

 

18,541

 

 

18,694

 

 

18,652

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

2,245

 

 

2,245

 

 

2,260

 

 

2,271

 

 

2,300

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

$

1.70

 

$

1.39

 

$

1.23

 

$

5.71

 

$

4.50

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

1.55

 

 

1.32

 

 

1.17

 

 

5.55

 

 

4.45

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

$

1.70

 

$

1.38

 

$

1.22

 

$

5.69

 

$

4.49

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

1.54

 

 

1.32

 

 

1.16

 

 

5.53

 

 

4.44

 

Cash dividends declared per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

$

0.781

 

$

0.737

 

$

0.693

 

$

1.749

 

$

0.605

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

0.710

 

 

0.670

 

 

0.630

 

 

1.590

 

 

0.550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market value per share at December 31,

 

$

26.41

 

$

24.72

 

$

24.54

 

$

21.13

 

$

22.90

 

Book value per share at December 31,

 

 

27.59

 

 

26.80

 

 

26.09

 

 

25.60

 

 

21.59

 

Tangible book value per share at December 31,(2)

 

 

26.87

 

 

26.08

 

 

25.35

 

 

24.86

 

 

20.81

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (ROA)

 

 

0.88

%  

 

0.81

%  

 

0.75

%  

 

3.35

%  

 

2.76

%  

Return on average equity (ROE)

 

 

6.12

%  

 

5.16

%  

 

4.65

%  

 

22.51

%  

 

21.42

%  

Efficiency ratio(3)

 

 

66

%  

 

70

%  

 

73

%  

 

39

%  

 

43

%  

Yield on average interest-earning assets

 

 

3.76

%  

 

3.91

%  

 

4.14

%  

 

5.50

%  

 

6.02

%  

Cost of average interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

0.68

%  

 

0.81

%  

 

0.93

%  

 

0.97

%  

 

1.25

%  

Cost of deposits(4)

 

 

0.19

%  

 

0.19

%  

 

0.20

%  

 

0.24

%  

 

0.43

%  

Net interest spread

 

 

3.08

%  

 

3.10

%  

 

3.21

%  

 

4.53

%  

 

4.77

%  

Net interest margin - Total Company

 

 

3.27

%  

 

3.33

%  

 

3.48

%  

 

4.82

%  

 

5.09

%  

Net interest margin - Core Banking(1)

 

 

3.19

%  

 

3.35

%  

 

3.50

%  

 

3.63

%  

 

3.55

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets

 

 

14.43

%  

 

15.66

%  

 

16.15

%  

 

14.89

%  

 

12.87

%  

Total risk based capital - Total Company

 

 

20.58

%  

 

22.17

%  

 

26.71

%  

 

25.28

%  

 

24.74

%  

Common equity tier 1 capital - Total Company

 

 

18.39

%  

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Tier 1 risk based capital - Total Company

 

 

19.69

%  

 

21.28

%  

 

25.67

%  

 

24.31

%  

 

23.59

%  

Tier 1 leverage capital - Total Company

 

 

14.82

%  

 

15.92

%  

 

16.81

%  

 

16.36

%  

 

14.77

%  

Dividend payout ratio

 

 

46

%  

 

53

%  

 

56

%  

 

31

%  

 

13

%  

Dividend yield

 

 

2.96

%  

 

2.98

%  

 

2.82

%  

 

8.28

%  

 

2.64

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period end full time equivalent employees - Total Company

 

 

785

 

 

723

 

 

736

 

 

797

 

 

710

 

Number of banking centers

 

 

40

 

 

41

 

 

45

 

 

44

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46


 

Table of Contents

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data. (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and Years Ended December 31, 

 

(in thousands, except per share data, FTEs and # of banking centers)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Data and Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans on nonaccrual status

 

$

21,712

 

$

23,337

 

$

19,104

 

$

18,506

 

$

23,306

 

Loans past due 90-days-or-more and still on accrual

 

 

224

 

 

322

 

 

1,974

 

 

3,173

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

 

 

21,936

 

 

23,659

 

 

21,078

 

 

21,679

 

 

23,306

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

1,220

 

 

11,243

 

 

17,102

 

 

26,203

 

 

10,956

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

$

23,156

 

$

34,902

 

$

38,180

 

$

47,882

 

$

34,262

 

Total delinquent loans

 

$

11,731

 

$

15,851

 

$

16,223

 

$

20,844

 

$

24,433

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans to total loans

 

 

0.66

%  

 

0.78

%  

 

0.81

%  

 

0.82

%  

 

1.02

%  

Nonperforming assets to total loans (including OREO)

 

 

0.70

%  

 

1.14

%  

 

1.46

%  

 

1.79

%  

 

1.49

%  

Nonperforming assets to total assets

 

 

0.55

%  

 

0.93

%  

 

1.13

%  

 

1.41

%  

 

1.00

%  

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans

 

 

0.83

%  

 

0.80

%  

 

0.89

%  

 

0.90

%  

 

1.05

%  

Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans

 

 

125

%  

 

103

%  

 

109

%  

 

109

%  

 

103

%  

Delinquent loans to total loans(5)

 

 

0.35

%  

 

0.52

%  

 

0.63

%  

 

0.79

%  

 

1.07

%  

Net loan charge-offs to average loans - Total Company

 

 

0.07

%  

 

0.05

%  

 

0.14

%  

 

0.61

%  

 

0.76

%  

Net loan charge-offs to average loans - Core Banking(1)

 

 

0.05

%  

 

0.08

%  

 

0.18

%  

 

0.34

%  

 

0.24

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

See Footnote 23 “Segment Information” under Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplemental Data” for additional information regarding the segments which constitute the Company’s Core Banking operations.

 

(2)

The following table provides a reconciliation of total stockholders’ equity in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) to tangible stockholders’ equity in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. The Company provides the tangible book value ratio, in addition to those defined by banking regulators, because of its widespread use by investors as a means to evaluate capital adequacy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and Years Ended December 31, 

(in thousands, except per share data)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

Total stockholders’ equity (a)

 

$

576,547

 

$

558,731

 

$

542,793

 

$

536,702

 

$

452,367

Less: Goodwill

 

 

10,168

 

 

10,168

 

 

10,168

 

 

10,168

 

 

10,168

Less: Core deposit intangible

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

510

 

 

58

Less: Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

4,912

 

 

4,813

 

 

5,409

 

 

4,777

 

 

6,087

Tangible stockholders’ equity (c)

 

$

561,467

 

$

543,750

 

$

527,216

 

$

521,247

 

$

436,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets (b)

 

$

4,230,289

 

$

3,747,013

 

$

3,371,904

 

$

3,394,399

 

$

3,419,991

Less: Goodwill

 

 

10,168

 

 

10,168

 

 

10,168

 

 

10,168

 

 

10,168

Less: Core deposit intangible

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

510

 

 

58

Less: Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

4,912

 

 

4,813

 

 

5,409

 

 

4,777

 

 

6,087

Tangible assets (d)

 

$

4,215,209

 

$

3,732,032

 

$

3,356,327

 

$

3,378,944

 

$

3,403,678

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders' equity to total assets (a/b)

 

 

13.63

%  

 

14.91

%  

 

16.10

%  

 

15.81

%  

 

13.23

Tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets (c/d)

 

 

13.32

%  

 

14.57

%  

 

15.71

%  

 

15.43

%  

 

12.81

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares outstanding (e)

 

 

20,897

 

 

20,848

 

 

20,801

 

 

20,965

 

 

20,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Book value per share (a/e)

 

$

27.59

 

$

26.80

 

$

26.09

 

$

25.60

 

$

21.59

Tangible book value per share (c/e)

 

 

26.87

 

 

26.08

 

 

25.35

 

 

24.86

 

 

20.81

 

 

(3)

The efficiency ratio equals total non interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non interest income. The ratio excludes net gain (loss) on sales, calls and impairment of investment securities, if applicable.

 

(4)

The cost of deposits ratio equals total interest expense on deposits divided by total average interest-bearing deposits plus total average non interest-bearing deposits.

 

(5)

The delinquent loans to total loans ratio equals loans 30-days-or-more past due loans divided by total loans.

 

47


 

Table of Contents

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Republic Bancorp, Inc. (“Republic” or the “Company”) analyzes the major elements of Republic’s consolidated balance sheets and statements of income. Republic, a financial holding company headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky, is the parent company of Republic Bank & Trust Company (“RB&T” or the “Bank”) and Republic Insurance Services, Inc. (the “Captive”). The Bank is a Kentucky-based, state chartered non-member financial institution.

 

The Captive, which was formed during the third quarter of 2014, is a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary of the Company.  The Captive provides property and casualty insurance coverage to the Company and the Bank as well as eight other third-party insurance captives for which insurance may not be available or economically feasible.

 

Republic Bancorp Capital Trust (“RBCT”) is a Delaware statutory business trust that is a 100%-owned unconsolidated finance subsidiary of Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Republic should be read in conjunction with Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied as a result of certain risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to: changes in political and economic conditions; interest rate fluctuations; competitive product and pricing pressures; equity and fixed income market fluctuations; client bankruptcies; inflation; recession; acquisitions and integrations of acquired businesses; technological changes; changes in law and regulations or the interpretation and enforcement thereof; changes in fiscal, monetary, regulatory and tax policies; monetary fluctuations; success in gaining regulatory approvals when required; information security breaches or  cyber security attacks involving either the Company or one of the Company’s third party service providers; as well as other risks and uncertainties reported from time to time in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including Part 1 Item 1A “Risk Factors.”

 

Broadly speaking, forward-looking statements include:

 

·

projections of revenue, income, expenses, losses, earnings per share, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure or other financial items;

·

descriptions of plans or objectives for future operations, products or services;

·

forecasts of future economic performance; and

·

descriptions of assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing.

 

The Company may make forward-looking statements discussing management’s expectations about various matters, including:

 

·

loan delinquencies; non-performing, classified, or impaired loans; and troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”);

·

further developments in the Bank’s ongoing review of and efforts to resolve possible problem credit relationships, which could result in, among other things, additional provisions for loan and lease losses (“Provision”);

·

future credit quality, credit losses and the overall adequacy of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (“Allowance”);

·

potential impairment charges or write-downs of other real estate owned (“OREO”);

·

future short-term and long-term interest rates and the respective impact on net interest income, net interest spread, net income, liquidity, capital and economic value of equity (“EVE”);

·

the future impact of Company strategies to mitigate interest rate risk;

·

future long-term interest rates and their impact on the demand for Mortgage Banking products, Warehouse lines of credit and Correspondent Lending products;

·

the future value of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”);

·

the potential impairment of investment securities;

·

the growth in the Bank’s loan portfolio, in general, and overall mix of such portfolio;

48


 

Table of Contents

·

the growth in single family residential, first lien real estate loans originated through the Bank’s Correspondent Lending delivery channel;

·

the growth in the Bank’s Warehouse Lending (“Warehouse”) portfolio;

·

usage rates on Warehouse lines of credit;

·

the volatility of the Bank’s Warehouse portfolio outstanding balances;

·

the Bank’s ability to maintain and/or grow deposits;

·

the concentrations and volatility of the Bank’s securities sold under agreements to repurchase;

·

the Company’s intentions regarding its Trust Preferred Securities (“TPS”);

·

the Company’s ability to successfully implement strategic plans, including, but not limited to, those related to pending or future business acquisitions;

·

future accretion of discounts on loans acquired in the Bank’s 2012 FDIC-assisted transactions and the effect of such accretion on the Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin;

·

future amortization of premiums on loans acquired through the Bank’s Correspondent Lending channel and the effect of such amortization on the Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin;

·

the future financial performance of Tax Refund Solutions (“TRS”), a division of the Republic Processing Group (“RPG”) segment;

·

future Refund Transfer (“RT”) volume for TRS;

·

future Easy Advance (“EA”) volume for TRS;

·

the future net revenue associated with RTs at TRS;

·

the future financial performance of Republic Payment Solutions (“RPS”), a division of RPG;

·

the future financial performance of Republic Credit Solutions (“RCS”), a division of RPG;

·

the extent to which regulations written and implemented by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), and other federal, state and local governmental regulation of consumer lending and related financial products and services, may limit or prohibit the operation of the Company’s business;

·

financial services reform and other current, pending or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative effect on the Company’s revenue and businesses, including but not limited to, Basel III capital reforms; the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”); and legislation and regulation relating to overdraft fees (and changes to the Bank’s overdraft practices as a result thereof), interchange fees, credit card income, and other bank services;

·

the impact of new accounting pronouncements;

·

legal and regulatory matters including results and consequences of regulatory guidance, litigation, administrative proceedings, rule-making, interpretations, actions and examinations;

·

future capital expenditures; and

·

the strength of the U.S. economy in general and the strength of the local and regional economies in which the Company conducts operations.

 

Forward-looking statements discuss matters that are not historical facts. As forward-looking statements discuss future events or conditions, the statements often include words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “target,” “can,” “could,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “potential,” or similar expressions. Do not rely on forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements detail management’s expectations regarding the future and are not guarantees. Forward-looking statements are assumptions based on information known to management only as of the date the statements are made and management may not update them to reflect changes that occur subsequent to the date the statements are made.

 

See additional discussion under Part I Item 1 “Business” and Part I Item 1A “Risk Factors.”

 

49


 

Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

 

Republic’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported periods.

 

Management continually evaluates the Company’s accounting policies and estimates that it uses to prepare the consolidated financial statements. In general, management’s estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience, accounting and regulatory guidance, and information obtained from independent third party professionals. Actual results may differ from those estimates made by management.

 

Critical accounting policies are those that management believes are the most important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and operating results and require management to make estimates that are difficult, subjective and complex. Most accounting policies are not considered by management to be critical accounting policies. Several factors are considered in determining whether or not a policy is critical in the preparation of the financial statements. These factors include, among other things, whether the estimates have a significant impact on the financial statements, the nature of the estimates, the ability to readily validate the estimates with other information including independent third parties or available pricing, sensitivity of the estimates to changes in economic conditions and whether alternative methods of accounting may be utilized under GAAP. Management has discussed each critical accounting policy and the methodology for the identification and determination of critical accounting policies with the Company’s Audit Committee.

 

Republic believes its critical accounting policies and estimates relate to:

 

·

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

·

Acquisition Accounting

·

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

·

Mortgage Servicing Rights

·

Income Tax Accounting

·

Investment Securities

·

Other Real Estate Owned

·

Correspondent Loan Premiums

 

Allowance for Loan and Leases Losses and Provision for Loan and Lease Losses — The Bank maintains an allowance for probable incurred credit losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio, which includes overdrawn deposit accounts. Management evaluates the adequacy of the Allowance on a monthly basis and presents and discusses the analysis with the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

 

The Allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. The general component is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors.

 

The Bank defines impaired loans as follows:

 

·

All loans internally rated as “Substandard,” “Doubtful” or “Loss”;

·

All loans on non-accrual status and non-PCI loans past due 90 days-or-more still on accrual;

·

All retail and commercial TDRs;

·

All loans internally rated in a purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) category with cash flows that have deteriorated from management’s initial acquisition day estimate; and

·

Any other situation where the full collection of the total amount due for a loan is improbable or otherwise meets the definition of impaired.

 

Generally, loans are designated as classified or Special Mention to ensure more frequent monitoring. These loans are reviewed to ensure proper earning status and management strategy. If it is determined that there is serious doubt as to performance in accordance with original or modified contractual terms, then the loan is generally downgraded and often placed on non-accrual status.

 

50


 

Table of Contents

GAAP recognizes three methods to measure specific loan impairment, including:

 

·

Cash Flow Method — The recorded investment in the loan is measured against the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate. The Bank employs this method for a significant portion of its impaired TDRs. Impairment amounts under this method are reflected in the Bank’s Allowance as specific reserves on the respective impaired loan. These specific reserves are adjusted quarterly based upon reevaluation of the expected future cash flows and changes in the recorded investment.

 

·

Collateral Method — The recorded investment in the loan is measured against the fair value of the collateral value less applicable selling costs. The Bank employs the fair value of collateral method for its impaired loans when repayment is based solely on the sale of or the operations of the underlying collateral. Collateral fair value is typically based on the most recent real estate valuation on file.  Measured impairment under this method is generally charged off unless the loan is a smaller balance, homogeneous mortgage loan. The Bank’s selling costs for its collateral dependent loans typically range from 10-13% of the fair value of the underlying collateral, depending on the asset class. Selling costs are not applicable for collateral dependent loans whose repayment is based solely on the operations of the underlying collateral.

 

·

Market Value Method — The recorded investment in the loan is measured against the loan’s obtainable market value. The Bank does not currently employ this technique, as it is typically found impractical.

 

In addition to obtaining appraisals at the time of origination, the Bank typically updates appraisals and/or broker price opinions for loans with potential impairment. Updated valuations for commercial related credits exhibiting an increased risk of loss are typically obtained within one year of the previous valuation. Collateral values for past due residential mortgage loans and home equity loans are generally updated prior to a loan becoming 90 days delinquent, but no more than 180 days past due. When measuring impairment, to the extent updated collateral values cannot be obtained due to the lack of recent comparable sales or for other reasons, the Bank discounts the valuation of the collateral primarily based on the age of the appraisal and the real estate market conditions of the location of the underlying collateral.

 

The general component of the Allowance covers loans collectively evaluated for impairment and is based on historical loss experience, with potential adjustments for current relevant qualitative factors. Historical loss experience is determined by loan performance and class and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Bank. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, are included in the general component unless the loans are classified as TDRs or on non-accrual.

 

In determining the historical loss rates for each respective loan class, management evaluates the following historical loss rate scenarios:

 

·

Rolling four quarter average

·

Rolling eight quarter average

·

Rolling twelve quarter average

·

Rolling sixteen quarter average

·

Rolling twenty quarter average

·

Rolling twenty-four quarter average

·

Rolling twenty-eight quarter average

·

Current year to date historical loss factor average

·

Peer group loss factors

 

In order to take account of periods of economic growth and economic downturn, management generally uses the highest of the rolling four, eight, twelve, sixteen, twenty, twenty-four, or twenty-eight quarter averages for each loan class when determining its historical loss factors for its “Pass” rated and nonrated credits.

 

51


 

Table of Contents

Loan classes are also evaluated utilizing subjective factors in addition to the historical loss calculations to determine a loss allocation for each class. Management assigns risk multiples to certain classes to account for qualitative factors such as:

 

·

Changes in nature, volume and seasoning of the portfolio;

·

Changes in experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;

·

Changes in the quality of the Bank’s credit review system;

·

Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices not considered elsewhere in estimating credit losses;

·

Changes in the volume and severity of past due, non-performing and classified loans;

·

Changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;

·

Changes in international, national, regional, and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of portfolios, including the condition of various market segments;

·

The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and

·

The effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the institution’s existing portfolio.

 

As this analysis, or any similar analysis, is an imprecise measure of loss, the Allowance is subject to ongoing adjustments. Therefore, management will often take into account other significant factors that may be necessary or prudent in order to reflect probable incurred losses in the total loan portfolio.

 

For Core Banking operations, management performs two calculations at year end in order to confirm the reasonableness of its Allowance. In the first calculation, management compares the beginning Allowance to the net charge-offs for the most recent calendar year. The ratio of net charge-offs to the beginning of year Allowance indicates how adequately the Allowance accommodated subsequent charge-offs. Higher ratios suggest the beginning of year Allowance may not have been large enough to absorb impending charge-offs, while inordinately low ratios might indicate the accumulation of excessive allowances. The Core Bank’s net charge-off ratio to the beginning Allowance was 7% at December 31, 2015, compared to 9% for December 31, 2014. The Core Bank’s five year annual average for this ratio was 19% as of December 31, 2015. Management believes the Core Bank’s net charge-off ratio to beginning Allowance was within a reasonable range at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

For the second calculation, management assesses the Core Bank’s Allowance exhaustion rate. Exhaustion rates indicate the time (expressed in years) taken to use the beginning of year Allowance in the form of actual charge-offs. Management believes an exhaustion rate that indicates a reasonable Allowance is in a range of three to six years. The Core Bank’s Allowance exhaustion rate at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was 5.6 years and 4.6 years compared to the five year annual average of 3.8 years as of December 31, 2015. Management believes the Bank’s Allowance exhaustion rate was within a reasonable range at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Based on management’s calculation, a Core Bank Allowance of $26 million, or 0.78%, of total loans and leases was an adequate estimate of probable incurred losses within the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015 compared to $24 million, or 0.80%, at December 31, 2014. This estimate resulted in Core Banking Provision of $3.1  million during 2015 compared to $3.4 million in 2014. If the mix and amount of future charge-off percentages differ significantly from those assumptions used by management in making its determination, an adjustment to the Core Bank Allowance and the resulting effect on the income statement could be material.

 

The RPG Allowance at December 31, 2015 primarily related to loans originated through the RCS division. During the third quarter of 2015, one of RCS’ small dollar consumer loan programs exited the program’s pilot phase.  As part of this program, the Company retains a 10% ownership in the loans originated and sells a 90% participation interest. During 2015, the Company sold approximately $137 million of loans from this program compared to $636,000 during 2014. As of December 31, 2015, RCS carried approximately $7 million of such loans on its balance sheet, representing its 10% retained ownership. 

 

For RCS loans, management conducts an analysis of historical losses and delinquencies by month of loan origination when determining the Allowance. Due to their small-dollar, short-term nature, such loans are expected to experience higher loss rates than Core Bank consumer products. Based on management’s calculation, an RPG Allowance of $1.7 million, or 24%, of total loans was an adequate estimate of probable incurred losses within the portfolio as of December 31, 2015 compared to an Allowance of $44,000, or 1%, at December 31, 2014.  

 

52


 

Table of Contents

RPG recorded a charge of $2.6 million and $49,000 to the Provision during 2015 and 2014 due to growth in short-term consumer loans originated by the RCS division. If the amount of future RCS charge-offs differs significantly from assumptions used by management in making its determination, an adjustment to the RPG Allowance and the resulting effect on the income statement could be material.

 

During 2015 and 2014, RPG recorded recoveries of $278,000 and $582,000 to the Provision for the collection of prior period Refund Anticipation Loan (“RAL”) charge-offs.    

 

Acquisition Accounting — The Bank accounts for its acquisitions in accordance with the acquisition method as outlined in Account Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, Business Combinations. The acquisition method requires: a) identification of the entity that obtains control of the acquiree; b) determination of the acquisition date; c) recognition and measurement of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; and d) recognition and measurement of goodwill or bargain purchase gain.

 

Identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in acquirees are generally recognized at their acquisition date (“day-one”) fair values based on the requirements of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. The measurement period for day-one fair values begins on the acquisition date and ends the earlier of: (a) the day management believes it has all the information necessary to determine day-one fair values; or (b) one year following the acquisition date. In many cases, the determination of day-one fair values requires management to make estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly complex and subjective in nature and subject to recast adjustments, which are retrospective adjustments to reflect new information existing at the acquisition date affecting day-one fair values. More specifically, these recast adjustments for loans and other real estate owned may be made, as market value data, such as appraisals, are received by the bank. Increases or decreases to day-one fair values are reflected with a corresponding increase or decrease to bargain purchase gain or goodwill.

 

Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred unless those costs are related to issuing debt or equity securities used to finance the acquisition.

 

Loans purchased in an acquisition are accounted for using one of the following accounting standards:

 

·

ASC Topic 310-20, Non Refundable Fees and Other Costs, is used to value loans that have not demonstrated post origination credit quality deterioration and the acquirer expects to collect all contractually required payments from the borrower. For these loans, the difference between the loan’s day-one fair value and amortized cost would be amortized or accreted into income using the interest method.

 

·

ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, is used to value PCI loans. For these loans, it is probable the acquirer will be unable to collect all contractually required payments from the borrower. Under ASC Topic 310-30, the expected cash flows that exceed the initial investment in the loan, or fair value, represent the “accretable yield,” which is recognized as interest income on a level-yield basis over the expected cash flow periods of the loans.

 

Purchased loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-20 are accounted for as any other Bank-originated loan, potentially becoming nonaccrual or impaired, as well as being risk rated under the Bank’s standard practices and procedures. In addition, these loans are considered in the determination of the Allowance once day-one fair values are final.

 

In determining the day-one fair values of PCI loans, management considers a number of factors including, among other things, the remaining life of the acquired loans, estimated prepayments, estimated loss ratios, estimated value of the underlying collateral, and net present value of cash flows expected to be received.  The Bank typically accounts for PCI loans individually, as opposed to aggregating the loans into pools based on common risk characteristics such as loan type.

 

Management separately monitors the PCI portfolio and on a quarterly basis reviews the loans contained within this portfolio against the factors and assumptions used in determining the day-one fair values. In addition to its quarterly evaluation, a loan is typically reviewed when it is modified or extended, or when material information becomes available to the Bank that provides additional insight regarding the loan’s performance, estimated life, the status of the borrower, or the quality or value of the underlying collateral.

53


 

Table of Contents

To the extent that a PCI loan’s performance does not reflect an increased risk of loss of contractual principal beyond the non-accretable yield established as part of its initial day-one evaluation, such loan would be classified in the Purchased Credit Impaired - Group 1 (“PCI-1”) category, whose credit risk is considered by management equivalent to a non-PCI Special Mention loan within the Bank’s credit rating matrix. PCI-1 loans are considered impaired if, based on current information and events, it is probable that the future estimated cash flows of the loan have deteriorated from management’s initial acquisition day estimate. Provisions for loan losses are made for impaired PCI-1 loans to further discount the loan and allow its yield to conform to at least management’s initial expectations. Any improvement in the expected performance of a PCI-1 loan would result in a reversal of the Provision to the extent of prior charges and then an adjustment to accretable yield, which would have a positive impact on interest income.

 

If during the Bank’s periodic evaluations of its PCI loan portfolio, management deems a PCI-1 loan to have an increased risk of loss of contractual principal beyond the non-accretable yield established as part of its initial day-one evaluation, such loan would be classified PCI-Substandard (“PCI-Sub”) within the Bank’s credit risk matrix.  Management deems the risk of default and overall credit risk of a PCI-Sub loan to be greater than a PCI-1 loan and more analogous to a non-PCI Substandard loan. PCI-Sub loans are considered to be impaired. Any improvement in the expected performance of a PCI-Sub loan would result in a reversal of the Provision to the extent of prior charges and then an adjustment to accretable yield, which would have a positive impact on interest income.

 

PCI loans are placed on non-accrual if management cannot reasonably estimate future cash flows on such loans.

 

If a troubled debt restructuring is performed on a PCI loan, the loan is considered impaired under the applicable TDR accounting standards and transferred out of the PCI population. The loan may require an additional Provision if its restructured cash flows are less than management’s initial day-one expectations. PCI loans for which the Bank simply chooses to extend the maturity date are generally not considered TDRs and remain in the PCI population.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — Goodwill resulting from business combinations prior to January 1, 2009 represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill resulting from business combinations after January 1, 2009 represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that are individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually.

 

The Company has selected September 30th as the date to perform its annual goodwill impairment test. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on the Bank’s balance sheet.

 

Based on its assessment, the Company believes its goodwill of $10 million was not impaired and is properly recorded in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Other intangible assets consist of core deposit and acquired client relationship intangible assets arising from bank acquisitions. They are initially measured at fair value and then are amortized on an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives, which can range from two to ten years. During 2013, the Company amortized all $510,000 in other intangible assets held as of December 31, 2012, with no such assets recorded as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Mortgage Servicing RightsMortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with the MSRs retained. When mortgage loans are sold with servicing retained, servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the income statement effect recorded as a component of net servicing income within Mortgage Banking income. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. All classes of servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization method which requires servicing rights to be amortized into Mortgage Banking income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans. Amortization of MSRs are initially set at seven years and subsequently adjusted on a quarterly basis based on the weighted average remaining life of the underlying loans.

 

54


 

Table of Contents

MSRs are evaluated for impairment quarterly based upon the fair value of the MSRs as compared to carrying amount. Impairment is determined by stratifying MSRs into groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type, loan terms and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual grouping, to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying amount. If the Bank later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists for a particular grouping, a reduction of the valuation allowance is recorded as an increase to income. Changes in valuation allowances are reported within Mortgage Banking income on the income statement. The fair value of the MSR portfolios is subject to significant fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates.

 

A primary factor influencing the fair value is the estimated life of the underlying serviced loans. The estimated life of the serviced loans is significantly influenced by market interest rates. During a period of declining interest rates, the fair value of the MSRs generally will decline due to higher expected prepayments within the portfolio. Alternatively, during a period of rising interest rates the fair value of MSRs generally will increase as prepayments on the underlying loans would be expected to decline. Based on the estimated fair value at December 31, 2015 and 2014, management determined there was no impairment within the MSR portfolio.

 

Income Tax Accounting — Income tax liabilities or assets are established for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are also established for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. A deferred tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and deductions that can be carried forward (used) in future years. The valuation of current and deferred tax liabilities and assets is considered critical, as it requires management to make estimates based on provisions of the enacted tax laws. The assessment of tax liabilities and assets involves the use of estimates, assumptions, interpretations and judgments concerning certain accounting pronouncements and federal and state tax codes. There can be no assurance that future events, such as court decisions or positions of federal and state taxing authorities, will not differ from management’s current assessment, the impact of which could be significant to the consolidated results of operations and reported earnings. The Company believes its tax assets and liabilities are adequate and are properly recorded in the consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

In accordance with ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, the Company’s RPG segment recorded additional income tax expense of $1.1 million for the fourth quarter of 2013 primarily related to additional accruals recorded for possible state income tax payments beyond the Company’s original estimates related to the tax years 2010 through 2013. The Company attributed the increased state income taxes to the RPG segment, as RPG generated the substantial majority of the Company’s state income tax exposure outside of its geographic footprint during the tax years noted.

 

Investment Securities — Unrealized losses for all investment securities are reviewed to determine whether the losses are “other-than-temporary.” Investment securities are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation to determine whether a decline in value below amortized cost is other-than-temporary. In conducting this assessment, the Bank evaluates a number of factors including, but not limited to:

 

·

The length of time and the extent to which fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;

·

The Bank’s intent to hold until maturity or sell the debt security prior to maturity;

·

An analysis of whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Bank will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery;

·

Adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area;

·

The historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security;

·

The payment structure of the security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments;

·

Failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

·

Any rating changes by a rating agency; and

·

Recoveries or additional decline in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date.

 

The term “other-than-temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value are not necessarily favorable, or that there is a general lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized for the anticipated credit losses.

 

The Bank held one security at December 31, 2015 and 2014 with a total carrying value of $5 million for which it recorded OTTI charges in previous years.

 

55


 

Table of Contents

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) — Assets acquired through loan foreclosures are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. Physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortage loan occurs when legal title is obtained upon completion of foreclosure or when the borrower conveys all interest in the property to satisfy the loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. These assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. The Bank’s selling costs for OREO typically range from 10-13% of each property’s fair value, depending on property class. Fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals or broker price opinions (“BPO”s). Appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach.

 

Appraisals for both collateral-dependent impaired loans and other real estate owned are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Bank. Appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Once the appraisal is received, a member of the Bank’s Credit Administration Department (“CAD”) reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal, as well as the fair value in comparison with independent data sources, such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics. On at least an annual basis, the Bank performs a back test of collateral appraisals by comparing actual selling prices on recent collateral sales to the most recent appraisal of such collateral. Back tests are performed for each collateral class and may lead to additional adjustments to the value of unliquidated collateral of similar class.

 

The Bank’s total OREO recorded was $1 million and $11 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Correspondent Loan Premiums — The Bank began acquiring single family, first lien mortgage loans for investment through its Correspondent Lending channel in May 2014. Correspondent Lending generally involves the Bank acquiring, primarily from its Warehouse Lending clients, closed loans that meet the Bank’s specifications. Substantially all loans purchased through the Correspondent Lending channel are purchased at a premium. 

 

Premiums on loans held for investment acquired though the Correspondent Lending channel are amortized into interest income on the level-yield method over the expected life of the loan. During a period of declining interest rates, the expected life of Correspondent Loans would generally be expected to decline due to anticipated prepayments within the portfolio. Alternatively, during a period of rising interest rates, the expected life of Correspondent Loans would generally be expected to increase as prepayments on the underlying loans would be anticipated to decline. Shorter estimated lives will increase premium amortization expense and decrease interest income, with longer lives having the reverse effect. 

 

Unamortized premiums totaled $4 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, with estimated lives between five and seven years.

 

56


 

Table of Contents

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

 

The Company’s pending acquisition of Cornerstone Bancorp, Inc. (“Cornerstone”), and its wholly-owned bank subsidiary Cornerstone Community Bank, is expected to close during the first half of 2016 for approximately $32.3 million in cash. The acquisition of Cornerstone will expand the Company’s footprint in the Tampa, Florida metropolitan statistical area.  On December 31, 2015, Cornerstone operated four banking centers in the Tampa, Florida metropolitan statistical area, with approximately $250 million in total assets, approximately $190 million in loans and approximately $200 million in deposits. 

 

OVERVIEW

 

Net income for 2015 was $35.2 million, representing an increase of $6.4 million, or 22%, compared to 2014. Diluted earnings per Class A Common Share increased 23% to $1.70 for 2015 compared to $1.38 for 2014.

 

Table 1 — Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, (dollars in thousands, except per share data)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

35,166

 

$

28,787

 

$

25,423

 

Diluted earnings per Class A Common Stock

 

$

1.70

 

$

1.38

 

$

1.22

 

Return on average assets

 

 

0.88

%  

 

0.81

%  

 

0.75

%  

Return on average equity

 

 

6.12

%  

 

5.16

%  

 

4.65

%  

 

Additional discussion follows in this section of the filing under “Results of Operations.”

 

General highlights by business segment for the year ended December 31, 2015 consisted of the following:

 

Traditional Banking segment

 

·

Net income increased $2.6 million, or 12%, for 2015 compared to 2014, primarily due to an increase in net interest income, driven by solid loan growth.

 

·

Net interest income increased $3.5 million, or 3%, for 2015 to $108.3 million. The Traditional Banking segment net interest margin decreased 17 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2015 to 3.15%.

 

·

The Traditional Banking Provision was $2.9 million for 2015 compared to $3.0 million for 2014.

 

·

Total non interest income increased $2.3 million, or 11%, for 2015 compared to 2014.

 

·

Total non interest expense increased $3.0 million, or 3%, during 2015 compared 2014.

 

·

Gross Traditional Bank loans increased by $216 million, or 8%, from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015.

 

·

Traditional Bank deposits grew by $395 million, or 19%, from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015.

 

·

Total non-performing loans to total loans for the Traditional Banking segment was 0.75% at December 31, 2015 compared to 0.87% at December 31, 2014.

 

·

Delinquent loans to total loans for the Traditional Banking segment was 0.38% at December 31, 2015 compared to 0.58% at December 31, 2014.

 

57


 

Table of Contents

Warehouse Lending segment

 

·

Net income increased $2.6 million, or 75%, for 2015 compared to 2014, as both total commitments and usage of such commitments increased significantly during 2015.

 

·

Net interest income increased $4.8 million, or 64%, for 2015 compared to 2014. The Warehouse segment net interest margin decreased 19 basis points from 2014 to 3.58% for 2015.

 

·

The Warehouse Provision was $168,000 for 2015 compared to $350,000 for 2014.

 

·

Total committed lines increased from $528 million at December 31, 2014 to $728 million at December 31, 2015.

 

·

Average line usage was 55% during 2015 compared to 47% during 2014.

 

·

Outstanding balances for Warehouse lines of credit increased by $67 million, or 21% during 2015.

 

·

There were no non-performing loans or delinquent loans associated with the Warehouse segment at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Mortgage Banking segment

 

·

Within the Mortgage Banking segment, mortgage banking income increased $1.5 million, or 54%, during 2015 compared to 2014.

 

·

Overall, Republic’s proceeds from the sale of secondary market loans totaled $167 million during 2015 compared to $82 million during 2014.  Volume during 2015 benefited from favorably low, long-term mortgage rates during the period.

 

Republic Processing Group segment

 

·

Net income increased $854,000, or 19%, for 2015 compared to 2014.

 

·

RPG recorded a net charge to the Provision of $2.3 million during 2015, compared to a net credit of $533,000 for 2014.

 

·

Non interest income was $19.6 million for 2015 compared to $17.9 million for 2014.

 

·

Net RT revenue increased $1.3 million, or 8%, during 2015 compared to 2014. Total RTs processed during the 2015 tax season by the TRS division increased by 39% from the 2014 tax season, driven by growth in retail store-front product demand resulting from an increase in the number of tax preparation offices served through existing contracts and new contracts between the Company and third party tax preparation companies.

 

·

Non interest expenses were $12.1 million for 2015 compared to $11.7 million for 2014.

 

General highlights by business segment for the year ended December 31, 2014 consisted of the following:

 

Traditional Banking segment

 

·

Net income remained at $21.3 million for 2014 compared to 2013.

·

Net interest income decreased $2.1 million, or 2%, for 2014 to $104.8 million. The Traditional Banking segment net interest margin decreased 15 basis points for 2014 to 3.32%.

·

Provision expense was $3.0 million for 2014 compared to $3.9 million for 2013.

·

Total non interest income decreased $2.6 million, or 11%, for 2014 compared to 2013.

58


 

Table of Contents

·

Total non interest expense decreased $4.0 million, or 4%, during 2014 compared to 2013.

·

Total non-performing loans to total loans for the Traditional Banking segment was 0.87% at December 31, 2014, compared to 0.86% at December 31, 2013.

·

Delinquent loans to total loans for the Traditional Banking segment was 0.58% at December 31, 2014, compared to 0.67% at December 31, 2013.

·

Gross Traditional Bank loans increased by $279 million, or 11%, from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014. Growth during 2014 was primarily driven by the Traditional Bank’s Correspondent Lending channel, which acquired $230 million in gross loans since initiation in April 2014.

·

Traditional Bank deposits grew by $59 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014.

·

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase increased $191 million, or 115%, from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014, with 57% of this growth concentrated in one client relationship.

 

Warehouse Lending segment

 

·

Net income increased $739,000, or 28%, for 2014 compared to 2013.

·

Net interest income increased $1.8 million, or 31%, for 2014 to $7.4 million. The Warehouse segment net interest margin decreased 51 basis points during 2014 to 3.77%.

·

Provision expense was $350,000 for 2014 compared to a net credit of $92,000 for 2013. 

·

Outstanding balances for Warehouse lines of credit increased by $170 million, or 114%, from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014.

·

There were no non-performing loans or delinquent loans associated with the Warehouse segment at both December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

Mortgage Banking segment

 

·

Within the Mortgage Banking segment, mortgage banking income decreased $4.4 million, or 61%, during 2014 compared to 2013.

·

Overall, Republic’s proceeds from the sale of secondary market loans totaled $82 million during 2014 compared to $305 million during 2013.  During 2013, the Company significantly benefited from favorable long-term interest rates through May 2013, when sharp increases in such interest rates began negatively affecting demand for mortgage banking products. This negative impact on demand continued through the remainder of 2013 and throughout 2014. 

 

Republic Processing Group segment

 

·

Net income for RPG was $4.5 million during 2014 compared to a net loss of $1.4 million during 2013.

·

The total dollar volume of tax refunds processed during 2014 tax season increased $3 billion, or 74%, from the 2013 tax season due primarily to a rise in self-prepared, on-line product volume in combination with growth in retail store-front traffic resulting from new contracts between the Company and third party tax preparation companies.

·

RPG recorded a net credit to the Provision of $533,000 for 2014, compared to a $845,000 credit for 2013.

·

Non interest income was $17.9 million for 2014 compared to $14.8 million for 2013.

·

Net RT revenue increased $2.2 million, or 16%, during 2014 compared to 2013.

·

Non interest expenses were $11.7 million for 2014 compared to $16.2 million for 2013. TRS experienced a $3.0 million decrease in legal fees for 2014, as the Company incurred substantial legal expenses in the prior year related to contract disputes with its previously two largest product providers and the Bank’s unsuccessful effort to acquire H&R Block Bank. 

59


 

Table of Contents

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Net Interest Income

 

Banking operations are significantly dependent upon net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities and the interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities used to fund those assets, such as interest-bearing deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB advances. Net interest income is impacted by both changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as market interest rates.

 

Discussion of 2015 vs. 2014

 

Total Company net interest income increased $11.2 million, or 10%, during 2015 compared to 2014. The primary driver of the increase in total Company net interest income was growth in the Company’s average loans during 2015, which increased $436 million, or 16%, over this time period. The benefit from loan growth was partially offset by a continuing general decline in the Company’s interest-earning asset yields.  The total Company net interest margin decreased to 3.27% for 2015 from 3.33%  during 2014.

 

The most significant components affecting the total Company’s net interest income by business segment were as follow:

 

Traditional Banking segment

 

Net interest income within the Traditional Banking segment increased $3.5 million, or 3%, for 2015 compared to 2014. The Traditional Banking net interest margin decreased 17 basis points from 2014 to 3.15%. The increase in the Traditional Bank’s net interest income and decrease in net interest margin during 2015 was primarily attributable to the following:

 

·

Traditional Bank loans, excluding loans acquired through the Company’s 2012 FDIC-assisted transactions, experienced yield compression of  23 basis points during 2015. Average loans outstanding, excluding loans from the 2012 FDIC-assisted transactions, were $2.8 billion with a weighted average yield of 4.06% during 2015 compared to $2.5 billion with a weighted average yield of 4.29%  during 2014. The overall effect of these changes in rate and volume was an increase of $7.2 million in interest income.

 

·

Net interest income related to loans from the Company’s 2012 FDIC-assisted transactions was lower during 2015 due to payoffs on the portfolio over the previous twelve months together with diminishing benefits from discount accretion.  Overall, the average balance of the portfolio was $32 million with a yield of 13.60% for 2015 compared to $57 million with a yield of 15.79%  for 2014. The overall effect of these changes in rate and volume was a decrease of $4.7 million in interest income. Interest income on this portfolio was $4.3 million for 2015, with $2.4 million, or 55%, of such income attributable to discount accretion compared to $9.0 million during 2014, with $5.2 million, or 58%, of such income attributable to discount accretion. Discount accretion income on this portfolio contributed seven and sixteen basis points, respectively, to the overall Traditional Bank’s net interest margin during 2015 and 2014. Management projects accretion of loan discounts related to the 2012 FDIC-assisted transactions to decline further in 2016, with such income largely dependent upon workout arrangements in which the Bank may receive loan payoffs for amounts greater than the loans’ respective carrying values.

 

·

The weighted average cost of FHLB advances during 2015 compared to 2014 declined to 1.99% from 2.24%. The average outstanding advances increased $15 million during the same period, with the Traditional Bank employing a higher mix of lower cost overnight borrowings during 2015. The net effect of these changes in rate and volume was an increase in net interest income of $1.1 million.     

 

·

The weighted average cost of time deposits during 2015 compared to 2014 increased to 0.96% from 0.65%, while average time deposits increased $26 million during the same period. These changes in rate and volume drove a $788,000 increase in interest expense and were primarily driven by the Bank’s promotion of its five-year certificate of deposit product. This promotion first began in September of 2014, and through December 31, 2015, had raised $67 million in certificates of deposit at a weighted average cost of 1.90%.

 

60


 

Table of Contents

·

In 2005, Republic Bancorp Capital Trust (“RBCT”), an unconsolidated trust subsidiary of Republic, was formed and issued $40 million in Trust Preferred Securities (“TPS”). The sole asset of RBCT represents the proceeds of the offering loaned to Republic in exchange for a  subordinated note with similar terms to the TPS. The subordinated note and related interest expense are included in Republic’s consolidated financial statements. The subordinated note paid a fixed interest rate of 6.015% through September 30, 2015 and adjusted to LIBOR + 1.42% thereafter. Based on this repricing, the note’s coupon rate repriced from 6.015% through September 30, 2015 to 1.75% on October 1, 2015 to 2.02% on January 1, 2016. The overall savings during 2015 from the change in rate when compared to 2014 totaled $459,000. The subordinated note matures on December 31, 2035 and is now redeemable at the Company’s option on a quarterly basis. The Company elected not to redeem its subordinated note on October 1, 2015 or January 1, 2016

 

The Federal Funds Target Rate (“FFTR”), the index that many of the Bank’s short-term deposit rates track, increased for the first time in nine years during December 2015.  Additionally, the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) of the FRB has provided further guidance that additional FFTR increases are likely during 2016. While an increase in short-term interest rates is generally believed by management to be favorable to the Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin in the near-term, such increases in short-term interest rates could have a negative impact to net interest income and net interest margin if the Bank is unable to maintain its overall funding costs at those levels assumed in its interest rate risk model or the yield curve flattens causing the spread between long-term interest rates and short-term interest rates to decrease.  The Bank is unable to precisely determine its net interest income and net interest margin in the future because several factors remain unknown, including, but not limited to, the actual steepness of the interest rate yield curve, the future demand for the Bank’s financial products and its overall future liquidity needs, among many other factors.

 

For additional information on the potential future effect of changes in short-term interest rates on Republic’s net interest income, see the table titled “Bank Interest Rate Sensitivity at December 31, 2015” under “Financial Condition.”

 

 

Warehouse Lending segment

 

Net interest income within the Warehouse Lending segment increased $4.8 million, or 64%, for 2015 compared to 2014, despite a decline in net interest margin of 19 basis points. The increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to higher average outstanding balances for the current period as compared to 2014.

 

Total Warehouse line commitments increased to $728 million at December 31, 2015 from $528 million at December 31, 2014. Average line usage rates of such commitments increased to 55% during 2015 compared to 47%  during 2014. Usage rates for 2015 benefitted from continued low, long-term mortgage rates during the period, while the overall yield declined due to competitive pricing pressures within the industry.

 

Driven by the increase in outstanding commitments and usage rates, average outstanding Warehouse lines of credit during 2015 increased $144 million, or 73%, compared to 2014.  Average outstanding warehouse lines were $341 million during 2015 with a weighted average yield of 3.84%, compared to average outstanding lines of $197 million with a weighted average yield of 4.00%  for 2014.

 

Net interest income at Warehouse Lending is greatly influenced by the overall mortgage market and the competitive environment. The Mortgage Bankers Association’s economic forecast released in February 2016 projected mortgage originations to decline 9%  across the Nation from 2015 to 2016, which leads management to believe that usage rates among the Bank’s Warehouse Lending clients may also decrease.  This predicted decline in mortgage volume along with a very competitive landscape, will likely negatively impact the Bank’s ability to maintain its existing Warehouse Lending clients and to attract new mortgage companies to its warehouse platform, thus making it difficult to increase net interest income overall within the Warehouse Lending segment.

 

61


 

Table of Contents

Republic Processing Group segment

 

Net interest income within the RPG segment increased $2.9 million for 2015 compared to 2014. The increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to year over year growth in higher yielding short-term, consumer credit products.  In addition, net interest income at RPG also increased due to loan fees earned on two new, large short-term commercial loans to one of the Company’s third party program managers in the tax business.  Average RPG loans were $8 million during 2015 compared to $5 million during 2014.  Net interest income at RPG is expected to increase once again in 2016 due to growth in existing RCS programs and a new RCS program that will start during the first quarter of 2016. 

 

Discussion of 2014 vs. 2013

 

Total Company net interest income decreased $402,000, or less than 1%, in 2014 compared to 2013. The total Company net interest margin decreased to 3.33% in 2014 from 3.48% during 2013. The primary driver of the decrease in total Company net interest income and net interest margin was a continuing general decline in the Company’s interest-earning asset yields without a similar offsetting decline in funding costs. Partially offsetting the contraction in the Company’s net interest income was growth in the Company’s average loans, which increased $163 million, or 6%, during 2014.  

 

The most significant components affecting the total Company’s net interest income by business segment were as follows:

 

Traditional Banking segment

 

Net interest income within the Traditional Banking segment decreased $2.1 million, or 2%, in 2014 compared to 2013. The Traditional Banking net interest margin decreased 15 basis points during 2014 to 3.32%. The decrease in the Traditional Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin during 2014 was primarily attributable to the following factors:

 

·

The Traditional Banking segment continued to experience downward repricing in its loans and investment portfolios during 2014 resulting from ongoing paydowns and early payoffs of higher interest-earning assets, with new originations and purchases being made into lower yielding assets. As a result, the yield in both the loan and investment portfolios declined in 2014 when compared to 2013. 

 

o

Traditional Bank loans experienced yield compression of 35 basis points during 2014.  Average loans outstanding were $2.5 billion with a weighted average yield of 4.55% during 2014 compared to $2.4 billion with a weighted average yield of 4.90% during 2013. The overall effect of these changes in rate and volume was a decrease of $3.3 million in interest income. Volume during 2014 was driven significantly by the Bank’s Correspondent Lending origination channel, which was initiated in May 2014 and originated $230 million in gross loans during the year.

 

o

Net interest income continued to benefit from discount accretion on loans acquired from the Bank’s 2012 FDIC-assisted transactions. Altogether, this discount accretion totaled $5.2 million for 2014 compared to $6.3 million for 2013, adding 16 and 20 basis points, respectively, to the net interest margin for these periods.

 

·

Average FHLB advances decreased $6 million during 2014. Average FHLB advances were $585 million with a weighted average cost of 2.24% for 2014 compared to $579 million during 2013 with a weighted average cost of 2.54%,  Almost exclusively due to the reduction in rate, interest expense on FHLB advances decreased $1.6 million during 2014 compared to 2013.

 

 

62


 

Table of Contents

Warehouse Lending segment

 

Net interest income within the Warehouse Lending segment increased $1.8 million, or 31%, during 2014, despite a decline in net interest margin of 51 basis points to 3.77%. The increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to growth in commitments and increased usage.  Warehouse line commitments increased $170 million during 2014 and average line usage increased to 47% in 2014 compared to 40% in 2013.   

 

Average outstanding Warehouse lines of credit during 2014 increased $65 million. Average outstanding warehouse lines were $197 million during 2014 with a weighted average yield of 4.00%, compared to average outstanding lines of $132 million with a weighted average yield of 4.50% for 2013.  As a result, interest income on warehouse lines of credit increased $1.9 million, or 32%, during 2014.

63


 

Table of Contents

Table 2 — Total Company Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates for Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

    

 

Average

    

 

 

    

Average

    

Average

    

 

 

    

Average

    

Average

    

 

 

    

Average

 

(dollars in thousands)

    

 

Balance

 

Interest

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Interest

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Interest

 

Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable investment securities, including FHLB stock(1)

 

 

$

546,655

 

$

8,265

 

1.51

%  

$

525,748

 

$

8,673

 

1.65

%  

$

527,681

 

$

9,312

 

1.76

%  

Federal funds sold and other interest-earning deposits

 

 

 

68,847

 

 

209

 

0.30

%  

 

118,803

 

 

344

 

0.29

%  

 

145,970

 

 

413

 

0.28

%  

RPG loans and fees(2)(3)

 

 

 

8,479

 

 

3,149

 

37.14

%  

 

5,482

 

 

275

 

5.02

%  

 

11,369

 

 

65

 

0.57

%  

Warehouse lines of credit and fees(2)(3)

 

 

 

340,938

 

 

13,075

 

3.84

%  

 

197,226

 

 

7,889

 

4.00

%  

 

132,258

 

 

5,958

 

4.50

%  

All other loans and fees(2)(3)

 

 

 

2,824,817

 

 

117,734

 

4.17

%  

 

2,535,596

 

 

115,196

 

4.54

%  

 

2,431,519

 

 

118,820

 

4.89

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

 

3,789,736

 

 

142,432

 

3.76

%  

 

3,382,855

 

 

132,377

 

3.91

%  

 

3,248,797

 

 

134,568

 

4.14

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

 

(25,570)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,067)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,287)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non interest-earning cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

81,503

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75,837

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

77,322

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

 

32,868

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,165

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

 

 

52,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,545

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,179

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets(1)

 

 

 

52,176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,169

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

3,982,840

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,559,617

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,385,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transaction accounts

 

 

$

840,815

 

$

563

 

0.07

%  

$

750,693

 

$

488

 

0.07

%  

$

696,295

 

$

484

 

0.07

%  

Money market accounts

 

 

 

485,508

 

 

762

 

0.16

%  

 

477,129

 

 

761

 

0.16

%  

 

508,288

 

 

631

 

0.12

%  

Time deposits

 

 

 

200,863

 

 

1,930

 

0.96

%  

 

174,904

 

 

1,142

 

0.65

%  

 

187,076

 

 

1,365

 

0.73

%  

Brokered money market and brokered certificates of deposit

 

 

 

187,028

 

 

1,125

 

0.60

%  

 

107,475

 

 

1,514

 

1.41

%  

 

123,188

 

 

1,613

 

1.31

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

 

 

1,714,214

 

 

4,380

 

0.26

%  

 

1,510,201

 

 

3,905

 

0.26

%  

 

1,514,847

 

 

4,093

 

0.27

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

 

 

 

379,477

 

 

92

 

0.02

%  

 

296,196

 

 

112

 

0.04

%  

 

170,386

 

 

70

 

0.04

%  

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

 

 

599,630

 

 

11,934

 

1.99

%  

 

584,516

 

 

13,072

 

2.24

%  

 

578,633

 

 

14,715

 

2.54

%  

Subordinated note

 

 

 

41,240

 

 

2,056

 

4.99

%  

 

41,240

 

 

2,515

 

6.10

%  

 

41,240

 

 

2,515

 

6.10

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

2,734,561

 

 

18,462

 

0.68

%  

 

2,432,153

 

 

19,604

 

0.81

%  

 

2,305,106

 

 

21,393

 

0.93

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non interest-bearing liabilities and Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non interest-bearing deposits

 

 

 

651,275

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

553,929

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

513,891

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

22,238

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,157

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,468

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

574,766

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

557,378

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

546,880

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

$

3,982,840

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,559,617

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,385,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

$

123,970

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

112,773

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

113,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.08

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.10

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.21

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.27

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.33

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.48

%  

 


(1)

For purpose of this calculation, the market value adjustment on investment securities resulting from ASC Topic 320, Investments — Debt and Equity Securities, is included as a component of other assets.

(2)

The amount of loan fee income included in total interest income was $10.3 million, $9.4 million and $10.9 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013.

(3)

Average balances for loans include the principal balance of non-accrual loans and loans held for sale and are inclusive of all premiums, discounts, fees and costs.

 

64


 

Table of Contents

Table 3 illustrates the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities impacted Republic’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate), (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume) and (iii) net change. The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.

 

Table 3 — Total Company Volume/Rate Variance Analysis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2015

 

Years Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

Compared to

 

Compared to

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2014

 

Years Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

Total Net

 

Increase / (Decrease) Due to

 

Total Net

 

Increase / (Decrease) Due to

 

(in thousands)

    

 

Change

    

Volume

    

Rate

    

Change

    

Volume

    

Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable investment securities, including FHLB stock

 

 

$

(408)

 

$

336

 

$

(744)

 

$

(639)

 

$

(34)

 

$

(605)

 

Federal funds sold and other interest-earning deposits

 

 

 

(135)

 

 

(151)

 

 

16

 

 

(69)

 

 

(79)

 

 

10

 

RPG loans and fees

 

 

 

2,874

 

 

226

 

 

2,648

 

 

210

 

 

(51)

 

 

261

 

Warehouse lines of credit and fees

 

 

 

5,186

 

 

5,524

 

 

(338)

 

 

1,931

 

 

2,660

 

 

(729)

 

All other loans and fees

 

 

 

2,538

 

 

12,511

 

 

(9,973)

 

 

(3,624)

 

 

4,951

 

 

(8,575)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in interest income

 

 

 

10,055

 

 

18,446

 

 

(8,391)

 

 

(2,191)

 

 

7,447

 

 

(9,638)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transaction accounts

 

 

 

75

 

 

61

 

 

14

 

 

4

 

 

37

 

 

(33)

 

Money market accounts

 

 

 

1

 

 

13

 

 

(12)

 

 

130

 

 

(41)

 

 

171

 

Time deposits

 

 

 

788

 

 

188

 

 

600

 

 

(223)

 

 

(86)

 

 

(137)

 

Brokered money market and brokered certificates of deposit

 

 

 

(389)

 

 

759

 

 

(1,148)

 

 

(99)

 

 

(216)

 

 

117

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

 

 

 

(20)

 

 

26

 

 

(46)

 

 

42

 

 

48

 

 

(6)

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

 

 

(1,138)

 

 

331

 

 

(1,469)

 

 

(1,643)

 

 

149

 

 

(1,792)

 

Subordinated note

 

 

 

(459)

 

 

 —

 

 

(459)

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in interest expense

 

 

 

(1,142)

 

 

1,378

 

 

(2,520)

 

 

(1,789)

 

 

(109)

 

 

(1,680)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in net interest income

 

 

$

11,197

 

$

17,068

 

$

(5,871)

 

$

(402)

 

$

7,556

 

$

(7,958)

 

 

65


 

Table of Contents

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

 

Discussion of 2015 vs. 2014

 

The Company recorded total Provision of $5.4  million for 2015 compared to $2.9 million during 2014. The significant components comprising the Company’s Provision by business segment were as follows:

 

Traditional Banking segment

 

The Traditional Banking Provision during 2015 was $2.9 million compared to $3.0 million recorded during 2014. An analysis of the Provision for 2015 compared to 2014 follows:

 

·

Related to the Bank’s pass rated and non-rated credits, the Bank recorded net charges of $2.0 million and $2.5 million to the Provision during 2015 and 2014, primarily driven by loan growth.

 

·

Related to the Bank’s loans rated Substandard or Special Mention, the Bank recorded net charges of $680,000 and $1.2 million to the Provision during 2015 and 2014.  The net charge recorded during 2015 was primarily the result of an increase in the assumed lives for a large portion of the Bank’s retail TDRs based on an updated analysis of payment histories of these loans.  The longer assumed lives on such loans increased the impairment for these loans measured under the cash flow method.  By comparison, the net charge to the Provision during 2014 was partially due to loss allocations on collateral dependent impaired loans and partially due to an updated migration analysis on the Bank’s small dollar, retail nonaccrual loans.

 

·

The Bank recorded a net charge of $173,000 to the Provision in 2015 compared to a net credit to the Provision of $726,000 for 2014 for PCI loans.  The charges generally reflect a deterioration in the projected future cash flows for the PCI loans from the Bank’s initial acquisition day estimates of those cash flows, while the credits generally reflect improvements in their projected cash flows.

 

As a percentage of total loans, the Traditional Banking Allowance decreased to 0.85% at December 31, 2015 compared to 0.87% at December 31, 2014.  The Company believes, based on information presently available, that it has adequately provided for loan losses at December 31, 2015.

 

See the sections titled “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Provision for Loan and Lease Losses” and “Asset Quality” in this section of the filing under “Financial Condition” for additional discussion regarding the Provision and the Bank’s delinquent, non-performing, impaired and TDR loans.

 

Warehouse Lending segment

 

The Warehouse Provision was $168,000 for 2015, a decrease of $182,000 from $350,000 recorded during 2014. The higher Provision during 2014 was due to higher year over year growth compared to 2015,  with the Provision attributable to growth during 2014 partially offset by a five basis point reduction in the qualitative factor applied to the portfolio during 2014. The qualitative factor was lowered during 2014 because the portfolio had over three years of vintage with no losses incurred.

 

As a percentage of total Warehouse outstanding balances, the Warehouse Allowance was 0.25% at December 31, 2015 and 2014.  The Company believes, based on information presently available, that it has adequately provided for Warehouse loan losses at December 31, 2015.

 

Republic Processing Group segment

 

RPG recorded recoveries of $278,000 and $582,000 during 2015 and 2014 to the Provision for the collection of prior period RAL charge-offs.  Additionally, RPG recorded charges of $2.6 million and $49,000 to the Provision during 2015 and 2014 due to growth in short-term consumer loans originated by the RCS division. The increase in Provision for RPG during 2015 was primarily driven by the growth in one of RCS’ loan programs, as the Company moved beyond the pilot phase for this particular program. The Company believes, based on information presently available, that it has adequately provided for RPG loan losses at December 31, 2015.

66


 

Table of Contents

Discussion of 2014 vs. 2013

 

The Company recorded total Provision of $2.9 million for 2014 compared to $3.0 million during 2013. The significant components comprising the Company’s Provision by business segment were as follows:

 

Traditional Banking segment

 

The Traditional Banking Provision was $3.0 million for 2014, an $878,000 improvement from the $3.9 million Provision recorded during 2013.  The improvement in the Provision from 2013 to 2014 was primarily due to the following:

 

·

The Traditional Bank posted a net decrease of $726,000 to the Provision during 2014 associated with PCI loans compared to a net increase of $1.3 million for 2013. Increases in the Provision during 2013 generally reflected projected probable shortfalls in cash flows below initial acquisition day estimates for these loans.  The net credit to the Provision during 2014 generally reflected reversals of charges made in prior periods due to positive loan workouts.  The change associated with the Bank’s PCI loans, represented a positive swing to pre-tax earnings related to the Provision of approximately $2.0 million for 2014 as compared to 2013.

 

·

The Traditional Bank posted a net decrease of $671,000 in the Provision associated with loans rated Special Mention during 2014 compared to a net increase in the Provision of $648,000 during 2013.  The decrease in Provision during 2014 was primarily driven by payoffs and paydowns of existing retail TDRs and a reduction in the number of newly modified retail TDRs made by the Bank.  The increase in the Provision during 2013 related to an increase in the number of loans newly modified as TDRs. The change associated with the Bank’s Special Mention credits, represented a positive swing to pre-tax earnings related to the Provision of approximately $1.3 million for 2014 as compared to 2013.

 

·

The Traditional Bank posted a net increase of $948,000 in Provision associated with loans individually evaluated and rated Substandard for 2014 compared to a net decrease of $476,000 for 2013.  During 2014 and 2013, the Bank had no significant impairment charges for individually evaluated Substandard relationships. The change associated with the Bank’s Substandard rated credits, represented a negative swing to pre-tax earnings related to the Provision of approximately $1.4 million for 2014 as compared to 2013.

 

·

The Traditional Bank posted net increases of $948,000 and $382,000 to the Provision during 2014 and 2013 associated with small-dollar, primarily retail, nonaccrual loans. Provisions for these loans during the periods were partially driven by an increase in the portfolio balance and partially by the Bank’s updated migration analysis. The change associated with this portfolio represented a negative swing to pre-tax earnings related to the Provision of approximately $566,000 for 2014 as compared to 2013.

 

·

The Traditional Bank posted a net increase of $2.5 million in allocations associated with Pass rated and non rated loans during 2014 compared to a net increase of $2.1 million for 2013.  The change during 2014 was primarily driven by increases in residential real estate loans originated through the Bank’s correspondent lending channel. The change in allocations during 2013 was generally associated with increases in commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans driven by the Bank’s 2013 CRE promotional products.  The change associated with the Bank’s Pass rated and non rated loans, represented a negative swing in pre-tax earnings related to the Provision of approximately $479,000 for 2014 as compared to 2013.

 

As a percentage of total loans, the Traditional Banking Allowance decreased to 0.87% at December 31, 2014 compared to 0.93% at December 31, 2013. 

 

 

67


 

Table of Contents

Warehouse Lending segment

 

The Warehouse Provision was $350,000 for 2014, a $442,000 increase from a net credit of $92,000 recorded during 2013.  The increased Provision from 2013 to 2014 was due to a $170 million increase in the Warehouse portfolio during 2014. The Warehouse segment has incurred no loan losses in its approximate four year history, with all loan loss reserves currently applied to the portfolio being qualitative in nature.

 

As a percentage of total loans, the Warehouse Allowance decreased to 0.25% at December 31, 2014 compared to 0.30% at December 31, 2013. 

 

Republic Processing Group segment

 

During 2014 and 2013, the Bank recorded recoveries of $582,000 and $845,000 to the Provision for the collection of prior period RAL charge-offs.  Additionally, the Bank recorded a charge of $49,000 to the Provision during 2014 associated with growth in short-term consumer loans originated by the RCS division. Since RCS loans first began piloting loans in September 2013, no such expense was recorded 2013.

 

Non Interest Income

 

Table 4 — Analysis of Non Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent Increase/(Decrease)

 

Years Ended December 31, (dollars in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2015/2014

    

2014/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

13,015

 

$

13,807

 

$

13,954

 

(6)

%  

(1)

%  

Net refund transfer fees

 

 

17,388

 

 

16,130

 

 

13,884

 

8

%  

16

%  

Mortgage banking income

 

 

4,411

 

 

2,862

 

 

7,258

 

54

%  

(61)

%  

Interchange fee income

 

 

8,353

 

 

7,017

 

 

6,927

 

19

%  

1

%  

Bargain purchase gain

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

1,324

 

 —

%  

(100)

%  

Gain on call of security available for sale

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

100

%  

 —

%  

Net gain (loss) on other real estate owned

 

 

(301)

 

 

(2,218)

 

 

346

 

86

%  

(741)

%  

Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

 

 

1,402

 

 

1,329

 

 

86

 

5

%  

1,445

%  

Other

 

 

3,638

 

 

3,592

 

 

2,451

 

1

%  

47

%  

Total non interest income

 

$

47,994

 

$

42,519

 

$

46,230

 

13

%  

(8)

%  

 

Discussion of 2015 vs. 2014

 

Non interest income increased $5.5 million, or 13%, for 2015 compared to 2014. The most significant components comprising the total Company’s change in non interest income by business segment were as follows:

 

Traditional Banking segment

 

Traditional Banking segment non interest income increased $2.3 million, or 11%, for 2015 compared to 2014.  The most significant categories affecting the change in non interest income for 2015 were as follows:

 

Service charges on deposit accounts decreased from $13.8 million for 2014 to $13.0 million for 2015.  The Bank earns a substantial majority of its fee income related to its overdraft service program from the per item fee it assesses its customers for each insufficient funds check or electronic debit presented for payment. The total per item fees, net of refunds, included in service charges on deposits during 2015 and 2014 were $7.5 million and $7.7 million. The total daily overdraft charges, net of refunds, included in interest income for 2015 and 2014 was $1.6 million in both periods.  The negative overall trend for deposit fees has occurred for several periods and is the direct result of a continued reduction in consumer overdraft activity combined with a low growth rate in the number of active checking accounts at the Bank.  At this time, management does not anticipate that this trend will reverse anytime in the near-future.

 

68


 

Table of Contents

Interchange income increased from $6.2 million during 2014 to $7.5 million during 2015. The increase in interchange income was primarily driven by increases in both credit and debit card sales volume of 31% and 4%, respectively. Such sales growth was further complemented by a greater mix of commercial credit and signature debit transactions, which generally generate higher margins than consumer and PIN related transactions.

 

Net losses on OREO fluctuated from a net loss of $2.2 million during 2014 to a net loss of $301,000 for 2015. The net losses during 2015 and 2014 were primarily driven by mark-to-market writedowns of OREO properties.

 

Mortgage Banking segment

 

Within the Mortgage Banking segment, mortgage banking income increased $1.5 million, or 54%, during 2015 compared to 2014.  Overall, Republic’s proceeds from the sale of secondary market loans totaled $167 million during 2015 compared to $82 million during 2014.  Volume during 2015 benefited from continued low, long-term interest rates.

 

Republic Processing Group segment

 

The TRS division of RPG accounts for the majority of RPG’s annualized revenues. TRS derives substantially all of its revenues during the first half of the year and historically operates at a net loss during the second half of the year, as the Company prepares for the next tax season.

 

RPG’s non interest income increased $1.6 million, or 9%, to $19.6 million during 2015. The higher profitability was primarily driven by higher RT product volume, as RT volume increased 39% over 2014.  This higher RT volume was driven by growth in retail store-front product demand resulting from an increase in the number of tax preparation offices served through existing contracts and new contracts between the Company and third party tax preparation companies.

 

The higher RT volume more than offset the impact of a lower profit margin the Company earned on its RT product during the year due to less favorable pricing the Company is receiving on some of its newer contracts.  Driving the overall decline in profit margin for the  RT product from its new contracts was stiff competition in the marketplace.  In addition, also driving a decline in RT profit margin was a shift in program management responsibilities, along with the corresponding revenue of those responsibilities, away from Republic over to some of its third party partners in the business.

 

Management is not currently aware of any drivers in the near-term that would reverse the trend of the declining RT profit margin.  As a result, management believes the Company’s ability to increase net income in the future within the TRS division of RPG will be highly dependent upon its ability to grow volume in order to offset the negative trend of a declining profit margin on the RT product.

 

Discussion of 2014 vs. 2013

 

Total Company non interest income decreased $3.7 million, or 8%, for 2014 compared to 2013. The most significant components comprising the total Company decrease in non interest income by business segment were as follows:

 

Traditional Banking segment

 

Traditional Banking segment non interest income decreased $2.6 million, or 11%, during 2014 compared to 2013.

 

Service charges on deposit accounts decreased $153,000, or 1%, for 2014 to $13.8 million.  The lack of growth in service charges on deposits reflects a generally flat to downward trend for the Bank over the past several years due primarily to on-going regulatory changes that have negatively impacted overdraft fee income.  The total per item fees, net of refunds, included in service charges on deposits for 2014 and 2013 were $7.7 million and $8.0 million. The total daily overdraft charges, net of refunds, included in interest income for 2014 and 2013 were $1.6 million and $1.7 million. 

 

69


 

Table of Contents

As permitted by ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, the Bank extended the measurement period related to its September 7, 2012 FDIC-assisted First Commercial Bank acquisition through March 31, 2013. The initial bargain purchase gain recorded in 2012 was recasted upward by $1.3 million during the first quarter of 2013, as the fair value of certain assets acquired were adjusted to reflect new information obtained after the acquisition date that existed as of the acquisition date. Similar income was not recorded for 2014.

 

Net gains (losses) on OREO fluctuated from a net gain of $346,000 during 2013 to a net loss of $2.2 million during 2014. The net loss during 2014 was primarily driven by $3.1 million in mark-to-market writedowns of OREO during 2014 compared to $1.8 million in writedowns during 2013.

 

The Bank recorded a $1.3 million increase to the cash surrender value of its Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) during 2014 compared to $86,000 for 2013. The increase during 2014 was a result of the Bank making its initial BOLI investment of $25 million in the fourth quarter of 2013 and an additional investment of $25 million in the first quarter of 2014. BOLI offers tax-advantaged non interest income to assist the Bank in covering employee-related expenses.

 

Mortgage Banking segment

 

Within the Mortgage Banking segment, mortgage banking income decreased $4.4 million, or 61%, during 2014 compared to 2013.  Overall, Republic’s proceeds from the sale of secondary market loans totaled $82 million during 2014 compared to $305 million during 2013. In 2013, the Bank significantly benefited from favorable long-term interest rates through May 2013, when sharp increases in such interest rates began negatively affecting demand for mortgage banking products.

 

Republic Processing Group segment

 

RPG non interest income increased $3.2 million, or 21%, during 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to the TRS division, which experienced a 74% increase in the dollar volume of tax refunds processed. This increase was driven by a rise in self-prepared, on-line product volume in combination with growth in retail store-front traffic resulting from new contracts between the Company and third party tax preparation companies.

 

Non Interest Expenses

 

Table 5 — Analysis of Non Interest Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent Increase/(Decrease)

 

Years Ended December 31, (dollars in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2015/2014

    

2014/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

58,091

 

$

54,373

 

$

57,778

 

7

%  

(6)

%  

Occupancy and equipment, net

 

 

20,689

 

 

22,008

 

 

21,918

 

(6)

%  

 —

%  

Communication and transportation

 

 

3,752

 

 

3,866

 

 

4,128

 

(3)

%  

(6)

%  

Marketing and development

 

 

3,161

 

 

3,264

 

 

3,106

 

(3)

%  

5

%  

FDIC insurance expense

 

 

2,084

 

 

1,865

 

 

1,682

 

12

%  

11

%  

Bank franchise tax expense

 

 

4,734

 

 

4,616

 

 

4,115

 

3

%  

12

%  

Data processing

 

 

4,340

 

 

3,513

 

 

3,120

 

24

%  

13

%  

Interchange related expense

 

 

3,873

 

 

3,450

 

 

3,063

 

12

%  

13

%  

Supplies

 

 

1,101

 

 

1,009

 

 

1,157

 

9

%  

(13)

%  

Other real estate owned expense

 

 

735

 

 

1,024

 

 

1,948

 

(28)

%  

(47)

%  

Legal and professional fees

 

 

3,306

 

 

2,766

 

 

5,955

 

20

%  

(54)

%  

Other

 

 

7,458

 

 

6,364

 

 

7,954

 

17

%  

(20)

%  

Total non interest expenses

 

$

113,324

 

$

108,118

 

$

115,924

 

5

%  

(7)

%  

 

70


 

Table of Contents

Discussion of 2015 vs. 2014

 

Total Company non interest expenses increased $5.2 million, or 5%, during 2015 compared to 2014. The most significant components comprising the change in non interest expense by business segment were as follows:

 

Traditional Banking segment

 

For 2015 compared to 2014, Traditional Banking non interest expenses increased $3.0 million, or 3%.

 

Salaries and benefits increased $1.8 million, or 4%, for 2015 compared to 2014.  The higher expense for the year was primarily the result of an increase in the Traditional Bank’s full time equivalent employees (“FTEs”) from 657 at December 31, 2014 to 711 at December 31, 2015.  The increased staffing was generally spread throughout the Traditional Bank in order to meet current loan demand and execute the Company’s overall long-term growth objectives. 

 

Occupancy expense decreased $802,000, or 4%, during 2015, due primarily to the Company’s closure of five banking centers over the past two years and a reduction in overhead costs associated with the Company’s new telecommunications system that was implemented during the fourth quarter of 2014.

 

Data processing expenses increased $753,000, or 25%, during 2015, partially due to $233,000 in costs associated with the Company’s pending acquisition of Cornerstone Bancorp, Inc. and partially due to additional technology employed by the Traditional Bank during 2015 concentrated in the loan and deposit operational areas.

 

Interchange related expenses increased $360,000, or 13%, during 2015, driven by increased credit and debit card sales volume during 2015. 

 

Legal expense increased $434,000, or 41%, during 2015, primarily due to costs associated with the Company’s acquisition efforts, including the Company’s pending acquisition of Cornerstone Bancorp, Inc.

 

Warehouse Lending segment

 

For 2015 compared to 2014, Warehouse non interest expenses increased $669,000, or 36%. The increase was primarily related to an increase in salaries and employee benefits expense, driven primarily by additional staffing over the previous twelve months.    

 

Republic Processing Group segment

 

For 2015 compared to 2014, RPG non interest expenses increased $473,000, or 4%.

 

Salaries and employee benefits increased $499,000, or 8%, primarily due to increased contract labor costs, driven by the 39% increase in RT’s processed during 2015 compared to 2014.

 

Occupancy expenses decreased $627,000, or 37%, for 2015 compared to 2014, primarily due to the Company’s new telecommunications system that was implemented during the fourth quarter of 2014.

 

Legal fees increased $209,000, primarily related to increased usage of outside legal counsel for contract review and program design of new prepaid card and small dollar credit programs.

 

Discussion of 2014 vs. 2013

 

Total Company non interest expenses in 2014 decreased $7.8 million, or 7%, from 2013. The most significant components comprising the change in non interest expense by business segment were as follows:

 

71


 

Table of Contents

Traditional Banking segment

 

For 2014 compared to 2013, Traditional Banking non interest expenses decreased $4.0 million, or 4%.

 

Salaries and benefits decreased $3.3 million, or 7%, for 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to a modest reduction in force during the fourth quarter of 2013.

 

Occupancy expense increased $758,000, or 4%, during 2014, primarily due to an acceleration of depreciation on defunct assets, as well as additional space acquired for back office support areas.

 

OREO expense decreased $924,000, or 47%, during 2014, consistent with a net decrease of eight OREO properties held by the Bank during 2014.

 

Legal expense decreased $579,000, or 37%, primarily due to a decrease in legal collection expenses associated with the Bank’s 2012 FDIC-assisted transactions.

 

Warehouse Lending segment

 

For 2014 compared to 2013, Warehouse non interest expenses increased $200,000, or 12%.

 

Salaries and employee benefits increased $55,000, or 5%, during 2014 primarily due to additional staffing.

 

Bank franchise expense related to the Warehouse segment increased $80,000 during 2014 compared to 2013, as additional tax was apportioned to the Warehouse segment due to its greater pro rata share of Company gross receipts.

 

Republic Processing Group segment

 

For 2014 compared to 2013, RPG non interest expenses decreased $4.5 million, or 28%.

 

Legal expenses decreased $3.0 million during 2014. Substantial legal expenses were incurred during 2013 related to contract disputes with TRS’s previously two largest product providers and the Bank’s unsuccessful effort to acquire H&R Block Bank.

 

Salaries and employee benefits decreased $922,000, or 13%, primarily due to lower contract labor staffing costs and a decline in RPG FTEs during the period.

 

Occupancy expenses decreased $803,000, or 32%, for 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to a reduction in leased square footage and depreciation expense.

 

Offsetting the decreases above, the Bank franchise expense related to the RPG segment increased $643,000, or 74%, during 2014 compared to 2013, as additional tax was apportioned to the RPG segment due to its greater pro rata share of Company gross receipts.

 

Income Tax Expenses

 

Discussion of 2014 vs. 2013

 

Republic Processing Group segment

 

In accordance with ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, the Company’s RPG segment recorded additional income tax expense of $1.1 million for the fourth quarter of 2013 primarily related to additional accruals recorded for possible state income tax payments beyond the Company’s original estimates related to the tax years 2010 through 2013. The Company attributed the increased state income taxes to the RPG segment, as RPG generated the substantial majority of the Company’s state income tax exposure outside of its geographic footprint during the tax years noted.

72


 

Table of Contents

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash, deposits with other financial institutions with original maturities less than 90 days and federal funds sold. Republic had $210 million in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2015 compared to $73 million at December 31, 2014. The Company maintained a higher level of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2015, primarily to support its liquidity position for its Easy Advance product to be offered during the first quarter 2016 tax season.

 

For cash held at the FRB, the Bank earned a yield of 0.25% for most of 2015 on amounts in excess of required reserves. In mid-December 2015, this rate increased to 0.50% in connection with the FOMC’s action to increase the Federal Funds Target Rate.  For all other cash held within the Bank’s banking center and ATM networks, the Bank does not earn interest.

 

The Company’s Captive maintains cash reserves to cover insurable claims. Captive cash reserves totaled approximately $2 million and $1 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Investment Securities

 

Table 6 — Investment Securities Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale (fair value):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies

 

$

286,479

 

$

146,922

 

$

97,465

 

$

39,472

 

$

152,674

 

Private label mortgage backed security

 

 

5,132

 

 

5,250

 

 

5,485

 

 

5,687

 

 

4,542

 

Mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

92,268

 

 

124,256

 

 

150,087

 

 

197,210

 

 

293,329

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

113,668

 

 

143,171

 

 

163,946

 

 

195,877

 

 

195,403

 

Freddie Mac preferred stock

 

 

173

 

 

231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual fund

 

 

1,011

 

 

1,018

 

 

995

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

14,922

 

 

15,063

 

 

14,915

 

 

 

 

 

Trust preferred security

 

 

3,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

 

 

517,058

 

 

435,911

 

 

432,893

 

 

438,246

 

 

645,948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities held to maturity (carrying value):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies

 

 

515

 

 

1,747

 

 

2,311

 

 

4,388

 

 

4,233

 

Mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

53

 

 

147

 

 

420

 

 

827

 

 

1,376

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

33,159

 

 

38,543

 

 

42,913

 

 

40,795

 

 

22,465

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

5,000

 

 

5,000

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

 

 

Total securities held to maturity

 

 

38,727

 

 

45,437

 

 

50,644

 

 

46,010

 

 

28,074

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investment securities

 

$

555,785

 

$

481,348

 

$

483,537

 

$

484,256

 

$

674,022

 

 

Securities available for sale primarily consists of U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agency obligations, including agency mortgage backed securities (“MBSs”) and agency collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). The agency MBSs primarily consist of hybrid mortgage investment securities, as well as other adjustable rate mortgage investment securities, underwritten and guaranteed by Ginnie Mae (“GNMA”), Freddie Mac (“FHLMC”) and Fannie Mae (“FNMA”). Agency CMOs held in the investment portfolio are substantially all floating rate securities that adjust monthly. The Bank uses a portion of the investment securities portfolio as collateral to Bank clients for securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”). The remaining eligible securities that are not pledged to secure client repurchase agreements may be pledged to the FHLB as collateral for the Bank’s borrowing line. Strategies for the investment securities portfolio are influenced by economic and market conditions, loan demand, deposit mix and liquidity needs.

 

73


 

Table of Contents

Table 7 — Mortgage Backed Investment Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private label mortgage backed security

 

 

5,132

 

$

5,250

 

$

5,485

 

$

5,687

 

$

4,542

 

Mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

92,327

 

 

124,423

 

 

150,550

 

 

198,100

 

 

294,806

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

147,291

 

 

182,133

 

 

207,062

 

 

236,988

 

 

218,027

 

Total mortgage backed securities fair value

 

$

244,750

 

$

311,806

 

$

363,097

 

$

440,775

 

$

517,375

 

 

 

Table 8 — Securities Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

    

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Average

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Average

 

Maturity in

 

December 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands)

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Yield

 

Years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

49,998

 

$

49,979

 

0.44

%  

0.21

 

Due from one year to five years

 

 

236,916

 

 

236,500

 

1.12

%  

1.98

 

Total U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies

 

 

286,914

 

 

286,479

 

0.92

%  

1.31

 

Corporate bonds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from one year to five years

 

 

5,009

 

 

5,025

 

1.58

%  

2.22

 

Due from five years to ten years

 

 

10,000

 

 

9,897

 

1.31

%  

7.29

 

Total Corporate bonds

 

 

15,009

 

 

14,922

 

1.40

%  

5.60

 

Trust preferred security, due beyond ten years

 

 

3,405

 

 

3,405

 

4.27

%  

21.43

 

Private label mortgage backed security

 

 

4,037

 

 

5,132

 

6.77

%  

4.86

 

Total mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

88,968

 

 

92,268

 

2.05

%  

4.14

 

Total collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

113,972

 

 

113,668

 

1.42

%  

5.04

 

Freddie Mac preferred stock

 

 

 —

 

 

173

 

NM

 

NM

 

Mutual fund

 

 

1,000

 

 

1,011

 

NM

 

NM

 

Total securities available for sale

 

$

513,305

 

$

517,058

 

1.35

%  

3.11

 

 

NM -   Not meaningful, as the security does not have a finite maturity.

 

Table 9 — Securities Held to Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

    

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Average

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

Average

 

Maturity in

 

December 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands)

 

Value

 

Value

 

Yield

 

Years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from one year to five years

 

$

515

 

$

516

 

2.50

%  

1.75

 

Total U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies

 

 

515

 

 

516

 

2.50

%  

1.75

 

Corporate bonds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from one year to five years

 

 

5,000

 

 

4,998

 

1.61

%  

4.38

 

Total corporate bonds

 

 

5,000

 

 

4,998

 

1.61

%  

4.38

 

Total mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

53

 

 

59

 

5.44

%  

3.64

 

Total collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

33,159

 

 

33,623

 

1.01

%  

5.78

 

Total securities held to maturity

 

$

38,727

 

$

39,196

 

1.10

%  

5.54

 

 

74


 

Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio

 

Table 10 — Loan Portfolio Composition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

 

$

1,081,934

 

$

1,118,341

 

$

1,097,795

 

$

1,145,495

 

$

985,735

 

Owner occupied - correspondent*

 

 

 

249,344

 

 

226,628

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

 

116,294

 

 

96,492

 

 

110,809

 

 

74,539

 

 

99,161

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

824,887

 

 

772,309

 

 

773,173

 

 

714,642

 

 

639,966

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans*

 

 

 

35,674

 

 

34,898

 

 

34,186

 

 

33,531

 

 

32,741

 

Construction & land development

 

 

 

66,500

 

 

38,480

 

 

44,351

 

 

68,214

 

 

67,406

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

 

229,721

 

 

157,339

 

 

127,763

 

 

130,681

 

 

119,117

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

 

8,905

 

 

2,530

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 

386,729

 

 

319,431

 

 

149,576

 

 

216,576

 

 

41,496

 

Home equity

 

 

 

289,194

 

 

245,679

 

 

226,782

 

 

241,607

 

 

280,235

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans*

 

 

 

7,204

 

 

4,095

 

 

1,827

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

11,068

 

 

9,573

 

 

9,030

 

 

8,716

 

 

8,580

 

Overdrafts

 

 

 

685

 

 

1,180

 

 

944

 

 

955

 

 

950

 

Purchased whole loans*

 

 

 

5,892

 

 

4,626

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Other consumer

 

 

 

12,579

 

 

8,894

 

 

13,556

 

 

15,241

 

 

9,908

 

Total loans**

 

 

 

3,326,610

 

 

3,040,495

 

 

2,589,792

 

 

2,650,197

 

 

2,285,295

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

 

(27,491)

 

 

(24,410)

 

 

(23,026)

 

 

(23,729)

 

 

(24,063)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans, net

 

 

$

3,299,119

 

$

3,016,085

 

$

2,566,766

 

$

2,626,468

 

$

2,261,232

 

 


* Identifies loans to borrowers located primarily outside of the Bank’s market footprint.

**Total loans are presented inclusive of premiums, discounts and net loan origination fees and costs.

NA - Not applicable.

 

Gross loans increased by $286 million, or 9%, during 2015 to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2015.

 

Following are the most significant factors contributing to fluctuations in the Bank’s loan portfolio:

 

Commercial Lending

 

The Bank’s commercial portfolio consists of its CRE, commercial and industrial (“C&I”) and Lease Financing Receivables (“LFR”) loan classes. All together, the Bank’s commercial portfolio increased $132 million, or 14%, during 2015, driven by the Bank’s hiring of additional key officers over the past two years in order to accomplish its strategic goal of growing the commercial portfolio along with increasing the C&I pro rata share of the commercial portfolio.  At December 31, 2015 the CRE, C&I and LFR classes accounted for 78%, 21% and 1%, respectively, of the commercial lending portfolio, compared to 83%, 16% and less than 1%, respectively, at December 31, 2014.

 

During 2015, the Bank created a separate Commercial and Corporate Lending department with a focus of originating commercial credits between $5 million and $10 million to businesses within the Bank’s market footprint. This new department was responsible for approximately $100 million of commercial related originations during 2015, which substantially contributed to the overall growth in commercial related loans during the year.

 

75


 

Table of Contents

Warehouse Lines of Credit

 

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit provide short-term, revolving credit facilities to mortgage bankers across the Nation.  These credit facilities are secured by single family, first lien residential real estate loans.  The credit facility enables mortgage banking clients to originate single family, first lien residential real estate loans in their own names and temporarily fund their inventory of these originated loans until the loans are sold to investors approved by the Bank. The individual loans are expected to remain on the Bank’s warehouse line for an average of 15 to 30 days. Interest income and loan fees are accrued for each individual loan during the time the loan remains on the Bank’s warehouse line and are collected when the loan is sold to the secondary market investor. The Bank receives the sale proceeds of each loan directly from the investor and applies the funds to pay off the warehouse advance and related accrued interest and fees. The remaining proceeds are credited to the mortgage banking client. Outstanding balances on these credit facilities may be subject to significant fluctuations consistent with the overall market demand for mortgage loans.

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Bank had $387 million outstanding on total committed Warehouse credit lines of $728 million.  As of December 31, 2014, the Bank had $319 million outstanding on total committed Warehouse credit lines of $528 million.  The $67 million, or 21%, increase in outstanding balances was due primarily to the increase in overall usage of the Bank’s Warehouse lines during the 2015. The average Warehouse line commitment was approximately $33 million and $26 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014.  The average Warehouse line usage increased to 55% during 2015 compared to 47%  for 2014.  The increased usage during 2015 was primarily driven by an increase in home loan purchase activity across the Nation as long-term mortgage rates reached multi-year lows during 2015.

 

The Bank’s Warehouse Lending business is significantly influenced by the overall residential mortgage market and the volume and composition of residential mortgage purchase and refinance transactions among the Bank’s mortgage banking clients.  For 2015, the Bank’s Warehouse volume consisted of 61% purchase transactions, in which the mortgage company’s borrower was purchasing a new residence, and 39% refinance transactions, in which the mortgage company’s client was refinancing an existing mortgage loan. For 2014, Warehouse volume consisted of 70% purchase and 30% refinance transactions. Purchase volume is driven by a number of factors, including but not limited to, the overall economy, the housing market, and long-term residential mortgage interest rates, while refinance volume is primarily driven by long-term residential mortgage interest rates.

 

The growth of the Bank’s Warehouse Lending business greatly depends on the overall mortgage market and typically follows industry trends.  Since its entrance into this business segment during 2011, the Bank has experienced volatility in the Warehouse portfolio consistent with overall demand for mortgage products. Weighted average quarterly usage rates on the Bank’s Warehouse lines have ranged from a low of 31% during the fourth quarter of 2013 to a high of 64% during the second quarter of 2015.   On an annual basis, weighted average usage rates on the Bank’s Warehouse lines have ranged from a low of 40% during 2013 to a high of 55% during 2015The Mortgage Bankers Association’s economic forecast released in February 2016 projected mortgage originations to decline 9%  across the Nation from 2015 to 2016, which leads management to believe that usage rates among the Bank’s Warehouse Lending clients may also decrease.  A decline as predicted, along with a very competitive landscape, will likely negatively impact the Bank’s ability to maintain its existing Warehouse Lending clients and to attract new mortgage companies to its warehouse platform.

 

Due to the volatility and seasonality of the mortgage market, it is difficult to project future outstanding balances of Warehouse lines of credit.

 

Retail Mortgage Lending

 

The Bank’s retail mortgage lending consists of single family, residential real estate loan classes as well as home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”).  Retail mortgage loans increased $50 million, or 3%, during 2015. Generally, growth in the retail mortgage portfolio was concentrated in HELOCs and Correspondent loans, which grew $44 million and $23 million, respectively. Growth in HELOCs was primarily driven by promotions during 2015, as the Bank embarked on an aggressive marketing campaign to increase its HELOCs utilizing a promotional rate product to substantially drive volume.  Under the terms of the promotional product during 2015, clients received a fixed interest rate of 1.99% for the first twelve months of the HELOC with no upfront closing costs.  When the promotional rate expires after twelve months, clients’ rates are adjusted to an index based on the New York Prime Rate (“Prime”).  During January 2016, the Company increased its offering rate on the promotional product to 2.99% for the first twelve months with no upfront closing costs.

 

The growth in HELOCs was partially offset by a $36 million, or 3%, decline in owner occupied organically originated loans, as a decrease in mortgage rates during 2015 incentivized a higher volume of clients to refinance into the secondary market. 

76


 

Table of Contents

The table below illustrates the Bank’s fixed and variable rate loan maturities:

 

Table 11 — Selected Loan Distribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Over One

    

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One Year

 

Through

 

Over

 

December 31, 2015 (in thousands)

 

Total

 

Or Less

 

Five Years

 

Five Years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate loan maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

$

474,897

 

$

53,742

 

$

126,056

 

$

295,099

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

371,665

 

 

58,109

 

 

225,622

 

 

87,934

 

Construction & land development

 

 

11,838

 

 

6,569

 

 

2,281

 

 

2,988

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

107,131

 

 

35,426

 

 

50,687

 

 

21,018

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

8,905

 

 

2,076

 

 

6,336

 

 

493

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Home equity

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Consumer

 

 

13,325

 

 

2,611

 

 

3,489

 

 

7,225

 

Total fixed rate loans

 

$

987,761

 

$

158,533

 

$

414,471

 

$

414,757

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate loan maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

$

972,675

 

$

52,088

 

$

120,573

 

$

800,014

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

488,896

 

 

75,490

 

 

187,432

 

 

225,974

 

Construction & land development

 

 

54,662

 

 

15,164

 

 

28,608

 

 

10,890

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

122,590

 

 

48,211

 

 

51,972

 

 

22,407

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

386,729

 

 

386,729

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Home equity

 

 

289,194

 

 

12,295

 

 

90,046

 

 

186,853

 

Consumer

 

 

24,103

 

 

15,877

 

 

7,653

 

 

573

 

Total variable rate loans

 

$

2,338,849

 

$

605,854

 

$

486,284

 

$

1,246,711

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

$

1,447,572

 

$

105,830

 

$

246,629

 

$

1,095,113

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

860,561

 

 

133,599

 

 

413,054

 

 

313,908

 

Construction & land development

 

 

66,500

 

 

21,733

 

 

30,889

 

 

13,878

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

229,721

 

 

83,637

 

 

102,659

 

 

43,425

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

8,905

 

 

2,076

 

 

6,336

 

 

493

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

386,729

 

 

386,729

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Home equity

 

 

289,194

 

 

12,295

 

 

90,046

 

 

186,853

 

Consumer

 

 

37,428

 

 

18,488

 

 

11,142

 

 

7,798

 

Total loans

 

$

3,326,610

 

$

764,387

 

$

900,755

 

$

1,661,468

 

 

77


 

Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (“Allowance”)

 

The Bank maintains an Allowance for probable incurred credit losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio, which includes overdrawn deposit accounts. Management evaluates the adequacy of the Allowance on a monthly basis and presents and discusses the analysis with the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

 

The Allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. The general component is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors.

 

The Bank defines impaired loans as follows:

 

·

All loans internally rated as “Substandard,” “Doubtful” or “Loss”;

·

All loans on non-accrual status and non-PCI loans past due 90 days-or-more still on accrual;

·

All retail and commercial TDRs;

·

All loans internally rated in a purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) category with cash flows that have deteriorated from management’s initial acquisition day estimate; and

·

Any other situation where the full collection of the total amount due for a loan is improbable or otherwise meets the definition of impaired.

 

Generally, loans are designated as classified or Special Mention to ensure more frequent monitoring. These loans are reviewed to ensure proper earning status and management strategy. If it is determined that there is serious doubt as to performance in accordance with original or modified contractual terms, then the loan is generally downgraded and often placed on non-accrual status.

 

GAAP recognizes three methods to measure specific loan impairment, including:

 

·

Cash Flow Method — The recorded investment in the loan is measured against the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate. The Bank employs this method for a significant portion of its impaired TDRs. Impairment amounts under this method are reflected in the Bank’s Allowance as specific reserves on the respective impaired loan. These specific reserves are adjusted quarterly based upon reevaluation of the expected future cash flows and changes in the recorded investment.

 

·

Collateral Method — The recorded investment in the loan is measured against the fair value of the collateral value less applicable selling costs. The Bank employs the fair value of collateral method for its impaired loans when repayment is based solely on the sale of or the operations of the underlying collateral. Collateral fair value is typically based on the most recent real estate valuation on file.  Measured impairment under this method is generally charged off unless the loan is a smaller balance, homogeneous mortgage loan. The Bank’s selling costs for its collateral dependent loans typically range from 10-13% of the fair value of the underlying collateral, depending on the asset class. Selling costs are not applicable for collateral dependent loans whose repayment is based solely on the operations of the underlying collateral.

 

·

Market Value Method — The recorded investment in the loan is measured against the loan’s obtainable market value. The Bank does not currently employ this technique, as it is typically found impractical.

 

In addition to obtaining appraisals at the time of origination, the Bank typically updates appraisals and/or broker price opinions for loans with potential impairment. Updated valuations for commercial related credits exhibiting an increased risk of loss are typically obtained within one year of the previous valuation. Collateral values for past due residential mortgage loans and home equity loans are generally updated prior to a loan becoming 90 days delinquent, but no more than 180 days past due. When measuring impairment, to the extent updated collateral values cannot be obtained due to the lack of recent comparable sales or for other reasons, the Bank discounts the valuation of the collateral primarily based on the age of the appraisal and the real estate market conditions of the location of the underlying collateral.

 

78


 

Table of Contents

The general component of the Allowance covers loans collectively evaluated for impairment and is based on historical loss experience, with potential adjustments for current relevant qualitative factors. Historical loss experience is determined by loan performance and class and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Bank. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, are included in the general component unless the loans are classified as TDRs or on non-accrual.

 

In determining the historical loss rates for each respective loan class, management evaluates the following historical loss rate scenarios:

 

·

Rolling four quarter average

·

Rolling eight quarter average

·

Rolling twelve quarter average

·

Rolling sixteen quarter average

·

Rolling twenty quarter average

·

Rolling twenty-four quarter average

·

Rolling twenty-eight quarter average

·

Current year to date historical loss factor average

·

Peer group loss factors

 

In order to take account of periods of economic growth and economic downturn, management currently uses the highest of the rolling four, eight, twelve, sixteen, twenty, twenty-four, or twenty-eight quarter averages for each loan class when determining its historical loss factors for its “Pass” rated and nonrated credits.

 

Loan classes are also evaluated utilizing subjective factors in addition to the historical loss calculations to determine a loss allocation for each class. Management assigns risk multiples to certain classes to account for qualitative factors such as:

 

·

Changes in nature, volume and seasoning of the portfolio;

·

Changes in experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;

·

Changes in the quality of the Bank’s credit review system;

·

Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices not considered elsewhere in estimating credit losses;

·

Changes in the volume and severity of past due, non-performing and classified loans;

·

Changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;

·

Changes in international, national, regional, and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of portfolios, including the condition of various market segments;

·

The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and

·

The effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the institution’s existing portfolio.

 

As this analysis, or any similar analysis, is an imprecise measure of loss, the Allowance is subject to ongoing adjustments. Therefore, management will often take into account other significant factors that may be necessary or prudent in order to reflect probable incurred losses in the total loan portfolio.

 

The Bank’s Allowance increased $3 million, or 13%, during 2015 to $27 million at December 31, 2015, with the additional reserves primarily attributable to a $308 million increase in loans collectively evaluated for impairment. As a percent of total loans, the Allowance increased to 0.83% at December 31, 2015 compared to 0.80% at December 31, 2014.

 

 

 

79


 

Table of Contents

Table 12 — Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, (dollars in thousands)

 

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance at beginning of year

 

 

$

24,410

 

$

23,026

 

$

23,729

 

$

24,063

 

$

23,079

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

 

 

(622)

 

 

(836)

 

 

(1,886)

 

 

(3,128)

 

 

(2,116)

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

 

(126)

 

 

(185)

 

 

(241)

 

 

(520)

 

 

(644)

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

(546)

 

 

(868)

 

 

(1,190)

 

 

(1,033)

 

 

(1,125)

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction & land development

 

 

 

 —

 

 

(18)

 

 

(619)

 

 

(1,922)

 

 

(845)

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

 

(56)

 

 

(20)

 

 

(466)

 

 

(176)

 

 

(100)

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

 

 

(466)

 

 

(548)

 

 

(632)

 

 

(2,252)

 

 

(1,279)

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

 

(971)

 

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

(11,097)

 

 

(15,484)

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

(146)

 

 

(88)

 

 

(142)

 

 

(123)

 

 

(241)

 

Overdrafts

 

 

 

(598)

 

 

(591)

 

 

(601)

 

 

(468)

 

 

(678)

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 

 

(123)

 

 

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Other consumer

 

 

 

(318)

 

 

(404)

 

 

(408)

 

 

(266)

 

 

(281)

 

Total charge-offs

 

 

 

(3,972)

 

 

(3,563)

 

 

(6,185)

 

 

(20,985)

 

 

(22,793)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

 

 

308

 

 

137

 

 

285

 

 

256

 

 

239

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

 

10

 

 

27

 

 

172

 

 

137

 

 

6

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

98

 

 

155

 

 

117

 

 

90

 

 

301

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction & land development

 

 

 

 —

 

 

89

 

 

48

 

 

104

 

 

237

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

 

62

 

 

114

 

 

99

 

 

25

 

 

128

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

 

 

148

 

 

183

 

 

165

 

 

92

 

 

159

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

 

295

 

 

582

 

 

845

 

 

4,221

 

 

3,924

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

53

 

 

35

 

 

19

 

 

36

 

 

32

 

Overdrafts

 

 

 

312

 

 

391

 

 

411

 

 

422

 

 

506

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Other consumer

 

 

 

363

 

 

375

 

 

338

 

 

225

 

 

279

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

1,657

 

 

2,088

 

 

2,499

 

 

5,608

 

 

5,811

 

Net loan charge-offs

 

 

 

(2,315)

 

 

(1,475)

 

 

(3,686)

 

 

(15,377)

 

 

(16,982)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision - Core Banking

 

 

 

3,065

 

 

3,392

 

 

3,828

 

 

8,167

 

 

6,406

 

Provision - RPG

 

 

 

2,331

 

 

(533)

 

 

(845)

 

 

6,876

 

 

11,560

 

Total Provision

 

 

 

5,396

 

 

2,859

 

 

2,983

 

 

15,043

 

 

17,966

 

Allowance at end of year

 

 

$

27,491

 

$

24,410

 

$

23,026

 

$

23,729

 

$

24,063

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance to total loans

 

 

 

0.83

%  

 

0.80

%  

 

0.89

%  

 

0.90

%  

 

1.05

%  

Allowance to nonperforming loans

 

 

 

125

%  

 

103

%  

 

109

%  

 

109

%  

 

103

%  

Net loan charge-offs to average loans

 

 

 

0.07

%  

 

0.05

%  

 

0.14

%  

 

0.61

%  

 

0.76

%  

 


NA - not applicable

 

80


 

Table of Contents

The table below sets forth management’s allocation of the Allowance by loan class. The Allowance allocation is based on management’s assessment of economic conditions, historical loss experience, loan volume, past due and non-accrual loans and various other qualitative factors. Since these factors and management’s assumptions are subject to change, the allocation is not necessarily indicative of future loan portfolio performance or future Allowance allocation.

 

Table 13 — Management’s Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

    

Percent of

    

 

 

 

    

Percent of

    

 

 

 

    

Percent of

    

 

 

 

    

Percent of

    

 

 

 

    

Percent of

  

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

December 31,  (dollars in thousands)

  

Allowance

 

Loans*

 

  

Allowance

 

Loans*

 

  

Allowance

 

Loans*

 

  

Allowance

 

Loans*

 

  

Allowance

 

Loans*

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

  

$

8,301

 

33

%  

 

$

8,565

 

38

%  

 

$

7,816

 

43

%  

 

$

7,006

 

44

%  

 

$

5,212

 

44

%  

Owner occupied - correspondent

  

 

623

 

8

%  

 

 

567

 

7

%  

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Non owner occupied

  

 

1,052

 

3

%  

 

 

837

 

3

%  

 

 

1,023

 

4

%  

 

 

1,049

 

3

%  

 

 

1,142

 

4

%  

Commercial real estate

  

 

7,636

 

25

%  

 

 

7,740

 

26

%  

 

 

8,309

 

30

%  

 

 

8,843

 

26

%  

 

 

7,690

 

28

%  

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

  

 

36

 

1

%  

 

 

34

 

1

%  

 

 

34

 

1

%  

 

 

34

 

1

%  

 

 

34

 

1

%  

Construction & land development

  

 

1,303

 

2

%  

 

 

926

 

1

%  

 

 

1,296

 

2

%  

 

 

2,769

 

3

%  

 

 

3,042

 

3

%  

Commercial & industrial

  

 

1,455

 

7

%  

 

 

1,167

 

5

%  

 

 

1,089

 

5

%  

 

 

580

 

5

%  

 

 

1,025

 

5

%  

Lease financing receivables

  

 

89

 

 —

%  

 

 

25

 

 —

%  

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Warehouse lines of credit

  

 

967

 

12

%  

 

 

799

 

11

%  

 

 

449

 

6

%  

 

 

541

 

8

%  

 

 

104

 

2

%  

Home equity

  

 

2,996

 

9

%  

 

 

2,730

 

8

%  

 

 

2,396

 

9

%  

 

 

2,348

 

9

%  

 

 

2,984

 

12

%  

Consumer:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

  

 

1,699

 

 —

%  

 

 

44

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

Credit cards

  

 

448

 

 —

%  

 

 

285

 

 —

%  

 

 

289

 

 —

%  

 

 

210

 

 —

%  

 

 

503

 

 —

%  

Overdrafts

  

 

351

 

 —

%  

 

 

382

 

 —

%  

 

 

199

 

 —

%  

 

 

198

 

 —

%  

 

 

135

 

 —

%  

Purchased whole loans

  

 

392

 

 —

%  

 

 

185

 

 —

%  

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Other consumer

  

 

143

 

 —

%  

 

 

124

 

 —

%  

 

 

126

 

 —

%  

 

 

151

 

1

%  

 

 

227

 

1

%  

Unallocated

  

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

%  

 

 

 

%  

 

 

 

%  

 

 

1,965

 

%  

Total

  

$

27,491

 

100

%  

 

$

24,410

 

100

%  

 

$

23,026

 

100

%  

 

$

23,729

 

100

%  

 

$

24,063

 

100

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


NA - Not Applicable

*Values of less than 50 basis points are rounded to zero.

 

Management believes, based on information presently available, that it has adequately provided for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

For additional discussion regarding Republic’s methodology for determining the adequacy of the Allowance, see the section titled “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” in this section of the filing.

 

81


 

Table of Contents

Asset Quality

 

Classified and Special Mention Loans

 

The Bank applies credit quality indicators, or “ratings,” to individual loans based on internal Bank policies. Such internal policies are informed by regulatory standards. Loans rated “Loss,” “Doubtful,” “Substandard” and PCI-Sub are considered “Classified.” Loans rated “Special Mention” or PCI-1 are considered Special Mention. The Bank’s Classified and Special Mention loans decreased $22 million during 2015 primarily due to payoffs and paydowns of loans rated Substandard and PCI-1.

 

See Footnote 4 “Loans and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional discussion regarding Classified and Special mention loans.

 

Table 14 — Classified and Special Mention Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Substandard

 

 

 

27,833

 

 

39,999

 

 

44,305

 

 

49,352

 

 

43,088

 

Purchased Credit Impaired - Substandard

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Classified Loans

 

 

 

27,833

 

 

39,999

 

 

44,305

 

 

49,352

 

 

43,088

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special Mention

 

 

 

31,312

 

 

36,268

 

 

40,167

 

 

50,625

 

 

35,455

 

Purchased Credit Impaired - Group 1

 

 

 

12,543

 

 

17,490

 

 

40,731

 

 

72,978

 

 

 

Total Special Mention Loans

 

 

 

43,855

 

 

53,758

 

 

80,898

 

 

123,603

 

 

35,455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Classified and Special Mention Loans

 

 

$

71,688

 

$

93,757

 

$

125,203

 

$

172,955

 

$

78,543

 

 

Non-performing Loans

 

Non-performing loans include loans on non-accrual status and loans past due 90-days-or-more and still accruing. Impaired loans that are not placed on non-accrual status are not included as non-performing loans. The non-performing loan category includes TDRs totaling approximately $12 million and $14 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014.  Generally all non-performing loans are considered impaired.

 

Non-performing loans to total loans decreased to 0.66% at December 31, 2015 from 0.78% at December 31, 2014, as the total balance of non-performing loans decreased by $2 million, or 7%, while total loans increased $286 million, or 9%, during 2015.

 

82


 

Table of Contents

Table 15 — Non-performing Loans and Non-performing Assets Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (dollars in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans on nonaccrual status*

 

 

$

21,712

 

$

23,337

 

$

19,104

 

$

18,506

 

$

23,306

 

Loans past due 90-days-or-more and still on accrual**

 

 

 

224

 

 

322

 

 

1,974

 

 

3,173

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

 

 

 

21,936

 

 

23,659

 

 

21,078

 

 

21,679

 

 

23,306

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

 

1,220

 

 

11,243

 

 

17,102

 

 

26,203

 

 

10,956

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

 

$

23,156

 

$

34,902

 

$

38,180

 

$

47,882

 

$

34,262

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans to total loans

 

 

 

0.66

%  

 

0.78

%  

 

0.81

%  

 

0.82

%  

 

1.02

%  

Nonperforming assets to total loans (including OREO)

 

 

 

0.70

%  

 

1.14

%  

 

1.46

%  

 

1.79

%  

 

1.49

%  

Nonperforming assets to total assets

 

 

 

0.55

%  

 

0.93

%  

 

1.13

%  

 

1.41

%  

 

1.00

%  

 


*Loans on non-accrual status include impaired loans. See Footnote 4 “Loans and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional discussion regarding impaired loans.

**All loans past due 90 days-or-more and still accruing are PCI loans accounted for under ASC 310-30.

 

Approximately $16 million, or 73%, of the Bank’s total non-performing loans at December 31, 2015 were concentrated in the real estate mortgage category ( residential real estate and HELOCs), with the underlying collateral predominantly located in the Bank’s primary market footprint of Kentucky. The Bank’s non-performing real estate mortgage concentration was $15 million, or 64%, as of December 31, 2014.

 

Approximately $6 million, or 26%, of the Bank’s total non-performing loans were concentrated in the CRE and construction and land development portfolios as of December 31, 2015, compared to the $8 million, or 34%, at December 31, 2014. While CRE is the primarily collateral for such loans, the Bank also obtains in many cases, at the time of origination, personal guarantees from the principal borrowers and secured liens on the guarantors’ primary residences.

 

Table 16 — Non-performing Loan Composition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Total

December 31,  (dollars in thousands)

   

Balance

 

Loan Class

Balance

 

Loan Class

Balance

 

Loan Class

Balance

 

Loan Class

Balance

 

Loan Class

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

   

$

13,197

 

1.22

%  

  

$

11,225

 

1.00

%  

  

$

9,211

 

0.84

%  

  

$

10,028

 

0.88

%  

  

$

12,183

 

1.24

%  

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

   

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Non owner occupied

 

   

 

935

 

0.80

%  

 

 

2,352

 

2.44

%  

 

 

1,279

 

1.15

%  

 

 

1,376

 

0.85

%  

 

 

1,565

 

1.58

%  

Commercial real estate

 

   

 

4,165

 

0.50

%  

 

 

6,151

 

0.80

%  

 

 

7,643

 

0.99

%  

 

 

4,468

 

0.63

%  

 

 

3,032

 

0.47

%  

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

   

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

Construction & land development

 

   

 

1,589

 

2.39

%  

 

 

1,990

 

5.17

%  

 

 

167

 

0.38

%  

 

 

2,308

 

3.38

%  

 

 

2,521

 

3.74

%  

Commercial & industrial

 

   

 

194

 

0.08

%  

 

 

169

 

0.11

%  

 

 

1,558

 

1.22

%  

 

 

1,534

 

1.17

%  

 

 

373

 

0.31

%  

Lease financing receivables

 

   

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

   

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

Home equity

 

   

 

1,793

 

0.62

%  

  

 

1,678

 

0.68

%  

 

 

1,128

 

0.50

%  

 

 

1,868

 

0.77

%  

 

 

3,603

 

1.29

%  

Consumer:

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

   

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Credit cards

 

   

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

Overdrafts

 

   

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

Purchased whole loans

 

   

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 

 

 —

%  

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Other consumer

 

   

 

63

 

0.50

%  

 

 

94

 

1.06

%  

 

 

92

 

0.60

%  

 

 

97

 

0.64

%  

 

 

29

 

0.29

%  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

 

   

$

21,936

 

0.66

%  

 

$

23,659

 

0.78

%  

 

$

21,078

 

0.81

%  

 

$

21,679

 

0.82

%  

 

$

23,306

 

1.02

%  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


NA - Not Applicable

83


 

Table of Contents

Table 17 — Stratification of Non-performing Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Nonperforming Loans and Recorded Investment

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

 

    

Balance

    

 

    

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

> $100 <=

 

 

 

Balance >

 

 

 

Total

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

No.

 

<= $100

 

No.

 

$500

 

No.

 

$500

 

No.

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

125

 

$

6,313

 

34

 

$

6,287

 

1

 

$

597

 

160

 

$

13,197

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Non owner occupied

 

5

 

 

87

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1

 

 

848

 

6

 

 

935

 

Commercial real estate

 

2

 

 

69

 

8

 

 

1,972

 

3

 

 

2,124

 

13

 

 

4,165

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Construction & land development

 

1

 

 

89

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1

 

 

1,500

 

2

 

 

1,589

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1

 

 

194

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1

 

 

194

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Home equity

 

25

 

 

530

 

6

 

 

1,263

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

31

 

 

1,793

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Credit cards

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Overdrafts

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other consumer

 

19

 

 

63

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

19

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

177

 

$

7,151

 

49

 

$

9,716

 

6

 

$

5,069

 

232

 

$

21,936

 

 

84


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Nonperforming Loans and Recorded Investment

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

 

    

Balance

    

 

    

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Balance <=

 

 

 

> $100 <=

 

 

 

Balance >

 

 

 

Total

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

No.

 

$100

 

No.

 

$500

 

No.

 

$500

 

No.

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

117

 

$

5,799

 

32

 

$

5,426

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

149

 

$

11,225

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Non owner occupied

 

10

 

 

405

 

3

 

 

393

 

2

 

 

1,554

 

15

 

 

2,352

 

Commercial real estate

 

3

 

 

124

 

8

 

 

1,903

 

4

 

 

4,124

 

15

 

 

6,151

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Construction & land development

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1

 

 

490

 

1

 

 

1,500

 

2

 

 

1,990

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1

 

 

169

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1

 

 

169

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Home equity

 

27

 

 

572

 

5

 

 

1,106

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

32

 

 

1,678

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Credit cards

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Overdrafts

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other consumer

 

20

 

 

94

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

20

 

 

94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

177

 

$

6,994

 

50

 

$

9,487

 

7

 

$

7,178

 

234

 

$

23,659

 

 

 

Approximately $9 million in non-performing loans at December 31, 2014, were removed from the non-performing loan classification during 2015. Approximately $210,000, or 2%, of these loans were removed from the non-performing category because they were charged-off. Approximately $2 million, or 24%, in loan balances were transferred to OREO with $4 million, or 48%, refinanced at other financial institutions. The remaining $2 million, or 26%, was returned to accrual status for performance reasons, such as six consecutive months of performance.

 

Interest income that would have been recorded if non-accrual loans were on a current basis in accordance with their original terms was $1.1 million, $898,000 and $641,000 in 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

Based on the Bank’s review as of December 31, 2015, management believes that its reserves are adequate to absorb probable losses on all non-performing credits.

 

Table 18 — Rollforward of Nonperforming Loan Activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

 

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans at beginning of year

 

 

$

23,659

 

$

21,078

 

$

21,679

 

$

23,306

 

$

28,317

 

Loans added to nonperforming status

 

 

 

7,861

 

 

15,657

 

 

15,403

 

 

14,627

 

 

13,490

 

Loans removed from nonperforming status (see table below)

 

 

 

(8,505)

 

 

(12,060)

 

 

(15,374)

 

 

(15,391)

 

 

(16,699)

 

Principal paydowns

 

 

 

(1,079)

 

 

(1,016)

 

 

(630)

 

 

(863)

 

 

(1,802)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans at end of year

 

 

$

21,936

 

$

23,659

 

$

21,078

 

$

21,679

 

$

23,306

 

 

85


 

Table of Contents

Table 19 — Detail of Loans Removed from Nonperforming Status

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans charged-off

 

 

$

(210)

 

$

(119)

 

$

(1,520)

 

$

(2,421)

 

$

(2,220)

 

Loans transferred to OREO

 

 

 

(2,034)

 

 

(4,365)

 

 

(3,340)

 

 

(5,871)

 

 

(7,070)

 

Loans refinanced at other institutions

 

 

 

(4,026)

 

 

(5,034)

 

 

(5,626)

 

 

(3,664)

 

 

(5,677)

 

Loans returned to accrual status

 

 

 

(2,235)

 

 

(2,542)

 

 

(4,888)

 

 

(3,435)

 

 

(1,732)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans removed from nonperforming status

 

 

$

(8,505)

 

$

(12,060)

 

$

(15,374)

 

$

(15,391)

 

$

(16,699)

 

 

Delinquent Loans

 

Delinquent loans to total loans decreased to 0.35% at December 31, 2015, from 0.52% at December 31, 2014, as the total balance of delinquent loans decreased by $4 million, or 26%. With the exception of PCI loans, all loans past due 90-days-or-more as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were on non-accrual status.

 

Table 20 — Delinquent Loan Composition*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Total

December 31,  (dollars in thousands)

    

 

Balance

 

Loan Class

Balance

 

Loan Class

Balance

 

Loan Class

Balance

 

Loan Class

Balance

 

Loan Class

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

 

   

$

6,882

 

0.64

%  

   

$

8,008

 

0.72

%  

   

$

6,357

 

0.58

%  

   

$

8,900

 

0.78

%  

   

$

13,208

 

1.34

%  

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

   

 

 —

 

 —

%  

   

 

 

 —

%  

   

 

NA

 

NA

 

   

 

NA

 

NA

 

   

 

NA

 

NA

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

   

 

53

 

0.05

%  

   

 

776

 

0.80

%  

   

 

1,293

 

1.17

%  

   

 

2,899

 

3.89

%  

   

 

1,091

 

1.10

%  

Commercial real estate

 

 

   

 

1,111

 

0.13

%  

   

 

2,972

 

0.38

%  

   

 

5,198

 

0.67

%  

   

 

2,640

 

0.37

%  

   

 

5,126

 

0.80

%  

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 

   

 

 —

 

 —

%  

   

 

 

 —

%  

   

 

 

 —

%  

   

 

 

 —

%  

   

 

 

 —

%  

Construction & land development

 

 

   

 

1,500

 

2.26

%  

   

 

1,990

 

5.17

%  

   

 

499

 

1.13

%  

   

 

2,124

 

3.11

%  

   

 

541

 

0.80

%  

Commercial & industrial

 

 

   

 

299

 

0.13

%  

   

 

211

 

0.13

%  

   

 

1,415

 

1.11

%  

   

 

2,262

 

1.73

%  

   

 

105

 

0.09

%  

Lease financing receivables

 

 

   

 

 —

 

 —

%  

   

 

 

 —

%  

   

 

NA

 

NA

 

   

 

NA

 

NA

 

   

 

NA

 

NA

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

   

 

 —

 

 —

%  

   

 

 

 —

%  

   

 

 

 —

%  

   

 

 

 —

%  

   

 

 

 —

%  

Home equity

 

 

   

 

1,393

 

0.48

%  

   

 

1,362

 

0.55

%  

   

 

1,110

 

0.49

%  

   

 

1,654

 

0.68

%  

   

 

4,041

 

1.44

%  

Consumer:

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

   

 

246

 

3.41

%  

   

 

141

 

3.44

%  

   

 

 

 —

%  

   

 

 

 —

%  

   

 

 

 —

%  

Credit cards

 

 

   

 

12

 

0.11

%  

   

 

134

 

1.40

%  

   

 

98

 

1.09

%  

   

 

65

 

0.75

%  

   

 

53

 

0.62

%  

Overdrafts

 

 

   

 

133

 

19.42

%  

   

 

178

 

15.08

%  

   

 

159

 

16.84

%  

   

 

168

 

17.59

%  

   

 

129

 

13.58

%  

Purchased whole loans

 

 

   

 

47

 

0.80

%  

   

 

12

 

0.26

%  

   

 

NA

 

NA

 

   

 

NA

 

NA

 

   

 

NA

 

NA

 

Other consumer

 

 

   

 

55

 

0.44

%  

   

 

67

 

0.75

%  

   

 

94

 

0.61

%  

   

 

132

 

0.87

%  

   

 

139

 

1.40

%  

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Total delinquent loans

 

 

   

$

11,731

 

0.35

%  

   

$

15,851

 

0.52

%  

   

$

16,223

 

0.63

%  

   

$

20,844

 

0.78

%  

   

$

24,433

 

1.07

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*Represents total loans 30-days-or-more past due.  Delinquent status may be determined by either the number of days past due or number of payments past due.  

NA — Not applicable.

 

As detailed in the preceding tables, past due loans within the residential real estate and home equity categories decreased $2 million, or 18%, during 2015, while Construction, CRE and C&I delinquencies decreased $2 million, or 44%, for the same period. 

 

Approximately $11 million in delinquent loans at December 31, 2014, were removed from delinquent status as of December 31, 2015.  Approximately $302,000, or 3%, of these loans were removed from the delinquent category because they were charged-off.  Approximately $2 million, or 20%, in loan balances were transferred to OREO with $4 million, or 37%, refinanced at other financial institutions.  The remaining $4 million, or 40%, in delinquent loans were paid current in 2015.

 

86


 

Table of Contents

Table 21 — Rollforward of Delinquent Loan Activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delinquent loans at beginning of year

 

 

$

15,851

 

$

16,223

 

$

20,844

 

$

24,433

 

$

26,927

 

Loans that became delinquent during the period

 

 

 

7,038

 

 

13,750

 

 

13,016

 

 

17,604

 

 

17,435

 

Delinquent loans removed from delinquent status (see table below)

 

 

 

(10,969)

 

 

(14,079)

 

 

(17,328)

 

 

(20,965)

 

 

(18,872)

 

Principal paydowns of loans delinquent in both periods

 

 

 

(189)

 

 

(43)

 

 

(309)

 

 

(228)

 

 

(1,057)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delinquent loans at end of year

 

 

$

11,731

 

$

15,851

 

$

16,223

 

$

20,844

 

$

24,433

 

 

Table 22 — Detail of Loans Removed From Delinquent Status

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans charged-off

 

 

$

(302)

 

$

(159)

 

$

(1,380)

 

$

(2,120)

 

$

(2,090)

 

Loans transferred to OREO

 

 

 

(2,207)

 

 

(4,889)

 

 

(6,331)

 

 

(6,358)

 

 

(6,140)

 

Loans refinanced at other institutions

 

 

 

(4,072)

 

 

(5,617)

 

 

(6,115)

 

 

(7,741)

 

 

(7,147)

 

Loans paid current

 

 

 

(4,388)

 

 

(3,414)

 

 

(3,502)

 

 

(4,746)

 

 

(3,495)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total delinquent loans removed from delinquent status

 

 

$

(10,969)

 

$

(14,079)

 

$

(17,328)

 

$

(20,965)

 

$

(18,872)

 

 

Impaired Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

The Bank’s policy is to charge-off all or that portion of its recorded investment in a collateral dependent impaired credit upon a determination that it is probable the full amount of contractual principal and interest will not be collected. Impaired loans totaled $66 million at December 31, 2015 compared to $86 million at December 31, 2014, with $16 million of the decrease consisting of TDRs and approximately $4 million consisting of liquidated PCI loans.  The decrease is TDRs during 2015 was primarily driven by payoffs and paydowns of such loans during the year.

 

A TDR is the situation where, due to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Bank grants a concession to the borrower that the Bank would not otherwise have considered. The majority of the Bank’s TDRs involve a restructuring of loan terms such as a temporary reduction in the payment amount to require only interest and escrow (if required) and/or extending the maturity date of the debt. Non-accrual loans modified as TDRs remain on non-accrual status and continue to be reported as non-performing loans. Accruing loans modified as TDRs are evaluated for non-accrual status based on a current review of the borrower’s financial condition, and ability and willingness to service the modified debt. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank had $50 million in TDRs, of which $12 million were also on non-accrual status. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank had $65 million in TDRs, of which $14 million were also on non-accrual status.

 

Table 23 — Impaired Loan Composition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings

 

$

49,580

 

$

65,266

 

$

73,972

 

$

83,307

 

$

67,022

 

Impaired loans (which are not TDRs)

 

 

16,543

 

 

20,914

 

 

34,022

 

 

22,400

 

 

10,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

 

$

66,123

 

$

86,180

 

$

107,994

 

$

105,707

 

$

77,193

 

 

See Footnote 4 “Loans and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional discussion regarding impaired loans and TDRs.

87


 

Table of Contents

Other Real Estate Owned

 

Table 24 — Stratification of Other Real Estate Owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of OREO Properties and Carrying Value Range

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

 

    

Carrying 

    

 

    

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying 

 

 

 

Value > 

 

 

 

Carrying 

 

 

 

Total 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Value <= 

 

 

 

$100 <= 

 

 

 

Value > 

 

 

 

Carrying 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

No.

 

$100

 

No.

 

$500

 

No.

 

$500

 

No.

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

3

 

$

193

 

2

 

$

285

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

5

 

$

478

 

Commercial real estate

 

1

 

 

54

 

1

 

 

388

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

2

 

 

442

 

Construction & land development

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1

 

 

300

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1

 

 

300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

4

 

$

247

 

4

 

$

973

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

8

 

$

1,220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of OREO Properties and Carrying Value Range

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

 

    

Carrying 

    

 

    

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying 

 

 

 

Value > 

 

 

 

Carrying 

 

 

 

Total 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Value <= 

 

 

 

$100 <= 

 

 

 

Value > 

 

 

 

Carrying 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

No.

 

$100

 

No.

 

$500

 

No.

 

$500

 

No.

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

17

 

$

834

 

5

 

$

809

 

2

 

$

1,566

 

24

 

$

3,209

 

Commercial real estate

 

4

 

 

321

 

3

 

 

884

 

2

 

 

2,119

 

9

 

 

3,324

 

Construction & land development

 

2

 

 

66

 

8

 

 

1,947

 

3

 

 

2,697

 

13

 

 

4,710

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

23

 

$

1,221

 

16

 

$

3,640

 

7

 

$

6,382

 

46

 

$

11,243

 

 

 

Table 25 — Rollforward of Other Real Estate Owned Activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

 

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OREO at beginning of year

 

 

$

11,243

 

$

17,102

 

$

26,203

 

$

10,956

 

$

11,973

 

Transfer from loans to OREO

 

 

 

2,938

 

 

7,333

 

 

14,197

 

 

41,876

 

 

11,300

 

Proceeds from sale*

 

 

 

(12,660)

 

 

(10,974)

 

 

(23,644)

 

 

(25,326)

 

 

(11,844)

 

Net gain on sale

 

 

 

956

 

 

883

 

 

2,170

 

 

416

 

 

444

 

Writedowns

 

 

 

(1,257)

 

 

(3,101)

 

 

(1,824)

 

 

(1,719)

 

 

(917)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OREO at end of year

 

 

$

1,220

 

$

11,243

 

$

17,102

 

$

26,203

 

$

10,956

 

 


*Inclusive of non-cash proceeds where the Bank financed the sale of the property.

 

The fair value of OREO represents the estimated value that management expects to receive when the property is sold, net of related costs to sell. These estimates are based on the most recently available real estate appraisals, with certain adjustments made based on the type of property, age of appraisal, current status of the property and other relevant factors to estimate the current value of the property.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”)

 

BOLI offers tax advantaged non interest income to help the Bank offset employee benefits expenses.  The Company carried $53 million and $51 million of BOLI on its consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2015 and 2014.  The Company purchased $25 million of BOLI during the first quarter of 2014.

88


 

Table of Contents

The table below presents a rollforward of the Bank’s BOLI for the periods presented:

 

Table 26 — Rollforward of Bank Owned Life Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BOLI at beginning of year

 

$

51,415

 

$

25,086

 

$

 

BOLI acquired

 

 

 —

 

 

25,000

 

 

25,000

 

Increase in cash surrender value

 

 

1,402

 

 

1,329

 

 

86

 

BOLI at end of year

 

$

52,817

 

$

51,415

 

$

25,086

 

 

Deposits

 

Table 27 — Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand

 

 

$

783,054

 

$

691,787

 

$

651,134

 

$

580,900

 

$

523,708

 

Money market accounts

 

 

 

501,059

 

 

471,339

 

 

479,569

 

 

514,698

 

 

433,508

 

Brokered money market accounts

 

 

 

200,126

 

 

35,649

 

 

35,533

 

 

35,596

 

 

18,121

 

Savings

 

 

 

117,408

 

 

91,625

 

 

78,020

 

 

62,145

 

 

44,472

 

Individual retirement accounts*

 

 

 

36,016

 

 

28,771

 

 

28,767

 

 

32,491

 

 

31,201

 

Time deposits, $250 and over*

 

 

 

42,775

 

 

56,556

 

 

67,255

 

 

80,906

 

 

82,970

 

Other certificates of deposit*

 

 

 

127,878

 

 

104,010

 

 

75,516

 

 

100,036

 

 

103,230

 

Brokered certificates of deposit*

 

 

 

44,298

 

 

75,876

 

 

86,421

 

 

97,110

 

 

88,285

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

 

 

1,852,614

 

 

1,555,613

 

 

1,502,215

 

 

1,503,882

 

 

1,325,495

 

Total non interest-bearing deposits

 

 

 

634,863

 

 

502,569

 

 

488,642

 

 

479,046

 

 

408,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits

 

 

$

2,487,477

 

$

2,058,182

 

$

1,990,857

 

$

1,982,928

 

$

1,733,978

 

 


*Represents a time deposit.

 

Total Company deposits increased $429 million, or 21%, during 2015. Total Company interest-bearing deposits increased $297 million, or 19%, while total Company non-interest bearing deposits increased $132 million, or 26%.

 

The increase in non-interest bearing deposits generally reflected increases among a multitude of clients, primarily commercial accounts, as the Bank’s non interest bearing commercial accounts remained an attractive product in the current low interest rate environment.  Non-interest bearing accounts related to the RPG segment accounted for approximately $9 million of the overall increase in non-interest bearing accounts during 2015.

 

Within the interest-bearing category, demand account balances increased $91 million, or 13%, while brokered money market deposits increased $163 million.  The increase in brokered money market deposits was primarily related to an internal Bank transfer by one client who moved approximately $100 million of funds from a Security Sold Under Agreement to Repurchase (“SSUAR”) into a reciprocal brokered money market deposit account during the first quarter of 2015.  Under the terms of a reciprocal brokered money market account, Republic places large deposits from its clients into a network of banks and in return receives a like amount of funds from the network of banks, which Republic classifies on its balance sheet as a brokered money market deposit.  While the funds from Republic’s original client are not technically held by Republic, any withdrawal of funds by that client would result in a reduction of deposit balances to Republic due to the reciprocal nature of those funds in the network. 

 

In addition to the previously mentioned large transfer, the Bank gathered $50 million of brokered money market deposits though a brokered one-way buy program during December 2015 in order to increase its overall liquidity position and to support its Easy Advance program for the upcoming first quarter 2016 tax season for RPG. 

 

89


 

Table of Contents

Despite an increase in short-term interest rates in mid-December 2015, the Bank did not increase rates, in general,  on its deposit product offerings in an effort to combat on-going compression within the Bank’s net interest margin.  Due to on-going competitive pressures, however, management is uncertain if, and to what extent, it will be able to maintain this strategy in the future if short-term interest rates continue to rise.  If the Bank begins to experience an increased outflow of deposits due to its pricing structure, it may be forced to increase rates on most, if not all, of its transactional deposit accounts in order to maintain adequate liquidity for anticipated asset growth and the normal operations of the Bank.  Such an increase in the Bank’s deposit rates would likely have a negative impact on the Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin.

 

Table 28 — Average Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

    

Average

    

Average

    

Average

    

Average

    

Average

    

Average

    

Average

    

Average

    

Average

    

Average

 

December 31, (dollars in thousands)

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transaction accounts

 

$

840,815

 

0.07

%  

$

750,693

 

0.07

%  

$

696,295

 

0.07

%  

$

614,118

 

0.06

%  

$

422,222

 

0.13

%  

Money market accounts

 

 

485,508

 

0.16

%  

 

477,129

 

0.16

%  

 

508,288

 

0.12

%  

 

478,682

 

0.15

%  

 

628,178

 

0.31

%  

Time deposits

 

 

200,863

 

0.96

%  

 

174,904

 

0.65

%  

 

187,076

 

0.73

%  

 

253,567

 

0.86

%  

 

254,064

 

1.60

%  

Brokered money market

 

 

132,623

 

0.21

%  

 

34,586

 

0.20

%  

 

34,691

 

0.20

%  

 

22,469

 

0.22

%  

 

6,563

 

0.31

%  

Brokered certificates of deposit

 

 

54,405

 

1.57

%  

 

72,889

 

2.12

%  

 

88,497

 

1.75

%  

 

143,619

 

1.19

%  

 

229,488

 

1.03

%  

Total average interest-bearing deposits

 

 

1,714,214

 

0.26

%  

 

1,510,201

 

0.26

%  

 

1,514,847

 

0.27

%  

 

1,512,455

 

0.34

%  

 

1,540,515

 

0.58

%  

Total average non interest-bearing deposits

 

 

651,275

 

 

 

553,929

 

 

 

513,891

 

 

 

624,053

 

 

 

509,457

 

 

Total average deposits

 

$

2,365,489

 

0.19

%  

$

2,064,130

 

0.19

%  

$

2,028,738

 

0.20

%  

$

2,136,508

 

0.24

%  

$

2,049,972

 

0.43

%  

 

Table 29 — Maturities of Time Deposits Greater than $100,000 at December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Maturity (dollars in thousands)

    

Principal

 

Rate

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

Three months or less

 

$

18,368

 

0.27

%  

Over three months through six months

 

 

10,761

 

0.96

%  

Over six months through 12 months

 

 

18,309

 

0.42

%  

Over 12 months

 

 

55,814

 

1.40

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

103,252

 

1.13

%  

 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase and Other Short-term Borrowings

 

SSUARs are collateralized by securities and are treated as financings; accordingly, the securities involved with the agreements are recorded as assets and are held by a safekeeping agent and the obligations to repurchase the securities are reflected as liabilities. All securities underlying the agreements are under the Bank’s control.

 

Despite the previously discussed $100 million internal transfer to a reciprocal brokered money market account, SSUARs increased approximately $39 million, or 11%, during 2015.  The increase was primarily from one client of the Bank.  At this time, management is uncertain as to the client’s long-term intent for these funds.  The substantial majority of these accounts are indexed to immediately repricing indices such as the Fed Funds Target Rate.

 

90


 

Table of Contents

Table 30 — Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (dollars in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding balance at end of year

 

 

$

395,433

 

$

356,108

 

$

165,555

 

$

250,884

 

$

230,231

 

Weighted average interest rate at year end

 

 

 

0.02

%  

 

0.04

%  

 

0.04

%  

 

0.06

%  

 

0.17

%  

Average outstanding balance during the year

 

 

$

379,477

 

$

296,196

 

$

170,386

 

$

237,414

 

$

278,861

 

Average interest rate during the year

 

 

 

0.02

%  

 

0.04

%  

 

0.04

%  

 

0.16

%  

 

0.23

%  

Maximum outstanding at any month end

 

 

$

442,981

 

$

408,891

 

$

242,721

 

$

272,057

 

$

297,571

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

 

FHLB advances decreased $8 million, or 1%, during 2015. The Bank held $150 million in overnight advances with a rate of 0.35% as of December 31, 2015, a $48 million decrease from the $198 million in overnight advances at a rate of 0.14% held at December 31, 2014.  Additionally, the Bank obtained $60 million in new long-term fixed rate advances with a weighted average rate of 1.50% during 2015, replacing $20 million at a rate of 1.44%, which matured during the period.

 

The Company’s usage of overnight FHLB advances increased during 2015 primarily due to significant growth in outstanding warehouse lines credit.  Management anticipates its usage of FHLB overnight advances will continue to strongly correlate with fluctuations in outstanding warehouse lines.

 

Overall use of FHLB advances during a given year is dependent upon many factors including asset growth, deposit growth, current earnings, and expectations of future interest rates, among others. If a meaningful amount of the Bank’s loan originations in the future have repricing terms longer than five years, management will likely elect to borrow additional funds to mitigate its risk of future increases in market interest rates.  Whether the Bank ultimately does so, and how much in advances it extends out, will be dependent upon circumstances at that time. If the Bank does obtain longer-term FHLB advances for interest rate risk mitigation, it will have a negative impact on then current earnings. The amount of the negative impact will be dependent upon the dollar amount, coupon and final maturity of the advances obtained.

 

Table 31 — Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, (dollars in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding balance at end of year

 

$

699,500

 

$

707,500

 

$

605,000

 

$

542,600

 

$

934,630

 

Weighted average interest rate at year end

 

 

1.77

%  

 

1.60

%  

 

2.42

%  

 

2.64

%  

 

1.83

%  

Average outstanding balance during the year

 

$

599,630

 

$

584,516

 

$

578,633

 

$

560,659

 

$

558,249

 

Average interest rate during the year

 

 

1.99

%  

 

2.24

%  

 

2.54

%  

 

2.65

%  

 

3.26

%  

Maximum outstanding at any month end

 

$

916,500

 

$

707,500

 

$

605,000

 

$

789,618

 

$

934,630

 

 

Interest Rate Swaps

 

Interest Rate Swaps Used as Cash Flow Hedges

 

The Bank entered into two interest rate swap agreements during 2013 as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. The Bank designated the swaps as cash flow hedges intended to reduce the variability in cash flows attributable to either FHLB advances tied to the three-month the LIBOR or the overall changes in cash flows on certain money market deposit accounts tied to one-month LIBOR.  The counterparty for both swaps met the Bank’s credit standards and the Bank believes that the credit risk inherent in the swap contracts is not significant.

 

91


 

Table of Contents

Non-hedge Interest Rate Swaps

 

During the second quarter of 2015, the Bank began entering into interest rate swaps to facilitate client transactions and meet their financing needs. Upon entering into these instruments, the Bank enters into offsetting positions in order to minimize the Bank’s interest rate risk.  These swaps are derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments, and therefore changes in fair value are reported in current year earnings.

 

See Footnote 7 “Interest Rate Swaps” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further information regarding the Bank’s interest rate swaps.

 

Liquidity

 

The Bank had a loan to deposit ratio (excluding brokered deposits) of 148% at December 31, 2015 and 156% at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had cash and cash equivalents on-hand of $210 million and $73 million. In addition, the Bank had available collateral to borrow an additional $567 million and $452 million from the FHLB at December 31, 2015 and 2014. In addition to its borrowing line with the FHLB, the Bank also had unsecured lines of credit totaling $170 million available through various other financial institutions as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

The Bank maintains sufficient liquidity to fund routine loan demand and routine deposit withdrawal activity. Liquidity is managed by maintaining sufficient liquid assets in the form of investment securities. Funding and cash flows can also be realized by the sale of securities available for sale, principal paydowns on loans and MBSs and proceeds realized from loans held for sale. The Bank’s liquidity is impacted by its ability to sell certain investment securities, which is limited due to the level of investment securities that are needed to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, FHLB borrowings, and for other purposes, as required by law. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, these pledged investment securities had a fair value of $490 million and $410 million. Republic’s banking centers and its website, www.republicbank.com, provide access to retail deposit markets. These retail deposit products, if offered at attractive rates, have historically been a source of additional funding when needed. If the Bank were to lose a significant funding source, such as a few major depositors, or if any of its lines of credit were canceled, or if the Bank cannot obtain brokered deposits, the Bank would be compelled to offer market leading deposit interest rates to meet its funding and liquidity needs.

 

At December 31, 2015, the Bank had approximately $507 million in deposits from 76 large non-sweep deposit relationships where the individual relationship individually exceeded $2 million. The 20 largest non-sweep deposit relationships represented approximately $314 million of the total balance at December 31, 2015. These accounts do not require collateral, therefore, cash from these accounts can generally be utilized to fund the loan portfolio. If any of these balances are moved from the Bank, the Bank would likely utilize overnight borrowing lines in the short-term to replace the balances. On a longer-term basis, the Bank would likely utilize brokered deposits to replace withdrawn balances. Based on past experience utilizing brokered deposits, the Bank believes it can quickly obtain brokered deposits if needed. The overall cost of gathering brokered deposits, however, could be substantially higher than the Traditional Bank deposits they replace, potentially decreasing the Bank’s earnings.

 

92


 

Table of Contents

Capital

 

Table 32 — Capital

 

Information pertaining to the Company’s capital balances and ratios follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, (dollars in thousands, except per share data)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

$

576,547

 

$

558,731

 

$

542,793

 

$

536,702

 

$

452,367

 

Book value per share at December 31,

 

 

27.59

 

 

26.80

 

 

26.09

 

 

25.60

 

 

21.59

 

Tangible book value per share at December 31,*

 

 

26.87

 

 

26.08

 

 

25.35

 

 

24.86

 

 

20.81

 

Dividends declared per share - Class A Common Stock

 

 

0.781

 

 

0.737

 

 

0.693

 

 

1.749

 

 

0.605

 

Dividends declared per share - Class B Common Stock

 

 

0.710

 

 

0.670

 

 

0.630

 

 

1.590

 

 

0.550

 

Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets

 

 

14.43

%  

 

15.66

%  

 

16.15

%  

 

14.89

%  

 

12.87

%  

Total risk based capital - Total Company

 

 

20.58

%  

 

22.17

%  

 

26.72

%  

 

25.28

%  

 

24.74

%  

Common equity tier 1 capital - Total Company

 

 

18.39

%  

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Tier 1 risk based capital - Total Company

 

 

19.69

%  

 

21.28

%  

 

25.67

%  

 

24.31

%  

 

23.59

%  

Tier 1 leverage capital - Total Company

 

 

14.82

%  

 

15.92

%  

 

16.81

%  

 

16.36

%  

 

14.77

%  

Dividend payout ratio

 

 

46

%  

 

53

%  

 

56

%  

 

31

%  

 

13

%  

Dividend yield

 

 

2.96

%  

 

2.98

%  

 

2.82

%  

 

8.28

%  

 

2.64

%  

 


*See footnote 2 of Part II, Item 6 “Selected Financial Data”

 

Total stockholders’ equity increased from $559 million at December 31, 2014 to $577 million at December 31, 2015. The increase in stockholders’ equity was primarily attributable to net income earned during 2015 reduced by cash dividends declared and common stock repurchases.

 

See Part II, Item 5. “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” for additional detail regarding stock repurchases and stock buyback programs.

 

Common Stock —  The Class A Common shares are entitled to cash dividends equal to 110% of the cash dividend paid per share on Class B Common Stock. Class A Common shares have one vote per share and Class B Common shares have ten votes per share. Class B Common shares may be converted, at the option of the holder, to Class A Common shares on a share for share basis. The Class A Common shares are not convertible into any other class of Republic’s capital stock.

 

Dividend Restrictions — The Parent Company’s principal source of funds for dividend payments are dividends received from the Bank. Banking regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid to the Parent Company by the Bank without prior approval of the respective states’ banking regulators. Under these regulations, the amount of dividends that may be paid in any calendar year is limited to the current year’s net profits, combined with the retained net profits of the preceding two years. At December 31, 2015, the Bank could, without prior approval, declare dividends of approximately $43 million.

 

Regulatory Capital Requirements — The Parent Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by banking regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on Republic’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Parent Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off balance sheet items, as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

93


 

Table of Contents

Banking regulators have categorized the Bank as well-capitalized. To be categorized as well-capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum Total Risk Based, Tier I Capital and Tier I Leverage Capital ratios. Regulatory agencies measure capital adequacy within a framework that makes capital requirements, in part, dependent on the individual risk profiles of financial institutions. Republic continues to exceed the regulatory requirements for Total Risk Based Capital, Tier I Capital and Tier I Leverage Capital. Republic and the Bank intend to maintain a capital position that meets or exceeds the “well-capitalized” requirements as defined by the FRB, and FDIC. Formal measurements of the capital ratios for Republic and the Bank are performed by the Company at each quarter end.

 

New Capital Rules — Effective January 1, 2015 the Company and the Bank became subject to the new capital regulations in accordance with Basel III. The new regulations establish higher minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, a new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and a new capital conservation buffer. The new regulations also include revisions to the definition of capital and changes in the risk-weighting of certain assets. For prompt corrective action, the new regulations establish definitions of “well capitalized” as a 6.5%  common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, an 8.0% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, a 10.0% total risk-based capital ratio and a 5.0% Tier 1 leverage ratio. Management has completed a preliminary analysis of the impact of these new regulations to the capital ratios of both the Company and the Bank and estimates that the ratios for both the Company and the Bank will continue to exceed the new minimum capital ratio requirements for “well-capitalized” including the 2.5% capital conservation buffer under Basel III when effective and fully implemented.

 

In 2005, Republic Bancorp Capital Trust (“RBCT”), an unconsolidated trust subsidiary of Republic, was formed and issued $40 million in Trust Preferred Securities (“TPS”). The sole asset of RBCT represents the proceeds of the offering loaned to Republic in exchange for a  subordinated note with similar terms to the TPS. The TPS are treated as part of Republic’s Tier I Capital.

 

The subordinated note and related interest expense are included in Republic’s consolidated financial statements. The subordinated note paid a fixed interest rate of 6.015% through September 30, 2015 and adjusted to LIBOR + 1.42% thereafter. The subordinated note matures on December 31, 2035 and is now redeemable at the Company’s option on a quarterly basis. The Company chose not to redeem the subordinated note on October 1, 2015 or January 1, 2016, and is currently carrying the note at a cost of LIBOR + 1.42%.

 

Off Balance Sheet Items

 

Summarized credit-related financial instruments, including both commitments to extend credit and letters of credit follows:

 

Table 33 — Off Balance Sheet Items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity by Period

 

 

    

    

 

    

Greater

    

Greater

    

    

 

    

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

than one

 

than three

 

Greater

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

year to

 

years to

 

than five

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015 (in thousands)

 

one year

 

three years

 

five years

 

years

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unused warehouse lines of credit

 

$

304,379

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

304,379

 

Unused home equity lines of credit

 

 

14,609

 

 

43,653

 

 

38,460

 

 

185,285

 

 

282,007

 

Unused loan commitments - other

 

 

287,214

 

 

24,752

 

 

7,039

 

 

10,227

 

 

329,232

 

Commitments to purchase loans*

 

 

22,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,590

 

Standby letters of credit

 

 

2,444

 

 

10,233

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

12,740

 

Total off balance sheet items

 

$

631,236

 

$

78,638

 

$

45,562

 

$

195,512

 

$

950,948

 

 


*Commitments are made through the Bank’s Correspondent Lending channel.

 

A portion of the unused commitments above are expected to expire or may not be fully used, therefore the total amount of commitments above does not necessarily indicate future cash requirements.

 

94


 

Table of Contents

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. The terms and risk of loss involved in issuing standby letters of credit are similar to those involved in issuing loan commitments and extending credit. Commitments outstanding under standby letters of credit totaled $13 million and $12 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014. In addition to credit risk, the Bank also has liquidity risk associated with standby letters of credit because funding for these obligations could be required immediately. The Bank does not deem this risk to be material.

 

Commitments to extend credit generally consist of unfunded lines of credit. These commitments generally have variable rates of interest.

 

Aggregate Contractual Obligations

 

In addition to owned banking facilities, the Bank has entered into long-term leasing arrangements to support the ongoing activities of the Company. The Bank also has required future payments for long-term and short-term debt as well as the maturity of time deposits. The required payments under such commitments follow:

 

Table 34 — Aggregate Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity by Period

 

 

    

    

 

    

Greater

    

Greater

    

    

 

    

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

than one

 

than three

 

Greater

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

year to

 

years to

 

than five

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015 (in thousands)

 

one year

 

three years

 

five years

 

years

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits without a stated maturity*

 

$

1,601,653

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

1,601,653

 

Time deposits (including brokered certificates of deposit)*

 

 

119,522

 

 

57,205

 

 

74,460

 

 

 —

 

 

251,187

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances*

 

 

243,003

 

 

262,500

 

 

165,000

 

 

30,000

 

 

700,503

 

Subordinated note*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,240

 

 

41,240

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase*

 

 

395,433

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

395,433

 

Interest rate swaps**

 

 

649

 

 

712

 

 

318

 

 

262

 

 

1,941

 

Lease commitments

 

 

5,686

 

 

10,460

 

 

6,617

 

 

6,922

 

 

29,685

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

2,365,946

 

$

330,877

 

$

246,395

 

$

78,424

 

$

3,021,642

 


*Includes accrued interest.

**Obligation is estimated using the LIBOR forward yield curve through 2020. Amounts are subject to change based on actual movements in LIBOR.

 

See Footnote 10 “Deposits” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further information regarding the Bank’s time deposits.

 

FHLB advances represent the amounts that are due to the FHLB. Approximately $100 million of the advances, although fixed, are subject to conversion provisions at the option of the FHLB and can be prepaid without a penalty. Management believes these advances will not likely be converted in the short-term, and therefore has included the advances in their original maturity categories for purposes of this table.

 

See Footnote 12 “Federal Home Loan Bank Advances” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further information regarding the Bank’s FHLB advances.

 

See Footnote 13 “Subordinated Note” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further information regarding the Bank’s subordinated note.

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally have indeterminate maturity periods and are predominantly included in the less than one year category above.

 

Interest rate swap commitments reflect the projected settlement obligations under swap agreements.

95


 

Table of Contents

See Footnote 7 “Interest Rate Swaps” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further information regarding the Bank’s interest rate swaps.

 

Lease commitments represent the total minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases.

 

See Footnote 19 “Transactions with Related Parties and their Affiliates” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further information regarding the Bank’s lease commitments.

 

Asset/Liability Management and Market Risk

 

Asset/liability management is designed to ensure safety and soundness, maintain liquidity, meet regulatory capital standards and achieve acceptable net interest income based on the Bank’s risk tolerance. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in net interest income as a result of market fluctuations in interest rates. The Bank, on an ongoing basis, monitors interest rate and liquidity risk in order to implement appropriate funding and balance sheet strategies.  Management considers interest rate risk to be a significant risk to the Bank’s overall earnings and balance sheet.

 

The interest sensitivity profile of the Bank at any point in time will be impacted by a number of factors.  These factors include the mix of interest sensitive assets and liabilities, as well as their relative pricing schedules. It is also influenced by changes in market interest rates, deposit and loan balances and other factors.

 

The Bank utilizes earnings simulation models as tools to measure interest rate sensitivity, including both a static and dynamic earnings simulation model.  A static simulation model is based on current exposures and assumes a constant balance sheet. In contrast, a dynamic simulation model relies on detailed assumptions regarding changes in existing business lines, new business, and changes in management and customer behavior. While the Bank runs the static simulation model as one measure of interest rate risk, historically, the Bank has utilized a dynamic earnings simulation model as its primary interest rate risk tool to measure the potential changes in market interest rates and their subsequent effects on net interest income for a one year time period.  This dynamic model projects a “Base” case net interest income over the next twelve months and the effect to net interest income of instantaneous movements in interest rates between various basis point increments equally across all points on the yield curve. Many assumptions based on growth expectations and on the historical behavior of the Bank’s deposit and loan rates and their related balances in relation to changes in interest rates are incorporated into this dynamic model. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the dynamic model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to the actual timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, the actual timing and magnitude of changes in loan and deposit balances, as well as the actual changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various management strategies as compared to those projected in the various simulated models. Additionally, actual results could differ materially from the model if interest rates do not move equally across all points on the yield curve.

 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, a dynamic simulation model was run for increases in interest rates from “Up 100” basis points to “Up 400” basis points.  A simulation for declining interest rates as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was not considered meaningful and is not presented by the Bank because decreases in the Fed Funds Target Rate were considered unlikely as of December 31, 2015. The Federal Open Market Committee raised the FFTR for the first time in nine years during December 2015 from between 0.00% and 0.25% to 0.25% and 0.50%, with further guidance suggesting that increases to the FFTR were more likely than not during 2016.

 

The Bank’s dynamic simulation model as of December 31, 2015 projected improvement in the Bank’s net interest income relative to the Base case in the Up 100 to Up 400 basis points scenarios.  The improvement in each of these scenarios was greater than the projected improvement reflected in the same scenarios as of December 31, 2014. The more favorable projections over the prior year’s simulation forecasts were partially driven by growth in the Bank’s warehouse lines of credit, which reprice monthly.  In addition, the Bank also lowered its forecast regarding its use of long-term fixed-rate FHLB advances from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015.  The Bank changed its forecast regarding the use of long-term fixed-rate FHLB advances as part of a strategy to address on-going net interest margin compression, while remaining within the Board’s approved interest rate risk policy guidelines.

96


 

Table of Contents

The following tables illustrate the Bank’s projected percent change from its Base net interest income as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 based on instantaneous movements in interest rates from Up 100 to Up 400 basis points equally across all points on the yield curve. The Bank’s dynamic earnings simulation model excludes all loan fees and the impact of the RPG business segment.

 

 

Table 35Bank Interest Rate Sensitivity at December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in Rates

 

 

100

    

200

    

300

    

400

 

 

Basis Points

 

Basis Points

 

Basis Points

 

Basis Points

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% Change from base net interest income

 

4.21

%  

 

3.82

%  

 

2.78

%  

 

(0.76)

%  

Board policy limit on % change from base

 

(5.00)

%  

 

(10.00)

%  

 

(15.00)

%  

 

(20.00)

%  

 

 

Table 36Bank Interest Rate Sensitivity at December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in Rates

 

 

100

    

200

    

300

    

400

 

 

Basis Points

 

Basis Points

 

Basis Points

 

Basis Points

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% Change from base net interest income

 

1.61

%  

 

(0.30)

%  

 

(2.57)

%  

 

(6.11)

%  

Board policy limit on % change from base

 

(10.00)

%  

 

(20.00)

%  

 

(35.00)

%  

 

(45.00)

%  

 

 

The Board of Directors of the Bank has established separate and distinct policy limits for acceptable percent changes in the Bank’s net interest income based on modeled changes in market interest rates. Historically, if model projections of the percent change in net interest income fall outside Board approved limits at a given point in time or are projected to fall outside such limits based on certain trends, the Bank has taken certain actions intended either to bring model projections back within Board approved limits or explain how future anticipated events will correct the current situation. These actions have included, but are not limited to, restructuring of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, seeking additional fixed rate term FHLB advances, executing interest rate swaps and modifying the pricing or terms of loans, leases and deposits. These actions have historically had a negative impact on current earnings.

 

Along with the Bank’s dynamic earnings simulation model, the Board of Directors of the Bank has established separate and distinct policy limits for acceptable changes in the Bank’s Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”) based on certain projected changes in market interest rates. EVE represents the difference between the net present value of the Bank’s interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at a point in time.

 

The Bank’s EVE calculation as of December 31, 2015 reflected a decline from the Base case in the Up 100 to Up 400 basis points scenarios.  The projected decline was greater than the projected decline at December 31, 2014 for the same scenarios.  The larger decline from the Base case in EVE compared to the prior year scenario was primarily driven by a year-to-year reduction in the Bank’s fixed-rate long-term FHLB advances in combination with revisions to the Bank’s “beta” and “decay rate” assumptions for its non-maturity deposit portfolio, making them more conservative or less favorable in a rising interest rate environment.  The Bank made revisions to its beta and decay rate assumptions based on its on-going historical data analysis.  The beta describes how closely changes in the Bank’s deposit interest rates are assumed to track with changes in market interest rates.  Decay rates measure the assumed speed at which the Bank’s non-maturity deposits flow off of the Bank’s balance sheet over time.

 

97


 

Table of Contents

The following tables illustrate the Bank’s EVE sensitivity as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

Table 37 — Bank Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity for 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in Rates

 

 

100

    

200

    

300

    

400

 

 

Basis Points

 

Basis Points

 

Basis Points

 

Basis Points

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% Change from base Economic Value of Equity

 

(7.36)

%  

 

(15.79)

%  

 

(27.40)

%  

 

(38.19)

%  

Board policy limit on % change from base

 

(10.00)

%  

 

(20.00)

%  

 

(35.00)

%  

 

(45.00)

%  

 

Table 38 — Bank Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity for 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in Rates

 

 

100

    

200

    

300

    

400

 

 

Basis Points

 

Basis Points

 

Basis Points

 

Basis Points

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% Change from base Economic Value of Equity

 

(5.05)

%  

 

(12.12)

%  

 

(22.58)

%  

 

(32.57)

%  

Board policy limit on % change from base

 

(10.00)

%  

 

(20.00)

%  

 

(35.00)

%  

 

(45.00)

%  

 

98


 

Table of Contents

Adoption of Newly Issued by Not Yet Effective Accounting Pronouncements:

 

Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-01 — Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

 

The amendments in this ASU include the following:

 

·

Require equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. However, an entity may choose to measure equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer.

 

·

Simplify the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment. When a qualitative assessment indicates that impairment exists, an entity is required to measure the investment at fair value.

 

·

Eliminate the requirement for public business entities to disclose the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet.

 

·

Require public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes.

 

·

Require an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments.

 

·

Require separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

·

Clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets.

 

The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not project this amendment to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

99


 

Table of Contents

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

 

See the section titled “Asset/Liability Management and Market Risk” included under Part II Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

The following are included in this section:

 

 

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

101 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

102 

Consolidated balance sheets — December 31, 2015 and 2014 

103 

Consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income — years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 

104 

Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity — years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 

106 

Consolidated statements of cash flows — years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 

109 

Footnotes to consolidated financial statements 

110 

 

100


 

Table of Contents

Picture 6

 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

The Management of Republic Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for the preparation, integrity, and fair presentation of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements. All information has been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and, as such, includes certain amounts that are based on Management’s best estimates and judgments.

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting presented in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Two of the objectives of internal control are to provide reasonable assurance to Management and the Board of Directors that transactions are properly authorized and recorded in the Company’s financial records, and that the preparation of the Company’s financial statements and other financial reporting is done in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to reliability of financial statements. Furthermore, internal control can vary with changes in circumstances.

 

Management has made its own assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, in relation to the criteria described in the report,  Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013), issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”).

 

Based on its assessment, Management believes that as of December 31, 2015, the Company’s internal control was effective in achieving the objectives stated above. Crowe Horwath LLP has provided its report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control in their report dated March 10, 2016.

 

Steve Trager sig

 

Steven E. Trager

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Kevin Sipes

 

Kevin Sipes

 

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer

 

 

 

 

 

March 10, 2016

 

 

 

101


 

Table of Contents

untitled

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders

of Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Republic Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015. We also have audited Republic Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in the Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Republic Bancorp, Inc.’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (U.S.). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Republic Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, Republic Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

Monaghan Jennifer Crowe Sig

 

 

 

Louisville, Kentucky

 

March 10, 2016

 

 

 

 

102


 

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, (in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

    

2014

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

210,082

 

$

72,878

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

517,058

 

 

435,911

 

Securities held to maturity (fair value of $39,196 in 2015 and $45,807 in 2014)

 

 

38,727

 

 

45,437

 

Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value

 

 

4,083

 

 

6,388

 

Other loans held for sale, at the lower of cost or fair value

 

 

514

 

 

 —

 

Loans

 

 

3,326,610

 

 

3,040,495

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

(27,491)

 

 

(24,410)

 

Loans, net

 

 

3,299,119

 

 

3,016,085

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

 

 

28,208

 

 

28,208

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

29,921

 

 

32,987

 

Premises, held for sale

 

 

1,185

 

 

1,317

 

Goodwill

 

 

10,168

 

 

10,168

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

1,220

 

 

11,243

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

 

52,817

 

 

51,415

 

Other assets and accrued interest receivable

 

 

37,187

 

 

34,976

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

4,230,289

 

$

3,747,013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non interest-bearing

 

$

634,863

 

$

502,569

 

Interest-bearing

 

 

1,852,614

 

 

1,555,613

 

Total deposits

 

 

2,487,477

 

 

2,058,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

 

 

395,433

 

 

356,108

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

 

699,500

 

 

707,500

 

Subordinated note

 

 

41,240

 

 

41,240

 

Other liabilities and accrued interest payable

 

 

30,092

 

 

25,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

3,653,742

 

 

3,188,282

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Footnote 20)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, no par value, 100,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A 8.5% non cumulative convertible, none issued

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock, no par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized, 18,651,841  shares (2015) and 18,603,354 shares (2014) issued and outstanding; Class B Common Stock, no par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized,  2,245,250 shares (2015) and 2,245,492 shares (2014) issued and outstanding

 

 

4,915

 

 

4,904

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

136,910

 

 

134,889

 

Retained earnings

 

 

432,673

 

 

414,623

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

2,049

 

 

4,315

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

576,547

 

 

558,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

4,230,289

 

$

3,747,013

 

 

See accompanying footnotes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

103


 

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, (in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

INTEREST INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, including fees

 

$

133,958

 

$

123,360

 

$

124,843

Taxable investment securities

 

 

7,046

 

 

7,481

 

 

8,067

Federal Home Loan Bank stock and other

 

 

1,428

 

 

1,536

 

 

1,658

Total interest income

 

 

142,432

 

 

132,377

 

 

134,568

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

4,380

 

 

3,905

 

 

4,093

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

 

 

92

 

 

112

 

 

70

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

 

11,934

 

 

13,072

 

 

14,715

Subordinated note

 

 

2,056

 

 

2,515

 

 

2,515

Total interest expense

 

 

18,462

 

 

19,604

 

 

21,393

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

 

 

123,970

 

 

112,773

 

 

113,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

5,396

 

 

2,859

 

 

2,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

 

 

118,574

 

 

109,914

 

 

110,192

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON INTEREST INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

 

13,015

 

 

13,807

 

 

13,954

Net refund transfer fees

 

 

17,388

 

 

16,130

 

 

13,884

Mortgage banking income

 

 

4,411

 

 

2,862

 

 

7,258

Interchange fee income

 

 

8,353

 

 

7,017

 

 

6,927

Bargain purchase gain

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

1,324

Gain on call of security available for sale

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) on other real estate owned

 

 

(301)

 

 

(2,218)

 

 

346

Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

 

 

1,402

 

 

1,329

 

 

86

Other

 

 

3,638

 

 

3,592

 

 

2,451

Total non interest income

 

 

47,994

 

 

42,519

 

 

46,230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON INTEREST EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

58,091

 

 

54,373

 

 

57,778

Occupancy and equipment, net

 

 

20,689

 

 

22,008

 

 

21,918

Communication and transportation

 

 

3,752

 

 

3,866

 

 

4,128

Marketing and development

 

 

3,161

 

 

3,264

 

 

3,106

FDIC insurance expense

 

 

2,084

 

 

1,865

 

 

1,682

Bank franchise tax expense

 

 

4,734

 

 

4,616

 

 

4,115

Data processing

 

 

4,340

 

 

3,513

 

 

3,120

Interchange related expense

 

 

3,873

 

 

3,450

 

 

3,063

Supplies

 

 

1,101

 

 

1,009

 

 

1,157

Other real estate owned expense

 

 

735

 

 

1,024

 

 

1,948

Legal and professional fees

 

 

3,306

 

 

2,766

 

 

5,955

Other

 

 

7,458

 

 

6,364

 

 

7,954

Total non interest expenses

 

 

113,324

 

 

108,118

 

 

115,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

53,244

 

 

44,315

 

 

40,498

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

18,078

 

 

15,528

 

 

15,075

NET INCOME

 

$

35,166

 

$

28,787

 

$

25,423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

$

1.70

 

$

1.39

 

$

1.23

Class B Common Stock

 

$

1.55

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

$

1.70

 

$

1.38

 

$

1.22

Class B Common Stock

 

$

1.54

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHARE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

$

0.781

 

$

0.737

 

$

0.693

Class B Common Stock

 

$

0.710

 

$

0.670

 

$

0.630

 

 

 

See accompanying footnotes to consolidated financial statements.

 

104


 

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, (in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

$

35,166

 

$

28,787

 

$

25,423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivatives used for cash flow hedges

 

 

 

(514)

 

 

(1,082)

 

 

147

 

Reclassification amount for derivative losses realized in income

 

 

 

402

 

 

424

 

 

23

 

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale

 

 

 

(3,160)

 

 

2,021

 

 

(4,747)

 

Reclassification adjustment for gain on security available for sale recognized in earnings

 

 

 

(88)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Change in unrealized gain on security available for sale for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized in earnings

 

 

 

(125)

 

 

475

 

 

742

 

Net unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

 

(3,485)

 

 

1,838

 

 

(3,835)

 

Tax effect

 

 

 

1,219

 

 

(644)

 

 

1,344

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

 

(2,266)

 

 

1,194

 

 

(2,491)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

$

32,900

 

$

29,981

 

$

22,932

 

 

See accompanying footnotes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

105


 

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

    

Class A

    

Class B

    

    

 

    

Additional

    

    

 

    

Other

    

Total

 

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

Paid In

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders’

(in thousands)

 

Outstanding

 

Outstanding

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2013

 

18,694

 

2,271

 

$

4,932

 

$

132,686

 

$

393,472

 

$

5,612

 

$

536,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,423

 

 

 

 

25,423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,491)

 

 

(2,491)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend declared Common Stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,735)

 

 

 

 

(12,735)

Class B Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,424)

 

 

 

 

(1,424)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options exercised, net of shares redeemed

 

24

 

 

 

5

 

 

610

 

 

(148)

 

 

 

 

467

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of Class A Common Stock

 

(193)

 

 

 

(43)

 

 

(1,230)

 

 

(2,822)

 

 

 

 

(4,095)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock

 

11

 

(11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in notes receivable on Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred director compensation expense - Class A Common Stock

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation expense - restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

298

 

 

 

 

 

 

298

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation expense - options

 

 

 

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

18,541

 

2,260

 

$

4,894

 

$

133,012

 

$

401,766

 

$

3,121

 

$

542,793

 

 

(continued)

106


 

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

    

Class A

    

Class B

    

    

 

    

Additional

    

    

 

    

Other

    

Total

 

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

Paid In

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders’

(in thousands)

 

Outstanding

 

Outstanding

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2014

 

18,541

 

2,260

 

$

4,894

 

$

133,012

 

$

401,766

 

$

3,121

 

$

542,793

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,787

 

 

 

 

28,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,194

 

 

1,194

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend declared Common Stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13,680)

 

 

 

 

(13,680)

Class B Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,508)

 

 

 

 

(1,508)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options exercised, net of shares redeemed

 

62

 

 

 

13

 

 

1,586

 

 

(496)

 

 

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of Class A Common Stock

 

(15)

 

 

 

(3)

 

 

(95)

 

 

(249)

 

 

 

 

(347)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock

 

15

 

(15)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in notes receivable on Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

(256)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(256)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred director compensation expense - Class A Common Stock

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

187

 

 

 

 

 

 

187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation expense - restricted stock

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

402

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation expense - options

 

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

18,603

 

2,245

 

$

4,904

 

$

134,889

 

$

414,623

 

$

4,315

 

$

558,731

 

 

(continued)

107


 

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

    

Class A

    

Class B

    

    

 

    

Additional

    

    

 

    

Other

    

Total

 

 

Shares

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

Paid In

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders’

(in thousands)

 

Outstanding

 

Outstanding

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2015

 

18,603

 

2,245

 

$

4,904

 

$

134,889

 

$

414,623

 

$

4,315

 

$

558,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

35,166

 

 

 —

 

 

35,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,266)

 

 

(2,266)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend declared Common Stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Shares

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(14,531)

 

 

 —

 

 

(14,531)

Class B Shares

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,594)

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,594)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options exercised, net of shares redeemed

 

67

 

 —

 

 

16

 

 

1,708

 

 

(588)

 

 

 —

 

 

1,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of Class A Common Stock

 

(22)

 

 —

 

 

(5)

 

 

(143)

 

 

(403)

 

 

 —

 

 

(551)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in notes receivable on Class A Common Stock

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(189)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(189)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred director compensation expense - Class A Common Stock

 

5

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

223

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

223

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation expense - restricted stock

 

(1)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

253

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

253

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation expense - stock options

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

169

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

169

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

18,652

 

2,245

 

$

4,915

 

$

136,910

 

$

432,673

 

$

2,049

 

$

576,547

 

 

 

See accompanying footnotes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

108


 

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, (in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

35,166

 

$

28,787

 

$

25,423

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization on investment securities, net

 

 

729

 

 

424

 

 

394

Accretion on loans, net

 

 

(2,835)

 

 

(6,263)

 

 

(9,479)

Depreciation of premises and equipment

 

 

6,742

 

 

6,363

 

 

5,311

Amortization of mortgage servicing rights

 

 

1,400

 

 

1,330

 

 

2,173

Amortization of core deposit intangible asset

 

 

 

 

 

 

510

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

5,396

 

 

2,859

 

 

2,983

Net gain on sale of mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

(3,915)

 

 

(2,440)

 

 

(6,979)

Origination of mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

(160,989)

 

 

(82,457)

 

 

(291,155)

Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

167,209

 

 

82,015

 

 

305,242

Origination of other loans held for sale

 

 

(137,551)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Proceeds from sale of other loans held for sale

 

 

137,037

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Net realized recovery of value in mortgage servicing rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

(345)

Net realized gain on sales, calls and impairment of securities

 

 

(88)

 

 

 

 

Net gain realized on sale of other real estate owned

 

 

(956)

 

 

(883)

 

 

(2,170)

Writedowns of other real estate owned

 

 

1,257

 

 

3,101

 

 

1,824

Net gain on sale of banking center

 

 

(28)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Deferred director compensation expense - Company Stock

 

 

223

 

 

187

 

 

193

Stock based compensation expense

 

 

422

 

 

458

 

 

503

Bargain purchase gains on acquisition

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

(1,324)

Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

 

 

(1,402)

 

 

(1,329)

 

 

(86)

Net change in other assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

(426)

 

 

(535)

 

 

973

Accrued interest payable

 

 

(33)

 

 

(197)

 

 

56

Other assets

 

 

(2,785)

 

 

(2,145)

 

 

488

Other liabilities

 

 

5,473

 

 

(2,570)

 

 

(12,278)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

50,046

 

 

26,705

 

 

22,257

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of securities available for sale

 

 

(1,512,809)

 

 

(876,854)

 

 

(194,527)

Purchases of securities held to maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15,000)

Proceeds from calls, maturities and paydowns of securities available for sale

 

 

1,427,696

 

 

875,978

 

 

195,553

Proceeds from calls, maturities and paydowns of securities held to maturity

 

 

6,663

 

 

5,137

 

 

10,294

Net change in outstanding warehouse lines of credit

 

 

(67,298)

 

 

(169,855)

 

 

67,000

Purchase of loans, including premiums paid

 

 

(117,516)

 

 

(235,824)

 

 

Net change in other loans

 

 

(100,660)

 

 

(46,383)

 

 

(11,048)

Proceeds from redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

 

 

 

134

 

 

35

Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned

 

 

9,412

 

 

9,532

 

 

21,267

Proceeds from sale of banking center

 

 

1,623

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Net purchases of premises and equipment

 

 

(5,319)

 

 

(7,759)

 

 

(5,022)

Purchase of bank owned life insurance

 

 

 —

 

 

(25,000)

 

 

(25,000)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

(358,208)

 

 

(470,894)

 

 

43,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in deposits

 

 

429,295

 

 

67,325

 

 

7,929

Net change in securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

 

 

39,325

 

 

190,553

 

 

(85,329)

Payments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

 

(218,000)

 

 

(188,000)

 

 

(37,600)

Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

 

210,000

 

 

290,500

 

 

100,000

Repurchase of Common Stock

 

 

(551)

 

 

(347)

 

 

(4,095)

Net proceeds from Common Stock options exercised

 

 

1,136

 

 

1,103

 

 

467

Cash dividends paid

 

 

(15,839)

 

 

(14,930)

 

 

(14,009)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

445,366

 

 

346,204

 

 

(32,637)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

137,204

 

 

(97,985)

 

 

33,172

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

 

72,878

 

 

170,863

 

 

137,691

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

 

$

210,082

 

$

72,878

 

$

170,863

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASHFLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

18,495

 

$

19,801

 

$

21,337

Income taxes

 

 

17,942

 

 

18,828

 

 

31,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL NONCASH DISCLOSURES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers from loans to real estate acquired in settlement of loans

 

$

2,938

 

$

7,333

 

$

15,271

Loans provided for sales of other real estate owned

 

 

3,248

 

 

1,442

 

 

2,377

 

See accompanying footnotes to consolidated financial statements.

109


 

Table of Contents

FOOTNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation —  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Republic Bancorp, Inc. (the “Parent Company”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Republic Bank & Trust Company (“RB&T” or the “Bank”) and Republic Insurance Services, Inc. (the “Captive”). The Bank is a Kentucky-based, state chartered non-member financial institution. The Captive, which was formed during the third quarter of 2014, is a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary of the Company.  The Captive provides property and casualty insurance coverage to the Company and the Bank as well as eight other third-party insurance captives for which insurance may not be available or economically feasible.  Republic Bancorp Capital Trust (“RBCT”) is a Delaware statutory business trust that is a wholly-owned unconsolidated finance subsidiary of Republic Bancorp, Inc. All companies are collectively referred to as “Republic” or the “Company.” All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Company was divided into four distinct operating segments: Traditional Banking, Warehouse Lending (“Warehouse”), Mortgage Banking and Republic Processing Group (“RPG”). Management considers the first three segments to collectively constitute “Core Bank” or “Core Banking” activities. Correspondent Lending operations are considered part of the Traditional Banking segment. The RPG segment includes the following divisions: Tax Refund Solutions (“TRS”), Republic Payment Solutions (“RPS”) and Republic Credit Solutions (“RCS”). TRS generates the majority of RPG’s income, with the relatively smaller divisions of RPG, RPS and RCS, considered immaterial for separate and independent segment reporting. All divisions of the RPG segment operate through the Bank.

 

Traditional Banking, Warehouse Lending and Mortgage Banking (collectively “Core Banking”)

 

As of December 31, 2015, in addition to Internet Banking and Correspondent Lending delivery channels, Republic had 40 full-service banking centers with locations as follows:

 

·

Kentucky – 32

·

Metropolitan Louisville – 19

·

Central Kentucky – 8

·

Elizabethtown – 1

·

Frankfort – 1

·

Georgetown – 1

·

Lexington – 4

·

Shelbyville – 1

·

Western Kentucky – 2

·

Owensboro – 2

·

Northern Kentucky – 3

·

Covington – 1

·

Florence – 1

·

Independence – 1

·

Southern Indiana – 3 

·

Floyds Knobs – 1

·

Jeffersonville – 1

·

New Albany – 1

·

Metropolitan Tampa, Florida – 2

·

Metropolitan Cincinnati, Ohio – 1

·

Metropolitan Nashville, Tennessee – 2

 

110


 

Table of Contents

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Republic’s headquarters are located in Louisville, which is the largest city in Kentucky based on population.

 

Core Banking results of operations are primarily dependent upon net interest income, which represents the difference between the interest income and fees on interest-earning assets and the interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Principal interest-earning Core Banking assets represent investment securities and commercial and consumer loans primarily secured by real estate and/or personal property. Interest-bearing liabilities primarily consist of interest-bearing deposit accounts, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, as well as short-term and long-term borrowing sources. FHLB advances have traditionally been a significant borrowing source for the Bank.

 

Other sources of Core Banking income include service charges on deposit accounts, debit and credit card interchange fee income, title insurance commissions, fees charged to clients for trust services, increases in the cash surrender value of Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) and revenue generated from Mortgage Banking activities. Mortgage Banking activities represent both the origination and sale of loans in the secondary market and the servicing of loans for others, primarily the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac” or “FHLMC”).

 

Core Banking operating expenses consist primarily of salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment expenses, communication and transportation costs, data processing, interchange related expenses, marketing and development expenses, FDIC insurance expense, franchise tax expense and various general and administrative costs. Core Banking results of operations are significantly impacted by general economic and competitive conditions, particularly changes in market interest rates, government laws and policies and actions of regulatory agencies.

 

The Core Bank began acquiring single family, first lien mortgage loans for investment through its Correspondent Lending channel in May 2014. Correspondent Lending generally involves the Bank acquiring, primarily from its Warehouse clients, closed loans that meet the Bank’s specifications. Substantially all loans purchased through the Correspondent Lending channel are purchased at a premium.

 

The Core Bank provides short-term, revolving credit facilities to mortgage bankers across the Nation through its Warehouse segment in the form of warehouse lines of credit.  These credit facilities are secured by single family, first lien residential real estate loans. Outstanding balances on these credit facilities may be subject to significant fluctuations consistent with the overall market demand for mortgage loans.

 

Republic Processing Group

 

All divisions of the RPG segment operate through the Bank. Nationally, RPG facilitates the receipt and payment of federal and state tax refunds under the TRS division, primarily through refund transfers (“RTs”). RTs are products whereby a tax refund is issued to the taxpayer after the Bank has received the refund from the federal or state government. There is no credit risk or borrowing cost associated with these products because they are only delivered to the taxpayer upon receipt of the tax refund directly from the governmental paying authority. Fees earned on RTs, net of rebates, are the primary source of revenue for the TRS division and the RPG segment, and are reported as non interest income under the line item “Net refund transfer fees.”

 

The RPS division offers general purpose reloadable prepaid debit cards through third party program managers.

 

The RCS division offers short-term consumer credit products.

 

 

111


 

Table of Contents

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Use of Estimates — Financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. These estimates and assumptions impact the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided. Actual amounts could differ from these estimates.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk — With the exception of loans originated through its Correspondent Lending channel, most of the Company’s Traditional Banking business activity is with clients located in Kentucky, Indiana, Florida, and Tennessee. The Company’s Traditional Banking exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy in these specific areas.

 

Loans originated through the Traditional Bank’s Correspondent Lending channel are primarily secured by single family, first lien residences located outside the Company’s market footprint, with 78% of such loans secured by collateral located in the state of California as of December 31, 2015. Furthermore, warehouse lines of credit are secured by single family, first lien residential real estate loans originated by the Bank’s mortgage clients across the Nation. As of December 31, 2015, 35% of collateral securing warehouse lines were located in California.

 

Earnings Concentration — For 2015, 2014 and 2013, approximately 13%, 12% and 9% of total Company net revenues (net interest income plus non interest income) were derived from the RPG segment. 

 

For 2015, 2014 and 2013, approximately 7%, 5% and 4% of total Company net revenues (net interest income plus non interest income) were derived from the Company’s Warehouse segment. 

 

Cash Flows — Cash and cash equivalents include cash, deposits with other financial institutions with original maturities less than 90 days and federal funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for client loan and deposit transactions, interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, repurchase agreements and income taxes.

 

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Financial Institutions — Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions mature within one year and are carried at cost.

 

Trust Assets — Property held for clients in fiduciary or agency capacities, other than trust cash on deposit at the Bank, is not included in the consolidated financial statements since such items are not assets of the Bank.

 

Securities — Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Debt securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Debt securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity.

 

Interest income includes amortization of purchase premiums and accretion of discounts. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized and accreted on the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method.

 

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. For securities in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more-likely-than-not that it would be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. OTTI related to credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. For equity securities, the entire amount of impairment is recognized through earnings.

112


 

Table of Contents

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

In order to determine OTTI for purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were not highly rated, the Bank compares the present value of the remaining cash flows as estimated at the preceding evaluation date to the current expected remaining cash flows. OTTI is deemed to have occurred if there has been an adverse change in the remaining expected future cash flows.

 

Acquisition Accounting — The Bank maintains an acquisition strategy to selectively grow its franchise as a complement to its internal growth strategies.

 

The Bank accounts for acquisitions in accordance with the acquisition method as outlined in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, Business Combinations. The acquisition method requires: a) identification of the entity that obtains control of the acquiree; b) determination of the acquisition date; c) recognition and measurement of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; and d) recognition and measurement of goodwill or bargain purchase gain.

 

Identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in acquirees are generally recognized at their acquisition date (“day-one”) fair values based on the requirements of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. The measurement period for day-one fair values begins on the acquisition date and ends the earlier of: (a) the day management believes it has all the information necessary to determine day-one fair values; or (b) one year following the acquisition date. In many cases, the determination of day-one fair values requires management to make estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly complex and subjective in nature and subject to recast adjustments, which are retrospective adjustments to reflect new information existing at the acquisition date affecting day-one fair values. More specifically, these recast adjustments for loans and other real estate owned may be made, as market value data, such as appraisals, are received by the bank. Increases or decreases to day-one fair values are reflected with a corresponding increase or decrease to bargain purchase gain or goodwill.

 

Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred unless those costs are related to issuing debt or equity securities used to finance the acquisition.

 

Mortgage Banking Activities — Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair value, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale are recorded as a component of Mortgage Banking income and represent the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the loans sold. Substantially all of the gains or losses on the sale of loans are reported in earnings when the interest rates on loans are locked.

 

Commitments to fund mortgage loans (“interest rate lock commitments”) to be sold into the secondary market and non-exchange traded mandatory forward sales contracts (“forward contracts”) for the future delivery of these mortgage loans are accounted for as free standing derivatives. Fair values of these mortgage derivatives are estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date the Bank enters into the derivative. Generally, the Bank enters into forward contracts for the future delivery of mortgage loans when interest rate lock commitments are entered into, in order to hedge the change in interest rates resulting from its commitments to fund the loans. Changes in the fair values of these mortgage derivatives are included in net gains on sales of loans, which is a component of Mortgage Banking income on the income statement.

 

Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with the mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) retained. When mortgage loans are sold with servicing retained, servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the income statement effect recorded as a component of net servicing income within Mortgage Banking income. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. All classes of servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization method which requires servicing rights to be amortized into Mortgage Banking income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans. Amortization of MSRs are initially set at seven years and subsequently adjusted on a quarterly basis based on the weighted average remaining life of the underlying loans.

 

MSRs are evaluated for impairment quarterly based upon the fair value of the MSRs as compared to carrying amount. Impairment is determined by stratifying MSRs into groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type, loan terms and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual grouping, to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying amount. If the Bank later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists for a particular grouping, a reduction of the valuation allowance is recorded as an increase to income. Changes in valuation allowances are reported within Mortgage Banking income on the income statement. The fair value of the MSR portfolios is subject to significant fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates.

113


 

Table of Contents

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

A primary factor influencing the fair value is the estimated life of the underlying serviced loans. The estimated life of the serviced loans is significantly influenced by market interest rates. During a period of declining interest rates, the fair value of the MSRs generally will decline due to higher expected prepayments within the portfolio. Alternatively, during a period of rising interest rates the fair value of MSRs generally will increase as prepayments on the underlying loans would be expected to decline. Based on the estimated fair value at December 31, 2015 and 2014, management determined there was no impairment within the MSR portfolio.

 

Loan servicing income is reported on the income statement as a component of Mortgage Banking income. Loan servicing income is recorded as loan payments are collected and includes servicing fees from investors and certain charges collected from borrowers. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal, or a fixed amount per loan and are recorded as income when earned. Loan servicing income totaled $1.9 million, $1.8 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. Late fees and ancillary fees related to loan servicing are considered nominal.

 

LoansThe Bank’s financing receivables consist primarily of loans and a minimal amount of lease financing receivables (together referred to as “loans”). Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, inclusive of purchase premiums or discounts, deferred loan fees and costs and the Allowance. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-yield method. Premiums on loans held for investment acquired though the Correspondent Lending channel are amortized into interest income on the level-yield method over the expected life of the loan.

 

Lease financing receivables, all of which are direct financing leases, are reported at their principal balance outstanding net of any unearned income, deferred fees and costs and applicable Allowance.  Leasing income is recognized on a basis that achieves a constant periodic rate of return on the outstanding lease financing balances over the lease terms.

 

Interest income on mortgage and commercial loans is typically discontinued at the time the loan is 80 days delinquent unless the loan is well-secured and in process of collection. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan, which may define past due status by the number of days or the number of payments past due. In most cases, loans are placed on non-accrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. Non-accrual loans and loans past due 80 days still on accrual include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.

 

Interest accrued but not received for all classes of loans placed on non-accrual is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured, typically a minimum of six months of performance. Consumer and credit card loans, are not placed on non-accrual status, but are reviewed periodically and charged off when the loans reach 90 days past due or at any point the loan is deemed uncollectible.

 

Loans purchased in an acquisition are accounted for using one of the following accounting standards:

 

·

ASC Topic 310-20, Non Refundable Fees and Other Costs, is used to value loans that have not demonstrated post origination credit quality deterioration and the acquirer expects to collect all contractually required payments from the borrower. For these loans, the difference between the loan’s day-one fair value and amortized cost would be amortized or accreted into income using the interest method.

 

·

ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, is used to value purchase credit impaired (“PCI”) loans. For these loans, it is probable the acquirer will be unable to collect all contractually required payments from the borrower. Under ASC Topic 310-30, the expected cash flows that exceed the initial investment in the loan, or fair value, represent the “accretable yield,” which is recognized as interest income on a level-yield basis over the expected cash flow periods of the loans.

 

Purchased loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-20 are accounted for as any other Bank-originated loan, potentially becoming nonaccrual or impaired, as well as being risk rated under the Bank’s standard practices and procedures. In addition, these loans are considered in the determination of the Allowance once day-one fair values are final.

 

114


 

Table of Contents

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

In determining the day-one fair values of PCI loans, management considers a number of factors including, among other things, the remaining life of the acquired loans, estimated prepayments, estimated loss ratios, estimated value of the underlying collateral, estimated holding periods and net present value of cash flows expected to be received.  The Bank generally accounts for PCI loans individually, as opposed to aggregating the loans into pools based on common risk characteristics such as loan type.

 

Management separately monitors the PCI portfolio and on a quarterly basis reviews the loans contained within this portfolio against the factors and assumptions used in determining the day-one fair values. In addition to its quarterly evaluation, a loan is typically reviewed when it is modified or extended, or when material information becomes available to the Bank that provides additional insight regarding the loan’s performance, estimated life, the status of the borrower, or the quality or value of the underlying collateral.

 

To the extent that a PCI loan’s performance does not reflect an increased risk of loss of contractual principal beyond the non-accretable yield established as part of its initial day-one evaluation, such loan would be classified in the Purchased Credit Impaired - Group 1 (“PCI-1”) category, whose credit risk is considered by management equivalent to a non-PCI Special Mention loan within the Bank’s credit rating matrix. PCI-1 loans are considered impaired if, based on current information and events, it is probable that the future estimated cash flows of the loan have deteriorated from management’s initial acquisition day estimate. Provisions are made for impaired PCI-1 loans to further discount the loan and allow its yield to conform to at least management’s initial expectations. Any improvement in the expected performance of a PCI-1 loan would result in a reversal of the Provision to the extent of prior charges and then an adjustment to accretable yield, which would have a positive impact on interest income.

 

If during the Bank’s periodic evaluations of its PCI loan portfolio, management deems a PCI-1 loan to have an increased risk of loss of contractual principal beyond the non-accretable yield established as part of its initial day-one evaluation, such loan would be classified PCI-Substandard (“PCI-Sub”) within the Bank’s credit risk matrix.  Management deems the risk of default and overall credit risk of a PCI-Sub loan to be greater than a PCI-1 loan and more analogous to a non-PCI Substandard loan. PCI-Sub loans are considered to be impaired. Any improvement in the expected performance of a PCI-Sub loan would result in a reversal of the Provision to the extent of prior charges and then an adjustment to accretable yield, which would have a positive impact on interest income.

 

PCI loans are placed on non-accrual if management cannot reasonably estimate future cash flows on such loans.

 

If a troubled debt restructuring is performed on a PCI loan, the loan is considered impaired under the applicable troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”)  accounting standards and transferred out of the PCI population. The loan may require an additional Provision if its restructured cash flows are less than management’s initial day-one expectations. PCI loans for which the Bank simply chooses to extend the maturity date are generally not considered TDRs and remain in the PCI population.

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (“Allowance”) The Allowance is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses and includes overdrawn deposit accounts. Loan losses are charged against the Allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the Allowance. Management estimates the Allowance required using historical loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations, estimated collateral values, economic conditions and other factors. Allocations of the Allowance may be made for specific classes, but the entire Allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off.

 

Management evaluates the adequacy of the Allowance on a monthly basis and presents and discusses the analysis with the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

 

The Allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. The general component is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors.

 

A non-PCI loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. A PCI loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the future estimated cash flows of the loan have deteriorated from management’s initial acquisition day estimate.

115


 

Table of Contents

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

The Bank defines impaired loans as follows:

 

·

All loans internally rated as “Substandard,” “Doubtful” or “Loss”;

·

All loans on non-accrual status and non-PCI loans past due 90 days-or-more still on accrual;

·

All retail and commercial TDRs;

·

All loans internally rated in a PCI category with cash flows that have deteriorated from management’s initial acquisition day estimate; and

·

Any other situation where the full collection of the total amount due for a loan is improbable or otherwise meets the definition of impaired.

 

Generally, loans are designated as classified or Special Mention to ensure more frequent monitoring. These loans are reviewed to ensure proper earning status and management strategy. If it is determined that there is serious doubt as to performance in accordance with original or modified contractual terms, then the loan is generally downgraded and often placed on non-accrual status.

 

GAAP recognizes three methods to measure specific loan impairment, including:

 

·

Cash Flow Method — The recorded investment in the loan is measured against the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate. The Bank employs this method for a significant portion of its impaired TDRs. Impairment amounts under this method are reflected in the Bank’s Allowance as specific reserves on the respective impaired loan. These specific reserves are adjusted quarterly based upon reevaluation of the expected future cash flows and changes in the recorded investment.

 

·

Collateral Method — The recorded investment in the loan is measured against the fair value of the collateral value less applicable selling costs. The Bank employs the fair value of collateral method for its impaired loans when repayment is based solely on the sale of or the operations of the underlying collateral. Collateral fair value is typically based on the most recent real estate valuation on file.  Measured impairment under this method is generally charged off unless the loan is a smaller balance, homogeneous mortgage loan. The Bank’s selling costs for its collateral dependent loans typically range from 10-13% of the fair value of the underlying collateral, depending on the asset class. Selling costs are not applicable for collateral dependent loans whose repayment is based solely on the operations of the underlying collateral.

 

·

Market Value Method — The recorded investment in the loan is measured against the loan’s obtainable market value. The Bank does not currently employ this technique, as it is typically found impractical.

 

In addition to obtaining appraisals at the time of origination, the Bank typically updates appraisals and/or broker price opinions for loans with potential impairment. Updated valuations for commercial related credits exhibiting an increased risk of loss are typically obtained within one year of the previous valuation. Collateral values for past due residential mortgage loans and home equity loans are generally updated prior to a loan becoming 90 days delinquent, but no more than 180 days past due. When measuring impairment, to the extent updated collateral values cannot be obtained due to the lack of recent comparable sales or for other reasons, the Bank discounts the valuation of the collateral primarily based on the age of the appraisal and the real estate market conditions of the location of the underlying collateral.

 

The general component of the Allowance covers loans collectively evaluated for impairment and is based on historical loss experience, with potential adjustments for current relevant qualitative factors. Historical loss experience is determined by loan performance and class and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Bank. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, are included in the general component unless the loans are classified as TDRs or on non-accrual.

 

116


 

Table of Contents

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

In determining the historical loss rates for each respective loan class, management evaluates the following historical loss rate scenarios:

 

·

Rolling four quarter average

·

Rolling eight quarter average

·

Rolling twelve quarter average

·

Rolling sixteen quarter average

·

Rolling twenty quarter average

·

Rolling twenty-four quarter average

·

Rolling twenty-eight quarter average

·

Current year to date historical loss factor average

·

Peer group loss factors

 

In order to take account of periods of economic growth and economic downturn, management generally uses the highest of the rolling four, eight, twelve, sixteen, twenty, twenty-four, or twenty-eight quarter averages for each loan class when determining its historical loss factors for its “Pass” rated and nonrated credits.

 

Loan classes are also evaluated utilizing subjective factors in addition to the historical loss calculations to determine a loss allocation for each class. Management assigns risk multiples to certain classes to account for qualitative factors such as:

 

·

Changes in nature, volume and seasoning of the portfolio;

·

Changes in experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;

·

Changes in the quality of the Bank’s credit review system;

·

Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices not considered elsewhere in estimating credit losses;

·

Changes in the volume and severity of past due, non-performing and classified loans;

·

Changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;

·

Changes in international, national, regional, and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of portfolios, including the condition of various market segments;

·

The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and

·

The effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the institution’s existing portfolio.

 

As this analysis, or any similar analysis, is an imprecise measure of loss, the Allowance is subject to ongoing adjustments. Therefore, management will often take into account other significant factors that may be necessary or prudent in order to reflect probable incurred losses in the total loan portfolio.

 

A “portfolio segment” is defined as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic methodology to determine its Allowance. A “class” of loans represents further disaggregation of a portfolio segment based on risk characteristics and the entity’s method for monitoring and assessing credit risk. In developing its Allowance methodology, the Company has identified the following Traditional Banking portfolio segments:

 

Portfolio Segment 1 — Loans where the Allowance methodology is determined based on a loan review and grading system (primarily commercial related loans and retail TDRs).

 

For this portfolio, the Bank categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, public information, and current economic trends. The Bank also considers the fair value of the underlying collateral and the strength and willingness of the guarantor(s). The Bank analyzes loans individually, and based on this analysis, establishes a credit risk rating consistent with its credit risk matrix.

 

Portfolio Segment 2 — Loans where the Allowance methodology is driven by delinquency and non-accrual data (primarily small dollar, retail mortgage or consumer related).

 

For this portfolio, the Bank analyzes risk classes based on delinquency and/or non-accrual status.

117


 

Table of Contents

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Republic Credit Solutions

 

During the third quarter of 2015, one of RCS’ small dollar consumer loan programs exited the program’s pilot phase.  Under the operation of this program, the Company retains a 10% ownership in the loans originated and sells a 90% participation interest. During 2015, RPG sold approximately $137 million of loans from this program to a third party compared to $636,000 during 2014. As of December 31, 2015, RCS carried approximately $7 million of such loans on its balance sheet, representing its 10% retained ownership. 

 

For RCS loans, management conducts an analysis of historical losses and delinquencies by month of loan origination when determining the Allowance. Due to their small-dollar, short-term nature, such loans are expected to experience higher loss rates than Core Bank consumer products.

 

See Footnote 4 “Loans and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” in this section of the filing for additional discussion regarding the Company’s Allowance.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets — Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

 

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) — Assets acquired through loan foreclosures are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. Physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortage loan occurs when legal title is obtained upon completion of foreclosure or when the borrower conveys all interest in the property to satisfy the loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement.These assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. The Bank’s selling costs for OREO typically range from 10-13% of each property’s fair value, depending on property class. Fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals or broker price opinions.

 

Appraisals for both collateral-dependent impaired loans and other real estate owned are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Bank. Appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Once the appraisal is received, a member of the Bank’s Credit Administration Department (“CAD”) reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal, as well as the overall resulting fair value in comparison with independent data sources, such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics. On at least an annual basis, the Bank performs a back test of collateral appraisals by comparing actual selling prices on recent collateral sales to the most recent appraisal of such collateral. Back tests are performed for each collateral class, e.g. residential real estate or commercial real estate, and may lead to additional adjustments to the value of unliquidated collateral of similar class.

 

Premises and Equipment, NetLand is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of the related assets on the straight-line method. Estimated lives typically range from 25 to 39 years for buildings and improvements, three to ten years for furniture, fixtures and equipment and three to five years for leasehold improvements.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock (“FHLB”) — The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security and annually evaluated for impairment. Because this stock is viewed as a long-term investment, impairment is based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are recorded as interest income.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) — The Bank maintains BOLI policies on certain employees. BOLI is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement. The Bank recognizes tax-free income from the periodic increases in cash surrender value of these policies and from death benefits in non interest income. Credit ratings for the Bank’s BOLI carriers are reviewed at least annually.

 

118


 

Table of Contents

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — Goodwill resulting from business combinations prior to January 1, 2009 represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill resulting from business combinations after January 1, 2009 represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that are individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually.

 

The Company has selected September 30th as the date to perform its annual goodwill impairment test. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on the Bank’s balance sheet.

 

Based on its assessment, the Company believes its goodwill of $10 million was not impaired and is properly recorded in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Other intangible assets consist of core deposit and acquired client relationship intangible assets arising from bank acquisitions. They are initially measured at fair value and then are amortized on an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives, which can range from two to ten years. During 2013, the Company amortized all $510,000 in other intangible assets held as of December 31, 2012.

 

Off Balance Sheet Financial Instruments — Financial instruments include off balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to fund loans and standby letters of credit. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering client collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded upon funding. Instruments such as standby letters of credit are considered financial guarantees and are recorded at fair value.

 

Derivatives —Derivatives are reported at fair value in other assets or other liabilities. The Company’s derivatives include interest rate swap agreements. For asset/liability management purposes, the Bank uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge the exposure or to modify the interest rate characteristic of certain immediately repricing liabilities.

 

The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship. For a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the derivative’s unrealized gain or loss

is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). For derivatives not designated as hedges, the gain or loss is recognized in current period earnings.

 

Net cash settlements on interest rate swaps are recorded in interest expense and cash flows related to the swaps are classified in the cash flow statement the same as the interest expense and cash flows from the liabilities being hedged. The Bank formally documents the relationship between derivatives and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and the strategy for undertaking hedge transactions at the inception of the hedging relationship. This documentation includes linking cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet. The Bank also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether a swap is highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged items. The Bank discontinues hedge accounting when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative is settled or terminates, or treatment of the derivative as a hedge is no longer appropriate or intended.

 

When hedge accounting is discontinued, subsequent changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded as noninterest income.  When a cash flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transactions are still expected to occur, gains or losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are amortized into earnings over the same periods which the hedged transactions will affect earnings.

 

The Bank enters into interest rate swaps to facilitate client transactions and meet their financing needs. Upon entering into these instruments to meet client needs, the Bank enters into offsetting positions in order to minimize the Bank’s interest rate risk. These swaps are derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments, and therefore changes in fair value are reported in current year earnings.

119


 

Table of Contents

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Interest rate swap contracts involve the risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet contractual terms. When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is positive, this generally indicates that the counterparty or client owes the Bank, and results in credit risk to the Bank. When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is negative, the Bank owes the client or counterparty and therefore, has no credit risk.

 

Stock Based Compensation — For stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, compensation cost is recognized based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. The Company utilizes a Black-Scholes model to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation expense is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

 

Income Taxes — Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized

 

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more-likely-than-not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more-likely-than-not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

 

Retirement Plans — 401(k) plan expense is recorded as a component of salaries and employee benefits and represents the amount of Company matching contributions.

 

Earnings Per Common Share — Basic earnings per share is based on net income (in the case of Class B Common Stock, less the dividend preference on Class A Common Stock), divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share include the dilutive effect of additional potential Class A common shares issuable under stock options. Earnings and dividends per share are restated for all stock dividends through the date of issuance of the financial statements.

 

Comprehensive Income — Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (“OCI”). OCI includes, net of tax, unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale and unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges, which are also recognized as a separate component of equity.

 

Loss Contingencies — Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there are any outstanding matters that would have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Restrictions on Cash and Cash Equivalents — Republic is required by the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) to maintain average reserve balances. Cash and due from banks on the consolidated balance sheet included no required reserve balances at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

The Company’s Captive maintains cash reserves to cover insurable claims. Reserves totaled $2 million and $1 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Equity — Stock dividends in excess of 20% are reported by transferring the par value of the stock issued from retained earnings to common stock. Stock dividends for 20% or less are reported by transferring the fair value, as of the ex-dividend date, of the stock issued from retained earnings to common stock and additional paid in capital. Fractional share amounts are paid in cash with a reduction in retained earnings.

 

Dividend Restrictions — Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to Republic or by Republic to shareholders.

 

120


 

Table of Contents

1.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments — Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Footnote 5 “Fair Value” in this section of the filing. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

Segment Information — Segments represent parts of the Company evaluated by management with separate financial information. Republic’s internal information is primarily reported and evaluated in four lines of business – Traditional Banking, Warehouse, Mortgage Banking and RPG.

 

Reclassifications — Certain amounts presented in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on previously reported prior periods’ net income.

 

 

2.ACQUISITION (SUBSEQUENT EVENT)

 

Effective October 6, 2015, the Company and Cornerstone Bancorp, Inc. (“Cornerstone”), the parent company of Cornerstone Community Bank (“CCB”), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company will acquire Cornerstone, with CCB merging into RB&T.  Cornerstone and CCB are headquartered in St. Petersburg, Florida.  

 

Under the terms of the Agreement, the Company will acquire all of Cornerstone’s outstanding common stock in an all-cash transaction, resulting in a total cash payment to Cornerstone’s existing shareholders and stock option holders of approximately $32.3 million.  The Company will fund the cash payment through existing resources on-hand.

 

The acquisition is expected to close during the first half of 2016.  On December 31, 2015, Cornerstone operated four banking centers in the Tampa, Florida metropolitan statistical area, with approximately $250 million in total assets, approximately $190 million in loans and approximately $200 million in deposits. 

 

 

 

121


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

3.INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

Securities Available for Sale

 

The gross amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale and the related gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Gross

    

Gross

    

    

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

December 31, 2015 (in thousands)

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies

 

$

286,914

 

$

59

 

$

(494)

 

$

286,479

 

Private label mortgage backed security

 

 

4,037

 

 

1,095

 

 

 —

 

 

5,132

 

Mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

88,968

 

 

3,395

 

 

(95)

 

 

92,268

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

113,972

 

 

748

 

 

(1,052)

 

 

113,668

 

Freddie Mac preferred stock

 

 

 —

 

 

173

 

 

 —

 

 

173

 

Mutual fund

 

 

1,000

 

 

11

 

 

 —

 

 

1,011

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

15,009

 

 

16

 

 

(103)

 

 

14,922

 

Trust preferred security

 

 

3,405

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,405

 

Total securities available for sale

 

$

513,305

 

$

5,497

 

$

(1,744)

 

$

517,058

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Gross

    

Gross

    

    

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

December 31, 2014 (in thousands)

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies

 

$

146,625

 

$

312

 

$

(15)

 

$

146,922

 

Private label mortgage backed security

 

 

4,030

 

 

1,220

 

 

 

 

5,250

 

Mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

118,836

 

 

5,511

 

 

(91)

 

 

124,256

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

143,283

 

 

1,034

 

 

(1,146)

 

 

143,171

 

Freddie Mac preferred stock

 

 

 

 

231

 

 

 

 

231

 

Mutual fund

 

 

1,000

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

1,018

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

15,011

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

15,063

 

Total securities available for sale

 

$

428,785

 

$

8,378

 

$

(1,252)

 

$

435,911

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

 

The carrying value, gross unrecognized gains and losses, and fair value of securities held to maturity were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

Gross

    

Gross

    

    

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Unrecognized

 

Unrecognized

 

Fair

 

December 31, 2015 (in thousands)

 

Value

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies

 

$

515

 

$

1

 

$

 —

 

$

516

 

Mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

53

 

 

6

 

 

 —

 

 

59

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

33,159

 

 

464

 

 

 —

 

 

33,623

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

5,000

 

 

 —

 

 

(2)

 

 

4,998

 

Total securities held to maturity

 

$

38,727

 

$

471

 

$

(2)

 

$

39,196

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

Gross

    

Gross

    

    

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Unrecognized

 

Unrecognized

 

Fair

 

December 31, 2014 (in thousands)

 

Value

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies

 

$

1,747

 

$

1

 

$

(7)

 

$

1,741

 

Mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

147

 

 

20

 

 

 —

 

 

167

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

38,543

 

 

423

 

 

(4)

 

 

38,962

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

5,000

 

 

 —

 

 

(63)

 

 

4,937

 

Total securities held to maturity

 

$

45,437

 

$

444

 

$

(74)

 

$

45,807

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity.

122


 

Table of Contents

3.INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)

 

Sales of Securities Available for Sale

 

During 2015, the Bank recognized a gross gain of $88,000 on the call of one security available for sale. The tax provision related to the Bank’s realized gain totaled $31,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

During 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were no sales of securities available for sale.

 

 

Investment Securities by Contractual Maturity

 

The amortized cost and fair value of the investment securities portfolio by contractual maturity at December 31, 2015 follows. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date are detailed separately.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities

 

Securities

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

Held to Maturity

 

 

    

Amortized

    

Fair

    

Carrying

    

Fair

 

December 31, 2015 (in thousands)

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Value

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

49,998

 

$

49,979

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Due from one year to five years

 

 

241,925

 

 

241,525

 

 

5,515

 

 

5,514

 

Due from five years to ten years

 

 

10,000

 

 

9,897

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Due beyond ten years

 

 

3,405

 

 

3,405

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Private label mortgage backed security

 

 

4,037

 

 

5,132

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

88,968

 

 

92,268

 

 

53

 

 

59

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

113,972

 

 

113,668

 

 

33,159

 

 

33,623

 

Freddie Mac preferred stock

 

 

 —

 

 

173

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Mutual fund

 

 

1,000

 

 

1,011

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total securities

 

$

513,305

 

$

517,058

 

$

38,727

 

$

39,196

 

 

Freddie Mac Preferred Stock

 

During 2008, the U.S. Treasury, the Federal Reserve Board, and the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) announced that the FHFA was placing Freddie Mac under conservatorship and giving management control to the FHFA. The Bank contemporaneously determined that its 40,000 shares of Freddie Mac preferred stock were fully impaired and recorded an OTTI charge of $2.1 million in 2008.  The OTTI charge brought the carrying value of the stock to $0.  During the second quarter of 2014, based on active trading volume of Freddie Mac preferred stock, the Company determined it appropriate to record an unrealized gain to OCI related to its Freddie Mac preferred stock holdings.  Based on the stock’s market closing price as of December 31, 2015, the Company’s unrealized gain for its Freddie Mac preferred stock totaled $173,000.

 

Corporate Bonds

 

During 2013, the Bank purchased $20 million in floating rate corporate bonds with an initial weighted average yield of 1.36%. The bonds had a weighted average life of seven years and were rated “investment grade” by accredited rating agencies as of their respective purchase dates. The total fair value of the Bank’s corporate bonds represented 4% of the Bank’s investment portfolio as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Mortgage backed Securities and Collateralized Mortgage Obligations

 

At December 31, 2015, with the exception of the $5.1 million private label mortgage backed security, all other mortgage backed securities held by the Bank were issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae (“FNMA”), institutions that the government has affirmed its commitment to support. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were gross unrealized losses of $1.1 million and $1.2 million related to available for sale mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. Because these unrealized losses are attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, and not credit quality, and because the Bank does not have the intent to sell these securities, and it is likely that it will not be required to sell these securities before their anticipated recovery, management does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

123


 

Table of Contents

3.INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)

 

Trust Preferred Security

 

During the fourth quarter of 2015, the Parent Company purchased a $3 million floating rate trust preferred security at a price of 68% of par.  The coupon on this security is based on the 3-month LIBOR rate plus 159 basis points, giving the Parent Company an expected yield to maturity of 4.27% when considering the discount.  The Company performed an initial analysis prior to acquisition and performs ongoing analysis of the credit risk of the underlying borrower in relation to this security.

 

Market Loss Analysis

 

Securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2015 and 2014, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

 

    

 

 

    

Unrealized

    

 

 

    

Unrealized

    

 

 

    

Unrealized

 

December 31, 2015 (in thousands)

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies

 

$

191,584

 

$

(433)

 

$

9,914

 

$

(61)

 

$

201,498

 

$

(494)

 

Mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

5,727

 

 

(95)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,727

 

 

(95)

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

6,831

 

 

(212)

 

 

35,869

 

 

(840)

 

 

42,700

 

 

(1,052)

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

9,896

 

 

(103)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

9,896

 

 

(103)

 

Total securities available for sale

 

$

214,038

 

$

(843)

 

$

45,783

 

$

(901)

 

$

259,821

 

$

(1,744)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

 

    

 

 

    

Unrealized

    

 

 

    

Unrealized

    

 

 

    

Unrealized

 

December 31, 2014 (in thousands)

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies

 

$

2,089

 

$

(15)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

2,089

 

$

(15)

 

Mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

7,535

 

 

(91)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

7,535

 

 

(91)

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

46,058

 

 

(881)

 

 

12,534

 

 

(265)

 

 

58,592

 

 

(1,146)

 

Total securities available for sale

 

$

55,682

 

$

(987)

 

$

12,534

 

$

(265)

 

$

68,216

 

$

(1,252)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

 

    

 

 

    

Unrealized

    

 

 

    

Unrealized

    

 

 

    

Unrealized

 

December 31, 2015 (in thousands)

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

$

4,998

 

$

(2)

 

$

 —

 

 

 —

 

$

4,998

 

$

(2)

 

Total securities held to maturity

 

$

4,998

 

$

(2)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

4,998

 

$

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

 

    

 

 

    

Unrealized

    

 

 

    

Unrealized

    

 

 

    

Unrealized

 

December 31, 2014 (in thousands)

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies

 

$

517

 

$

(7)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

517

 

$

(7)

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

9,045

 

 

(4)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

9,045

 

 

(4)

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

4,936

 

 

(63)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,936

 

 

(63)

 

Total securities held to maturity

 

$

14,498

 

$

(74)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

14,498

 

$

(74)

 

 

At December 31, 2015, the Bank’s portfolio consisted of 162 securities, 34 of which were in an unrealized loss position.

 

At December 31, 2014, the Bank’s portfolio consisted of 157 securities, 17 of which were in an unrealized loss position.

124


 

Table of Contents

3.INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)

 

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

 

Unrealized losses for all investment securities are reviewed to determine whether the losses are “other-than-temporary.” Investment securities are evaluated for OTTI on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation to determine whether a decline in value below amortized cost is other-than-temporary. In conducting this assessment, the Bank evaluates a number of factors including, but not limited to:

 

·

The length of time and the extent to which fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;

·

The Bank’s intent to hold until maturity or sell the debt security prior to maturity;

·

An analysis of whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Bank will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery;

·

Adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area;

·

The historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security;

·

The payment structure of the security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments;

·

Failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

·

Any rating changes by a rating agency; and

·

Recoveries or additional decline in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date.

 

The term “other-than-temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value are not necessarily favorable, or that there is a general lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized for the anticipated credit losses.

 

The Bank owns one private label mortgage backed security with a total carrying value of $5.1 million at December 31, 2015. This security, with an average remaining life currently estimated at five years, is mostly backed by “Alternative A” first lien mortgage loans, but also has an insurance “wrap” or guarantee as an added layer of protection to the security holder. This asset is illiquid, and as such, the Bank determined it to be a Level 3 security in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. Based on this determination, the Bank utilized an income valuation model (“present value model”) approach, in determining the fair value of the security. This approach is beneficial for positions that are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions, and/or where valuations are adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability. Such adjustments are generally based on available market evidence. In the absence of such evidence, management’s best estimate is used. Management’s best estimate consists of both internal and external support for this investment.

 

See additional discussion regarding the Bank’s private label mortgage backed security in this section of the filing under Footnote 5 “Fair Value.”

 

The following table presents a rollforward of the Bank’s private label mortgage backed security credit losses recognized in earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

1,800

 

$

1,941

 

$

2,142

 

Recovery of losses previously recorded

 

 

(35)

 

 

(141)

 

 

(201)

 

Realized pass through of actual losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

1,765

 

$

1,800

 

$

1,941

 

 

Further deterioration in economic conditions could cause the Bank to record an additional impairment charge related to credit losses of up to $4.0 million, which is the current gross amortized cost of the Bank’s remaining private label mortgage backed security.

125


 

Table of Contents

3.INVESTMENT SECURITIES (continued)

 

Pledged Investment Securities

 

Investment securities pledged to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities held for other purposes, as required or permitted by law are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount

 

$

489,598

 

$

409,868

 

Fair value

 

 

490,074

 

 

410,307

 

 

126


 

Table of Contents

 

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES 

 

The composition of the loan portfolio at period end follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

 

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

1,081,934

 

$

1,118,341

 

Owner occupied - correspondent*

 

 

249,344

 

 

226,628

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

116,294

 

 

96,492

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

824,887

 

 

772,309

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans*

 

 

35,674

 

 

34,898

 

Construction & land development

 

 

66,500

 

 

38,480

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

229,721

 

 

157,339

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

8,905

 

 

2,530

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

386,729

 

 

319,431

 

Home equity

 

 

289,194

 

 

245,679

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans*

 

 

7,204

 

 

4,095

 

Credit cards

 

 

11,068

 

 

9,573

 

Overdrafts

 

 

685

 

 

1,180

 

Purchased whole loans*

 

 

5,892

 

 

4,626

 

Other consumer

 

 

12,579

 

 

8,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans**

 

 

3,326,610

 

 

3,040,495

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

(27,491)

 

 

(24,410)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans, net

 

$

3,299,119

 

$

3,016,085

 


*Identifies loans to borrowers located primarily outside of the Bank’s market footprint.

**Total loans are presented inclusive of premiums, discounts and net loan origination fees and costs. See table directly below for expanded detail.

 

 

The table below reconciles the contractually receivable and carrying amounts of loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

 

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractually receivable

 

$

3,329,741

 

$

3,050,599

 

Unearned income(1)

 

 

(741)

 

 

(174)

 

Unamortized premiums(2)

 

 

3,792

 

 

4,490

 

Unaccreted discounts(3)

 

 

(7,860)

 

 

(15,675)

 

Net unamortized deferred origination fees and costs

 

 

1,678

 

 

1,255

 

Carrying value of loans

 

$

3,326,610

 

$

3,040,495

 

 


(1)

Unearned income relates to lease financing receivables.

(2)

Premiums predominately relate to loans acquired through the Bank’s Correspondent Lending channel.

(3)

Unaccreted discounts includes both accretable and non-accretable discounts and predominately relates to loans acquired in the Bank’s 2012 FDIC-assisted transactions.

 

127


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

Loan Purchases

 

In May 2014, the Bank began acquiring single family, first lien mortgage loans for investment within its loan portfolio through its Correspondent Lending channel. Correspondent Lending generally involves the Bank acquiring, primarily from Warehouse clients, closed loans that meet the Bank’s specifications. Substantially all loans purchased through the Correspondent Lending channel are purchased at a premium. Loans acquired through the Correspondent Lending channel generally reflect borrowers outside of the Bank’s historical market footprint, with 78% of loans acquired through this origination channel as of December 31, 2015, secured by collateral in the state of California.

 

In addition to secured mortgage loans acquired through its Correspondent Lending channel, the Bank also began acquiring unsecured consumer installment loans for investment from a third-party originator in April 2014. Such consumer loans are purchased at par and are selected by the Bank based on certain underwriting characteristics.

 

The table below reflects the purchase activity of single family, first lien mortgage loans and unsecured consumer loans, by class, during 2015 and 2014. No purchases of these types of loans were made during 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied - correspondent*

 

 

$

113,232

 

 

$

230,340

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased whole loans*

 

 

 

4,284

 

 

 

5,484

 

Total purchased loans

 

 

$

117,516

 

 

$

235,824

 

 


*Represents origination amount, inclusive of applicable purchase premiums.

 

Subprime Lending

 

The Bank has certain classes of loans that are considered to be “subprime” strictly due to the credit score of the borrower at the time of origination. These loans totaled approximately $51 million and $53 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014. Approximately $14 million and $15 million of the outstanding subprime loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were originated for Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) purposes. Management does not consider these loans to possess significantly higher credit risk due to other underwriting qualifications.

 

Purchased Credit Impaired (“PCI”) Loans

 

PCI loans acquired during the Bank’s 2012 FDIC-assisted transactions are accounted for under ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.

 

128


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

The table below reconciles the contractually required and carrying amounts of PCI loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractually-required principal

 

 

$

18,250

 

$

26,571

 

Non-accretable amount

 

 

 

(1,582)

 

 

(6,784)

 

Accretable amount

 

 

 

(4,125)

 

 

(2,297)

 

Carrying value of loans

 

 

$

12,543

 

$

17,490

 

 

The following table presents a rollforward of the accretable amount on PCI loans for years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

 

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

 

$

(2,297)

 

$

(3,457)

 

$

(3,095)

 

Transfers between non-accretable and accretable

 

 

 

(4,055)

 

 

(3,783)

 

 

(6,455)

 

Net accretion into interest income on loans, including loan fees

 

 

 

2,227

 

 

4,943

 

 

6,093

 

Other changes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

 

$

(4,125)

 

$

(2,297)

 

$

(3,457)

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators

 

Bank procedures for assessing and maintaining credit gradings differs slightly depending on whether a new or renewed loan is being underwritten, or whether an existing loan is being re-evaluated for potential credit quality concerns. The latter usually occurs upon receipt of updated financial information, or other pertinent data, that would potentially cause a change in the loan grade. Specific Bank procedures for the years ending December 2015 and 2014 follow:    

 

·

For new and renewed commercial and industrial (“C&I”),  commercial real estate (“CRE”) and construction and land development loans, the Bank’s CAD assigns the credit quality grade to the loan. Loan grades for new C&I, CRE and construction and land development loans with an aggregate credit exposure of $2 million or greater are validated by the Senior Loan Committee (“SLC”).

 

·

The SLC consists of senior and executive personnel.

 

·

Commercial loan officers are responsible for monitoring their respective loan portfolios and reporting any adverse material changes to the senior management. When circumstances warrant a review and possible change in the credit quality grade, loan officers are required to notify the Bank’s CAD.

 

·

A senior officer meets monthly with commercial loan officers to discuss the status of past due loans and possible classified loans. These meetings are designed to give loan officers an opportunity to identify existing loans that should be downgraded.

 

·

Monthly, members of senior management along with managers of Commercial Lending, CAD, Accounting, Special Assets and Retail Collections attend a Special Asset Committee (“SAC”) meeting. The SAC reviews all C&I and CRE, classified, and impaired loans in excess of $100,000 and discusses the relative trends and current status of these assets. In addition, the SAC reviews all retail residential real estate loans exceeding $750,000 and all home equity loans exceeding $100,000 that are 80-days or more past due or that are on non-accrual status. SAC also reviews the actions taken by management regarding credit quality grades, foreclosure mitigation, loan extensions, troubled debt restructurings and collateral repossessions. Based on the information reviewed in this meeting, the SAC approves all specific loan loss allocations to be recognized by the Bank within the Allowance analysis.

 

·

All new and renewed warehouse lines of credit are approved by the SLC and Executive Loan Committee. The CAD assigns the initial credit quality grade to warehouse facilities. Monthly, members of senior management along with the SLC, review warehouse lending activity and monitor key performance indicators such as average days outstanding, average Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) credit report score, average loan-to-value (“LTV”) and other important factors.

129


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

On at least an annual basis, the Bank’s internal loan review department analyzes all aggregate lending relationships with outstanding balances greater than $1 million that are internally classified as “Special Mention,” “Substandard,” “Doubtful” or “Loss.” In addition, for all “Pass” rated loans, the Bank analyzes, on at least an annual basis, all aggregate lending relationships with outstanding balances exceeding $4 million.

 

The Bank categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, public information, and current economic trends. The Bank also considers the fair value of the underlying collateral and the strength and willingness of the guarantor(s). The Bank analyzes loans individually, and based on this analysis, establishes a credit risk rating. The Bank uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

 

Risk Grade 1 — Excellent (Pass): Loans fully secured by liquid collateral, such as certificates of deposit, reputable bank letters of credit, or other cash equivalents; loans fully secured by publicly traded marketable securities where there is no impediment to liquidation; or loans to any publicly held company with a current long-term debt rating of A or better.

 

Risk Grade 2 — Good (Pass): Loans to businesses that have strong financial statements containing an unqualified opinion from a Certified Public Accounting firm and at least three consecutive years of profits; loans supported by unaudited financial statements containing strong balance sheets, five consecutive years of profits, a five-year satisfactory relationship with the Bank, and key balance sheet and income statement trends that are either stable or positive; loans that are guaranteed or otherwise backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government or an agency thereof, such as the Small Business Administration; or loans to publicly held companies with current long-term debt ratings of Baa or better.

 

Risk Grade 3 — Satisfactory (Pass): Loans supported by financial statements (audited or unaudited) that indicate average or slightly below average risk and having some deficiency or vulnerability to changing economic conditions; loans with some weakness but offsetting features of other support are readily available; loans that are meeting the terms of repayment, but which may be susceptible to deterioration if adverse factors are encountered.

 

Risk Grade 4 — Satisfactory/Monitored (Pass): Loans in this category are considered to be of acceptable credit quality, but contain greater credit risk than Satisfactory loans due to weak balance sheets, marginal earnings or cash flow, or other uncertainties. These loans warrant a higher than average level of monitoring to ensure that weaknesses do not advance. The level of risk in a Satisfactory/Monitored loan is within acceptable underwriting guidelines so long as the loan is given the proper level of management supervision.

 

Risk Grade 5 — Special Mention: Loans that possess some credit deficiency or potential weakness that deserves close attention. Such loans pose an unwarranted financial risk that, if not corrected, could weaken the loan by adversely impacting the future repayment ability of the borrower. The key distinctions of a Special Mention classification are that (1) it is indicative of an unwarranted level of risk and (2) credit weaknesses are considered potential and are not defined impairments to the primary source of repayment.

 

Purchased Credit Impaired Loans  - Group 1 (“PCI-1”): To the extent that a PCI loan’s performance does not reflect an increased risk of loss of contractual principal beyond the non-accretable yield established as part of its initial day-one evaluation, such loan would be classified in the Purchased Credit Impaired - Group 1 (“PCI-1”) category, whose credit risk is considered by management equivalent to a non-PCI “Special Mention” loan within the Bank’s credit rating matrix. PCI-1 loans are considered impaired if, based on current information and events, it is probable that the future estimated cash flows of the loan have deteriorated from management’s initial acquisition day estimate.  Provisions are made for impaired PCI-1 loans to further discount the loan and allow its yield to conform to at least management’s initial expectations. Any improvement in the expected performance of a PCI-1 loan would result in a reversal of the Provision to the extent of prior charges and then an adjustment to accretable yield, which would have a positive impact on interest income.

 

130


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

Purchased Credit Impaired Loans — Substandard (“PCI-Sub”): If during the Bank’s periodic evaluations of its PCI loan portfolio, management deems a PCI-1 loan to have an increased risk of loss of contractual principal beyond the non-accretable yield established as part of its initial day-one evaluation, such loan would be classified PCI-Substandard (“PCI-Sub”) within the Bank’s credit risk matrix.  Management deems the risk of default and overall credit risk of a PCI-Sub loan to be greater than a PCI-1 loan and more analogous to a non-PCI “Substandard” loan within the Bank’s credit rating matrix. PCI-Sub loans are considered to be impaired. Any improvement in the expected performance of a PCI-Sub loan would result in a reversal of the Provision to the extent of prior charges and then an adjustment to accretable yield, which would have a positive impact on interest income.

 

Risk Grade 6 — Substandard: One or more of the following characteristics may be exhibited in loans classified as Substandard:

 

·

Loans that possess a defined credit weakness. The likelihood that a loan will be paid from the primary source of repayment is uncertain. Financial deterioration is under way and very close attention is warranted to ensure that the loan is collected without loss.

·

Loans are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor.

·

The primary source of repayment is gone, and the Bank is forced to rely on a secondary source of repayment, such as collateral liquidation or guarantees.

·

Loans have a distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if deficiencies are not corrected.

·

Unusual courses of action are needed to maintain a high probability of repayment.

·

The borrower is not generating enough cash flow to repay loan principal, however, it continues to make interest payments.

·

The Bank is forced into a subordinated or unsecured position due to flaws in documentation.

·

The Bank is seriously contemplating foreclosure or legal action due to the apparent deterioration in the loan.

·

There is significant deterioration in market conditions to which the borrower is highly vulnerable.

 

Risk Grade 7 — Doubtful: One or more of the following characteristics may be present in loans classified as Doubtful:

 

·

Loans have all of the weaknesses of those classified as Substandard. However, based on existing conditions, these weaknesses make full collection of principal highly improbable.

·

The primary source of repayment is gone, and there is considerable doubt as to the quality of the secondary source of repayment.

·

The possibility of loss is high but because of certain important pending factors which may strengthen the loan, loss classification is deferred until the exact status of repayment is known.

 

Risk Grade 8 — Loss: Loans are considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuing to carry them as assets is not feasible. Loans will be classified “Loss” when it is neither practical nor desirable to defer writing off or reserving all or a portion of a basically worthless asset, even though partial recovery may be possible at some time in the future.

 

For all real estate and consumer loans that do not meet the scope above, the Bank uses a grading system based on delinquency and nonaccrual status. Loans that are 80 days or more past due, on nonaccrual, or are troubled debt restructurings are graded “Substandard.” Occasionally, a real estate loan below scope may be graded as “Special Mention” or “Substandard” if the loan is cross-collateralized with a classified C&I or CRE loan.

 

Purchased loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-20 are accounted for as any other Bank-originated loan, potentially becoming nonaccrual or impaired, as well as being risk rated under the Bank’s standard practices and procedures. In addition, these loans are considered in the determination of the Allowance once day-one fair values are final.

 

Management separately monitors PCI loans, and on at least a quarterly basis, reviews them against the factors and assumptions used in determining day-one fair values. In addition to its quarterly evaluation, a PCI loan is typically reviewed when it is modified or extended, or when information becomes available to the Bank that provides additional insight regarding the loan’s performance, the status of the borrower, or the quality or value of the underlying collateral.

 

131


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

If a troubled debt restructuring is performed on a PCI loan, the loan is considered impaired under the applicable TDR accounting standards and transferred out of the PCI population. The loan may require an additional Provision if its restructured cash flows are less than management’s initial day-one expectations. PCI loans for which the Bank simply chooses to extend the maturity date are generally not considered TDRs and remain in the PCI population.

 

Credit Quality Indicators

 

Based on the Bank’s internal analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Purchased

    

Purchased

    

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit

 

Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired

 

Impaired

 

Total

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Special

 

 

 

 

Doubtful /

 

Loans -

 

Loans -

 

Rated

 

(in thousands)

 

Pass

 

Mention*

 

Substandard*

 

Loss

 

Group 1

 

Substandard

 

Loans**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

 

$

24,301

 

$

14,577

 

$

 

$

560

 

$

 

$

39,438

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

 

 

860

 

 

1,557

 

 

 

 

785

 

 

 

 

3,202

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

803,369

 

 

5,070

 

 

6,530

 

 

 

 

9,918

 

 

 

 

824,887

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 

35,674

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

35,674

 

Construction & land development

 

 

63,750

 

 

96

 

 

2,621

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

66,500

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

227,344

 

 

936

 

 

194

 

 

 

 

1,247

 

 

 

 

229,721

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

8,905

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

8,905

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

386,729

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

386,729

 

Home equity

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

2,296

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

2,317

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Overdrafts

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Other consumer

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

58

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total rated loans

 

$

1,525,771

 

$

31,312

 

$

27,833

 

$

 —

 

$

12,543

 

$

 —

 

$

1,597,459

 

 


*Special Mention and Substandard loans included $180,000 and $1 million, respectively, which were removed from PCI accounting in accordance with ASC 310-30-35-13 due to a post-acquisition troubled debt restructuring.

 

**The above table excludes all non-classified residential real estate and consumer loans at the respective period ends.

132


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Purchased

    

Purchased

    

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit

 

Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired

 

Impaired

 

Total

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

Special

 

 

 

 

Doubtful /

 

Loans -

 

Loans -

 

Rated

 

(in thousands)

 

Pass

 

Mention*

 

Substandard*

 

Loss

 

Group 1

 

Substandard

 

Loans**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

 

$

26,828

 

$

14,586

 

$

 

$

1,205

 

$

 

$

42,619

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

 

 

844

 

 

2,886

 

 

 

 

1,709

 

 

 

 

5,439

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

736,012

 

 

7,838

 

 

15,636

 

 

 

 

12,823

 

 

 

 

772,309

 

Commercial real estate - Purchased whole loans

 

 

34,898

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,898

 

Construction & land development

 

 

35,339

 

 

120

 

 

2,525

 

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

 

38,480

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

153,362

 

 

625

 

 

2,108

 

 

 

 

1,244

 

 

 

 

157,339

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

2,530

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,530

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

319,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

319,431

 

Home equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,220

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Overdrafts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Other consumer

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total rated loans

 

$

1,281,572

 

$

36,268

 

$

39,999

 

$

 —

 

$

17,490

 

$

 —

 

$

1,375,329

 

 


*Special Mention and Substandard loans included $443,000 and $6 million, respectively, which were removed from PCI accounting in accordance with ASC 310-30-35-13 due to a post-acquisition troubled debt restructuring.

 

**The above table excludes all non-classified residential real estate and consumer loans at the respective period ends.

 

 

133


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

Activity in the Allowance follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance, beginning of year

 

 

$

24,410

 

$

23,026

 

$

23,729

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs - Core Banking

 

 

 

(3,001)

 

 

(3,558)

 

 

(6,185)

 

Charge-offs - RPG

 

 

 

(971)

 

 

(5)

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

 

 

 

(3,972)

 

 

(3,563)

 

 

(6,185)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries - Core Banking

 

 

 

1,362

 

 

1,506

 

 

1,654

 

Recoveries - RPG

 

 

 

295

 

 

582

 

 

845

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

1,657

 

 

2,088

 

 

2,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries - Core Banking

 

 

 

(1,639)

 

 

(2,052)

 

 

(4,531)

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries - RPG

 

 

 

(676)

 

 

577

 

 

845

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

 

 

(2,315)

 

 

(1,475)

 

 

(3,686)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision - Core Banking

 

 

 

3,065

 

 

3,392

 

 

3,828

 

Provision - RPG

 

 

 

2,331

 

 

(533)

 

 

(845)

 

Total provision

 

 

 

5,396

 

 

2,859

 

 

2,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance, end of year

 

 

$

27,491

 

$

24,410

 

$

23,026

 

 

The Allowance calculation includes the following qualitative factors, which are considered in combination with the Bank’s historical loss rates in determining the general loss reserve within the Allowance:

 

·

Changes in nature, volume and seasoning of the portfolio;

·

Changes in experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;

·

Changes in the quality of the Bank’s credit review system;

·

Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices not considered elsewhere in estimating credit losses;

·

Changes in the volume and severity of past due, non-performing and classified loans;

·

Changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;

·

Changes in international, national, regional, and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of portfolios, including the condition of various market segments;

·

The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and

·

The effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the institution’s existing portfolio.

 

 

134


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

The following tables present the activity in the Allowance by portfolio class for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

 

    

 

    

    

 

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

 

 

 

Residential Real Estate

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease

 

Year Ended

 

Owner

 

Occupied

 

Non Owner

 

Commercial

 

Purchased

 

Construction &

 

Commercial &

 

Financing

 

December 31, 2015 (in thousands)

 

Occupied

 

Correspondent

 

Occupied

 

Real Estate

 

Whole Loans

 

Land Development

 

Industrial

 

Receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

8,565

 

$

567

 

$

837

 

$

7,740

 

$

34

 

$

926

 

$

1,167

 

$

25

 

Provision

 

 

50

 

 

56

 

 

331

 

 

344

 

 

2

 

 

377

 

 

282

 

 

64

 

Charge-offs

 

 

(622)

 

 

 —

 

 

(126)

 

 

(546)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(56)

 

 

 —

 

Recoveries

 

 

308

 

 

 —

 

 

10

 

 

98

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

62

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

8,301

 

$

623

 

$

1,052

 

$

7,636

 

$

36

 

$

1,303

 

$

1,455

 

$

89

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warehouse

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Lines of

    

Home

    

RPG

    

Credit

    

    

 

    

Purchased

    

Other

    

    

 

 

 

(continued)

 

Credit

 

Equity

 

Loans

 

Cards

 

Overdrafts

 

Whole Loans

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

799

 

$

2,730

 

$

44

 

$

285

 

$

382

 

$

185

 

$

124

 

$

24,410

 

 

Provision

 

 

168

 

 

584

 

 

2,331

 

 

256

 

 

255

 

 

322

 

 

(26)

 

 

5,396

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

 —

 

 

(466)

 

 

(971)

 

 

(146)

 

 

(598)

 

 

(123)

 

 

(318)

 

 

(3,972)

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

 —

 

 

148

 

 

295

 

 

53

 

 

312

 

 

8

 

 

363

 

 

1,657

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

967

 

$

2,996

 

$

1,699

 

$

448

 

$

351

 

$

392

 

$

143

 

$

27,491

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

 

    

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

Residential Real Estate

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease

 

Year Ended

 

Owner

 

Occupied

 

Non Owner

 

Commercial

 

Purchased

 

Construction &

 

Commercial &

 

Financing

 

December 31, 2014 (in thousands)

 

Occupied

 

Correspondent

 

Occupied

 

Real Estate

 

Whole Loans

 

Land Development

 

Industrial

 

Receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

7,816

 

$

 —

 

$

1,023

 

$

8,309

 

$

34

 

$

1,296

 

$

1,089

 

$

 —

 

Provision

 

 

1,448

 

 

567

 

 

(28)

 

 

144

 

 

 —

 

 

(441)

 

 

(16)

 

 

25

 

Charge-offs

 

 

(836)

 

 

 —

 

 

(185)

 

 

(868)

 

 

 —

 

 

(18)

 

 

(20)

 

 

 —

 

Recoveries

 

 

137

 

 

 —

 

 

27

 

 

155

 

 

 —

 

 

89

 

 

114

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

8,565

 

$

567

 

$

837

 

$

7,740

 

$

34

 

$

926

 

$

1,167

 

$

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warehouse

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Lines of

    

Home

    

RPG

    

Credit

    

    

 

    

Purchased

    

Other

    

    

 

 

 

(continued)

 

Credit

 

Equity

 

Loans

 

Cards

 

Overdrafts

 

Whole Loans

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

449

 

$

2,396

 

$

 —

 

$

289

 

$

199

 

$

 —

 

$

126

 

$

23,026

 

 

Provision

 

 

350

 

 

699

 

 

(533)

 

 

49

 

 

383

 

 

185

 

 

27

 

 

2,859

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

 —

 

 

(548)

 

 

(5)

 

 

(88)

 

 

(591)

 

 

 —

 

 

(404)

 

 

(3,563)

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

 —

 

 

183

 

 

582

 

 

35

 

 

391

 

 

 —

 

 

375

 

 

2,088

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

799

 

$

2,730

 

$

44

 

$

285

 

$

382

 

$

185

 

$

124

 

$

24,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

135


 

Table of Contents

 

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

 

    

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Commercial

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

Residential Real Estate

 

 

 

 

Real Estate -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease

 

Year Ended

 

Owner

 

Owner Occupied -

 

Non Owner

 

Commercial

 

Purchased

 

Construction &

 

Commercial &

 

Financing

 

December 31, 2013 (in thousands)

 

Occupied

 

Correspondent

 

Occupied

 

Real Estate

 

Whole Loans

 

Land Development

 

Industrial

 

Receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

7,006

 

 

NA

 

$

1,049

 

$

8,843

 

$

34

 

$

2,769

 

$

580

 

 

NA

 

Provision

 

 

2,411

 

 

NA

 

 

43

 

 

539

 

 

 —

 

 

(902)

 

 

876

 

 

NA

 

Charge-offs

 

 

(1,886)

 

 

NA

 

 

(241)

 

 

(1,190)

 

 

 —

 

 

(619)

 

 

(466)

 

 

NA

 

Recoveries

 

 

285

 

 

NA

 

 

172

 

 

117

 

 

 —

 

 

48

 

 

99

 

 

NA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

7,816

 

 

NA

 

$

1,023

 

$

8,309

 

$

34

 

$

1,296

 

$

1,089

 

 

NA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warehouse

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Lines of

    

Home

    

RPG

    

Credit

    

    

 

    

Purchased

    

Other

    

    

 

 

 

(continued)

 

Credit

 

Equity

 

Loans

 

Cards

 

Overdrafts

 

Whole Loans

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

541

 

$

2,348

 

$

 —

 

$

210

 

$

198

 

 

NA

 

$

151

 

$

23,729

 

 

Provision

 

 

(92)

 

 

515

 

 

(845)

 

 

202

 

 

191

 

 

NA

 

 

45

 

 

2,983

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

 —

 

 

(632)

 

 

 —

 

 

(142)

 

 

(601)

 

 

NA

 

 

(408)

 

 

(6,185)

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

 —

 

 

165

 

 

845

 

 

19

 

 

411

 

 

NA

 

 

338

 

 

2,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

449

 

$

2,396

 

$

 —

 

$

289

 

$

199

 

 

NA

 

$

126

 

$

23,026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


NA - Not applicable.

 

Non-performing Loans and Non-performing Assets

 

Detail of non-performing loans and non-performing assets and select credit quality ratios follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (dollars in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans on nonaccrual status*

 

 

$

21,712

 

$

23,337

 

Loans past due 90-days-or-more and still on accrual**

 

 

 

224

 

 

322

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

 

 

 

21,936

 

 

23,659

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

 

1,220

 

 

11,243

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

 

$

23,156

 

$

34,902

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans to total loans

 

 

 

0.66

%  

 

0.78

%  

Nonperforming assets to total loans (including OREO)

 

 

 

0.70

%  

 

1.14

%  

Nonperforming assets to total assets

 

 

 

0.55

%  

 

0.93

%  

 

 


*Loans on nonaccrual status include impaired loans.

**For all periods presented, loans past due 90-days-or-more and still on accrual consist entirely of PCI loans.

136


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90-days-or-more and still on accrual by class of loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past Due 90-Days-or-More

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

and Still Accruing Interest*

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

 

$

13,197

 

$

10,903

 

$

 —

 

$

322

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

 

935

 

 

2,352

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

3,941

 

 

6,151

 

 

224

 

 

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Construction & land development

 

 

 

1,589

 

 

1,990

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

 

194

 

 

169

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Home equity

 

 

 

1,793

 

 

1,678

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Other consumer

 

 

 

63

 

 

94

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

21,712

 

$

23,337

 

$

224

 

$

322

 

 


*For all periods presented, loans past due 90-days-or-more and still on accrual consist entirely of PCI loans.

 

137


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

Nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90-days-or-more and still on accrual include both smaller balance, primarily retail, homogeneous loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and classified impaired loans. Nonaccrual loans are typically returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and held current for six consecutive months and future contractual payments are reasonably assured. TDRs on nonaccrual status are reviewed for return to accrual status on an individual basis, with additional consideration given to performance under the modified terms.

 

The Bank considers the performance of the loan portfolio and its impact on the Allowance. For residential and consumer loan classes, the Bank also evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of the loan and by payment activity. The following tables present the recorded investment in residential and consumer loans based on payment activity as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential Real Estate

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

    

    

 

    

Owner

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Purchased

    

    

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Owner

 

Occupied -

 

Non Owner

 

Home

 

RPG

 

Credit

 

 

 

 

Whole

 

Other

 

(in thousands)

 

Occupied

 

Correspondent

 

Occupied

 

Equity

 

Loans

 

Cards

 

Overdrafts

 

Loans

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performing

 

$

1,068,737

 

$

249,344

 

$

115,359

 

$

287,401

 

$

7,204

 

$

11,068

 

$

685

 

$

5,892

 

$

12,516

 

Nonperforming

 

 

13,197

 

 

 —

 

 

935

 

 

1,793

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,081,934

 

$

249,344

 

$

116,294

 

$

289,194

 

$

7,204

 

$

11,068

 

$

685

 

$

5,892

 

$

12,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential Real Estate

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

    

    

 

    

Owner

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Purchased

    

    

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Owner

 

Occupied -

 

Non Owner

 

Home

 

RPG

 

Credit

 

 

 

 

Whole

 

Other

 

(in thousands)

 

Occupied

 

Correspondent

 

Occupied

 

Equity

 

Loans

 

Cards

 

Overdrafts

 

Loans

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performing

 

$

1,107,116

 

$

226,628

 

$

94,140

 

$

244,001

 

$

4,095

 

$

9,573

 

$

1,180

 

$

4,626

 

$

8,800

 

Nonperforming

 

 

11,225

 

 

 

 

2,352

 

 

1,678

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,118,341

 

$

226,628

 

$

96,492

 

$

245,679

 

$

4,095

 

$

9,573

 

$

1,180

 

$

4,626

 

$

8,894

 

 

 

138


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

Delinquent Loans

 

The following tables present the aging of the recorded investment in loans by class of loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

30 - 59

    

60 - 89

    

90 or More

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

 

December 31, 2015

Days

 

Days

 

Days

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Delinquent

 

Delinquent

 

Delinquent*

 

Delinquent**

 

Current

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

1,960

 

$

1,044

 

$

3,878

 

$

6,882

 

$

1,075,052

 

$

1,081,934

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

249,344

 

 

249,344

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

14

 

 

 —

 

 

39

 

 

53

 

 

116,241

 

 

116,294

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

178

 

 

 —

 

 

933

 

 

1,111

 

 

823,776

 

 

824,887

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

35,674

 

 

35,674

 

Construction & land development

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,500

 

 

1,500

 

 

65,000

 

 

66,500

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

299

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

299

 

 

229,422

 

 

229,721

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

8,905

 

 

8,905

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

386,729

 

 

386,729

 

Home equity

 

 

206

 

 

1

 

 

1,186

 

 

1,393

 

 

287,801

 

 

289,194

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

246

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

246

 

 

6,958

 

 

7,204

 

Credit cards

 

 

10

 

 

2

 

 

 —

 

 

12

 

 

11,056

 

 

11,068

 

Overdrafts

 

 

133

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

133

 

 

552

 

 

685

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 

5

 

 

42

 

 

 —

 

 

47

 

 

5,845

 

 

5,892

 

Other consumer

 

 

37

 

 

18

 

 

 —

 

 

55

 

 

12,524

 

 

12,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

3,088

 

$

1,107

 

$

7,536

 

$

11,731

 

$

3,314,879

 

$

3,326,610

 

Delinquency ratio***

 

 

0.09

%  

 

0.03

%  

 

0.23

%  

 

0.35

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*All loans past due 90 days-or-more, excluding PCI loans, were on nonaccrual status.

**Delinquent status may be determined by either the number of days past due or number of payments past due.

***Represents total loans 30-days-or-more past due divided by total loans.

 

139


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

30 - 59

    

60 - 89

    

90 or More

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

 

December 31, 2014

Days

 

Days

 

Days

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Delinquent

 

Delinquent

 

Delinquent*

 

Delinquent**

 

Current

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

3,039

 

$

1,329

 

$

3,640

 

$

8,008

 

$

1,110,333

 

$

1,118,341

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

226,628

 

 

226,628

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

36

 

 

635

 

 

105

 

 

776

 

 

95,716

 

 

96,492

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

585

 

 

 

 

2,387

 

 

2,972

 

 

769,337

 

 

772,309

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

34,898

 

 

34,898

 

Construction & land development

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,990

 

 

1,990

 

 

36,490

 

 

38,480

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

211

 

 

 

 

 

 

211

 

 

157,128

 

 

157,339

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

2,530

 

 

2,530

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

319,431

 

 

319,431

 

Home equity

 

 

706

 

 

158

 

 

498

 

 

1,362

 

 

244,317

 

 

245,679

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

107

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

141

 

 

3,954

 

 

4,095

 

Credit cards

 

 

124

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

134

 

 

9,439

 

 

9,573

 

Overdrafts

 

 

178

 

 

 

 

 

 

178

 

 

1,002

 

 

1,180

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

4,614

 

 

4,626

 

Other consumer

 

 

38

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

67

 

 

8,827

 

 

8,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

5,036

 

$

2,195

 

$

8,620

 

$

15,851

 

$

3,024,644

 

$

3,040,495

 

Delinquency ratio***

 

 

0.17

%  

 

0.07

%  

 

0.28

%  

 

0.52

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*All loans past due 90 days-or-more, excluding PCI loans, were on nonaccrual status.

**Delinquent status may be determined by either the number of days past due or number of payments past due.

***Represents total loans 30-days-or-more past due divided by total loans.

 

140


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

Impaired Loans

 

Information regarding the Bank’s impaired loans follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans with no allocated allowance for loan losses

 

 

$

26,143

 

$

32,560

 

$

36,721

 

Loans with allocated allowance for loan losses

 

 

 

39,980

 

 

53,620

 

 

71,273

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

 

 

$

66,123

 

$

86,180

 

$

107,994

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of the allowance for loan losses allocated

 

 

$

5,427

 

$

5,564

 

$

6,674

 

Average of individually impaired loans during the year

 

 

 

74,482

 

 

92,428

 

 

110,272

 

Interest income recognized during impairment

 

 

 

1,882

 

 

4,279

 

 

3,489

 

Cash basis interest income recognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approximately $7 million and $10 million of impaired loans at December 31, 2015 and, 2014 were PCI loans. Approximately $1 million and $6 million of impaired loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were formerly PCI loans which became classified as “impaired” through a post-acquisition troubled debt restructuring.

 

141


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

The following tables present the balance in the Allowance and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio class based on impairment method as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

 

    

 

    

    

 

    

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

 

 

 

Residential Real Estate

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate -

 

 

 

 

 

Lease

 

 

 

Owner

 

Occupied -

 

Non Owner

 

Commercial

 

Purchased

 

Construction &

 

Commercial &

 

Financing

 

December 31, 2015 (in thousands)

 

Occupied

 

Correspondent

 

Occupied

 

Real Estate

 

Whole Loans

 

Land Development

 

Industrial

 

Receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending Allowance balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment, excluding PCI loans

 

$

3,820

 

$

 —

 

$

78

 

$

339

 

$

 —

 

$

159

 

$

196

 

$

 —

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

4,471

 

 

623

 

 

878

 

 

6,806

 

 

36

 

 

1,144

 

 

1,137

 

 

89

 

PCI loans with post acquisition impairment

 

 

10

 

 

 —

 

 

96

 

 

491

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

122

 

 

 —

 

PCI loans without post acquisition impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total ending Allowance:

 

$

8,301

 

$

623

 

$

1,052

 

$

7,636

 

$

36

 

$

1,303

 

$

1,455

 

$

89

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans individually evaluated, excluding PCI loans

 

$

39,041

 

$

 —

 

$

2,351

 

$

12,441

 

$

 —

 

$

2,717

 

$

322

 

$

 —

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

1,042,334

 

 

249,344

 

 

113,158

 

 

802,528

 

 

35,674

 

 

63,750

 

 

228,151

 

 

8,905

 

PCI loans with post acquisition impairment

 

 

65

 

 

 —

 

 

785

 

 

4,806

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,193

 

 

 —

 

PCI loans without post acquisition impairment

 

 

494

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,112

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

55

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total ending loan balance

 

$

1,081,934

 

$

249,344

 

$

116,294

 

$

824,887

 

$

35,674

 

$

66,500

 

$

229,721

 

$

8,905

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warehouse

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

    

Lines of

    

Home

    

RPG

    

Credit

    

    

 

    

Purchased

    

Other

    

    

 

(continued)

 

Credit

 

Equity

 

Loans

 

Cards

 

Overdrafts

 

Whole Loans

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending Allowance balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment, excluding PCI loans

 

$

 —

 

$

100

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

16

 

$

4,708

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

967

 

 

2,896

 

 

1,699

 

 

448

 

 

351

 

 

392

 

 

127

 

 

22,064

PCI loans with post acquisition impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

719

PCI loans without post acquisition impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total ending Allowance:

 

$

967

 

$

2,996

 

$

1,699

 

$

448

 

$

351

 

$

392

 

$

143

 

$

27,491

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans individually evaluated, excluding PCI loans

 

$

 

$

2,316

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

86

 

$

59,274

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

386,729

 

 

286,878

 

 

7,204

 

 

11,068

 

 

685

 

 

5,892

 

 

12,493

 

 

3,254,793

PCI loans with post acquisition impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,849

PCI loans without post acquisition impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,694

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total ending loan balance

 

$

386,729

 

$

289,194

 

$

7,204

 

$

11,068

 

$

685

 

$

5,892

 

$

12,579

 

$

3,326,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

142


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

 

    

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

Residential Real Estate

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease

 

 

 

Owner

 

Occupied -

 

Non Owner

 

Commercial

 

Purchased

 

Construction &

 

Commercial &

 

Financing

 

December 31, 2014 (in thousands)

 

Occupied

 

Correspondent

 

Occupied

 

Real Estate

 

Whole Loans

 

Land Development

 

Industrial

 

Receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending Allowance balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment, excluding PCI loans

 

$

3,251

 

$

 

$

101

 

$

913

 

$

 

$

187

 

$

302

 

$

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

5,264

 

 

567

 

 

672

 

 

6,462

 

 

34

 

 

739

 

 

800

 

 

25

 

PCI loans with post acquisition impairment

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

64

 

 

365

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

PCI loans without post acquisition impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total ending Allowance:

 

$

8,565

 

$

567

 

$

837

 

$

7,740

 

$

34

 

$

926

 

$

1,167

 

$

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans individually evaluated, excluding PCI loans

 

$

41,265

 

$

 

$

3,388

 

$

22,521

 

$

 

$

2,627

 

$

4,319

 

$

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

1,075,871

 

 

226,628

 

 

91,395

 

 

736,965

 

 

34,898

 

 

35,357

 

 

151,776

 

 

2,530

 

PCI loans with post acquisition impairment

 

 

725

 

 

 

 

1,554

 

 

6,341

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,158

 

 

 

PCI loans without post acquisition impairment

 

 

480

 

 

 

 

155

 

 

6,482

 

 

 

 

496

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total ending loan balance

 

$

1,118,341

 

$

226,628

 

$

96,492

 

$

772,309

 

$

34,898

 

$

38,480

 

$

157,339

 

$

2,530

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warehouse

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

    

Lines of

    

Home

    

RPG

    

Credit

    

    

 

    

Purchased

    

Other

    

    

 

(continued)

 

Credit

 

Equity

 

Loans

 

Cards

 

Overdrafts

 

Whole Loans

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending Allowance balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment, excluding PCI loans

 

$

 

$

225

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

40

 

$

5,019

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

799

 

 

2,505

 

 

44

 

 

285

 

 

382

 

 

185

 

 

83

 

 

18,846

PCI loans with post acquisition impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

545

PCI loans without post acquisition impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total ending Allowance:

 

$

799

 

$

2,730

 

$

44

 

$

285

 

$

382

 

$

185

 

$

124

 

$

24,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans individually evaluated, excluding PCI loans

 

$

 

$

2,220

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

52

 

$

76,392

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

 

319,431

 

 

243,459

 

 

4,095

 

 

9,573

 

 

1,180

 

 

4,626

 

 

8,829

 

 

2,946,613

PCI loans with post acquisition impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

9,788

PCI loans without post acquisition impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

7,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total ending loan balance

 

$

319,431

 

$

245,679

 

$

4,095

 

$

9,573

 

$

1,180

 

$

4,626

 

$

8,894

 

$

3,040,495

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

143


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

The following tables present loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. The difference between the “Unpaid Principal Balance” and “Recorded Investment” columns represents life-to-date partial write downs/charge-offs taken on individual impaired credits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Basis

 

 

    

Unpaid

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Average

    

Interest

    

Interest

 

 

 

Principal

 

Recorded

 

Allowance

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

Income

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance

 

Investment

 

Allocated

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

Recognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

14,287

 

$

13,256

 

$

 —

 

$

10,907

 

$

100

 

$

 —

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

1,978

 

 

1,928

 

 

 —

 

 

2,234

 

 

31

 

 

 —

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

7,406

 

 

6,743

 

 

 —

 

 

9,653

 

 

170

 

 

 —

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Construction & land development

 

 

2,067

 

 

2,067

 

 

 —

 

 

2,096

 

 

19

 

 

 —

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

18

 

 

18

 

 

 —

 

 

1,682

 

 

3

 

 

 —

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

 

2,263

 

 

2,087

 

 

 —

 

 

2,222

 

 

23

 

 

 —

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other consumer

 

 

44

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

 

25,896

 

 

25,850

 

 

3,830

 

 

28,917

 

 

885

 

 

 —

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

1,231

 

 

1,208

 

 

174

 

 

2,004

 

 

60

 

 

 —

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

10,546

 

 

10,504

 

 

830

 

 

11,378

 

 

469

 

 

 —

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Construction & land development

 

 

650

 

 

650

 

 

159

 

 

664

 

 

36

 

 

 —

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

1,497

 

 

1,497

 

 

318

 

 

2,351

 

 

81

 

 

 —

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

 

258

 

 

229

 

 

100

 

 

292

 

 

4

 

 

 —

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other consumer

 

 

42

 

 

42

 

 

16

 

 

50

 

 

1

 

 

 —

 

Total impaired loans

 

$

68,183

 

$

66,123

 

$

5,427

 

$

74,482

 

$

1,882

 

$

 —

 

 

144


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Basis

 

 

    

Unpaid

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Average

    

Interest

    

Interest

 

 

 

Principal

 

Recorded

 

Allowance

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

Income

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance

 

Investment

 

Allocated

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

Recognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

6,598

 

$

6,196

 

$

 

$

6,745

 

$

351

 

$

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

2,368

 

 

2,215

 

 

 

 

1,758

 

 

130

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

17,282

 

 

16,248

 

 

 

 

16,809

 

 

912

 

 

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction & land development

 

 

2,144

 

 

2,144

 

 

 

 

2,118

 

 

165

 

 

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

3,943

 

 

3,943

 

 

 

 

4,047

 

 

252

 

 

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

 

1,969

 

 

1,814

 

 

 

 

1,839

 

 

105

 

 

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

 

36,361

 

 

35,794

 

 

3,301

 

 

35,121

 

 

1,350

 

 

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

2,755

 

 

2,727

 

 

165

 

 

4,685

 

 

172

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

12,653

 

 

12,614

 

 

1,278

 

 

16,722

 

 

672

 

 

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction & land development

 

 

483

 

 

483

 

 

187

 

 

498

 

 

26

 

 

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

1,534

 

 

1,534

 

 

367

 

 

1,495

 

 

115

 

 

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

 

452

 

 

406

 

 

225

 

 

518

 

 

25

 

 

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other consumer

 

 

62

 

 

62

 

 

41

 

 

73

 

 

4

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

 

$

88,604

 

$

86,180

 

$

5,564

 

$

92,428

 

$

4,279

 

$

 —

 

 

 

145


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Cash Basis

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Interest

 

 

 

Principal

 

Recorded

 

Allowance

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

Income

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance

 

Investment

 

Allocated

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

Recognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

7,136

 

$

6,569

 

$

 

$

8,977

 

$

120

 

$

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

1,498

 

 

1,256

 

 

 

 

1,520

 

 

13

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

21,886

 

 

20,953

 

 

 

 

21,218

 

 

693

 

 

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction & land development

 

 

2,087

 

 

2,087

 

 

 

 

2,150

 

 

103

 

 

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

4,367

 

 

4,258

 

 

 

 

3,577

 

 

258

 

 

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

 

1,695

 

 

1,577

 

 

 

 

1,982

 

 

43

 

 

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Other consumer

 

 

18

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

138

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

 

34,393

 

 

34,097

 

 

3,657

 

 

34,154

 

 

939

 

 

 

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

6,789

 

 

6,789

 

 

351

 

 

5,104

 

 

248

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

27,080

 

 

27,078

 

 

1,835

 

 

25,724

 

 

1,017

 

 

 

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction & land development

 

 

674

 

 

674

 

 

156

 

 

2,048

 

 

38

 

 

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

1,872

 

 

1,872

 

 

428

 

 

2,593

 

 

11

 

 

 

Lease financing receivables

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

 

688

 

 

687

 

 

203

 

 

999

 

 

5

 

 

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased whole loans

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

Other consumer

 

 

79

 

 

79

 

 

44

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

110,262

 

$

107,994

 

$

6,674

 

$

110,272

 

$

3,489

 

$

 —

 


NA - Not applicable

 

146


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

A TDR is the situation where, due to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Bank grants a concession to the borrower that the Bank would not otherwise have considered. In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Bank’s internal underwriting policy.

 

All TDRs are considered “Impaired,” including PCI loans subsequently restructured. The majority of the Bank’s commercial related and construction TDRs involve a restructuring of financing terms such as a reduction in the payment amount to require only interest and escrow (if required) and/or extending the maturity date of the debt. The substantial majority of the Bank’s residential real estate TDR concessions involve reducing the client’s loan payment through a rate reduction for a set period of time based on the borrower’s ability to service the modified loan payment. Retail loans may also be classified as TDRs due to legal modifications, such as bankruptcies.

 

Nonaccrual loans modified as TDRs typically remain on non-accrual status and continue to be reported as non-performing loans for a minimum of six months. Accruing loans modified as TDRs are evaluated for non-accrual status based on a current evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and ability and willingness to service the modified debt. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, $12 million and $14 million of TDRs were on non-accrual status.

 

Detail of TDRs differentiated by loan type and accrual status follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Troubled Debt

    

Troubled Debt

    

Total

 

 

 

Restructurings on

 

Restructurings on

 

Troubled Debt

 

 

 

Nonaccrual Status

 

Accrual Status

 

Restructurings

 

 

    

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

 

December 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands)

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Residential real estate

 

74

 

$

7,365

 

233

 

$

27,844

 

307

 

$

35,209

 

Commercial real estate

 

9

 

 

3,324

 

17

 

 

8,008

 

26

 

 

11,332

 

Construction & land development

 

2

 

 

1,589

 

6

 

 

1,128

 

8

 

 

2,717

 

Commercial & industrial

 

1

 

 

194

 

5

 

 

128

 

6

 

 

322

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total troubled debt restructurings

 

86

 

$

12,472

 

261

 

$

37,108

 

347

 

$

49,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Troubled Debt

    

Troubled Debt

    

Total

 

 

 

Restructurings on

 

Restructurings on

 

Troubled Debt

 

 

 

Nonaccrual Status

 

Accrual Status

 

Restructurings

 

 

    

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

 

December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands)

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Residential real estate

 

74

 

$

7,166

 

250

 

$

31,966

 

324

 

$

39,132

 

Commercial real estate

 

8

 

 

5,030

 

30

 

 

14,502

 

38

 

 

19,532

 

Construction & land development

 

2

 

 

1,990

 

6

 

 

637

 

8

 

 

2,627

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

8

 

 

3,975

 

8

 

 

3,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total troubled debt restructurings

 

84

 

$

14,186

 

294

 

$

51,080

 

378

 

$

65,266

 

 

 

147


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

The Bank considers a TDR to be performing to its modified terms if the loan is in accrual status and not past due 30 days-or-more as of the reporting date. A summary of the categories of TDR loan modifications outstanding and respective performance under modified terms at December 31, 2015 and 2014 follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Troubled Debt

    

Troubled Debt

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Restructurings

 

Restructurings

 

Total

 

 

 

Performing to

 

Not Performing to

 

Troubled Debt

 

 

 

Modified Terms

 

Modified Terms

 

Restructurings

 

 

    

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

 

December 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands)

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Residential real estate loans (including home equity loans):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest only payments

 

2

 

$

631

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

2

 

$

631

 

Rate reduction

 

183

 

 

24,734

 

46

 

 

5,650

 

229

 

 

30,384

 

Principal deferral

 

9

 

 

789

 

7

 

 

771

 

16

 

 

1,560

 

Legal modification

 

30

 

 

1,226

 

30

 

 

1,408

 

60

 

 

2,634

 

Total residential TDRs

 

224

 

 

27,380

 

83

 

 

7,829

 

307

 

 

35,209

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial related and construction/land development loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest only payments

 

6

 

 

1,517

 

1

 

 

481

 

7

 

 

1,998

 

Rate reduction

 

10

 

 

5,021

 

3

 

 

727

 

13

 

 

5,748

 

Principal deferral

 

12

 

 

2,726

 

8

 

 

3,899

 

20

 

 

6,625

 

Total commercial TDRs

 

28

 

 

9,264

 

12

 

 

5,107

 

40

 

 

14,371

 

Total troubled debt restructurings

 

252

 

$

36,644

 

95

 

$

12,936

 

347

 

$

49,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Troubled Debt

    

Troubled Debt

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Restructurings

 

Restructurings

 

Total

 

 

 

Performing to

 

Not Performing to

 

Troubled Debt

 

 

 

Modified Terms

 

Modified Terms

 

Restructurings

 

 

    

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

 

December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands)

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Residential real estate loans (including home equity loans):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest only payments

 

2

 

$

218

 

4

 

$

389

 

6

 

$

607

 

Rate reduction

 

173

 

 

25,080

 

61

 

 

7,376

 

234

 

 

32,456

 

Principal deferral

 

12

 

 

1,408

 

5

 

 

349

 

17

 

 

1,757

 

Legal modification

 

33

 

 

2,675

 

34

 

 

1,637

 

67

 

 

4,312

 

Total residential TDRs

 

220

 

 

29,381

 

104

 

 

9,751

 

324

 

 

39,132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial related and construction/land development loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest only payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate reduction

 

10

 

 

4,170

 

2

 

 

926

 

12

 

 

5,096

 

Principal deferral

 

19

 

 

9,043

 

3

 

 

1,915

 

22

 

 

10,958

 

Legal modification

 

14

 

 

5,820

 

6

 

 

4,260

 

20

 

 

10,080

 

Total commercial TDRs

 

43

 

 

19,033

 

11

 

 

7,101

 

54

 

 

26,134

 

Total troubled debt restructurings

 

263

 

$

48,414

 

115

 

$

16,852

 

378

 

$

65,266

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014,  74% and 74% of the Bank’s TDRs were performing according to their modified terms. The Bank had provided $5 million and $4 million of specific reserve allocations to clients whose loan terms have been modified in TDRs as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. The Bank had no commitments to lend any additional material amounts to its existing TDR relationships at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

148


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

A summary of the categories of TDR loan modifications and respective performance as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 that were modified during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Troubled Debt

    

Troubled Debt

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Restructurings

 

Restructurings

 

Total

 

 

 

Performing to

 

Not Performing to

 

Troubled Debt

 

 

 

Modified Terms

 

Modified Terms

 

Restructurings

 

 

    

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

 

December 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands)

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Residential real estate loans (including home equity loans):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest only payments

 

1

 

$

617

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

1

 

$

617

 

Rate reduction

 

17

 

 

2,148

 

5

 

 

519

 

22

 

 

2,667

 

Principal deferral

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

2

 

 

43

 

2

 

 

43

 

Legal modification

 

3

 

 

153

 

4

 

 

162

 

7

 

 

315

 

Total residential TDRs

 

21

 

 

2,918

 

11

 

 

724

 

32

 

 

3,642

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial related and construction/land development loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest only payments

 

3

 

 

465

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

3

 

 

465

 

Rate reduction

 

1

 

 

815

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1

 

 

815

 

Principal deferral

 

4

 

 

716

 

4

 

 

1,898

 

8

 

 

2,614

 

Total commercial TDRs

 

8

 

 

1,996

 

4

 

 

1,898

 

12

 

 

3,894

 

Total troubled debt restructurings

 

29

 

$

4,914

 

15

 

$

2,622

 

44

 

$

7,536

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Troubled Debt

    

Troubled Debt

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Restructurings

 

Restructurings

 

Total

 

 

 

Performing to

 

Not Performing to

 

Troubled Debt

 

 

 

Modified Terms

 

Modified Terms

 

Restructurings

 

 

    

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

 

December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands)

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Residential real estate loans (including home equity loans):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest only payments

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

4

 

$

389

 

4

 

$

389

 

Rate reduction

 

21

 

 

2,274

 

11

 

 

1,773

 

32

 

 

4,047

 

Principal deferral

 

5

 

 

820

 

1

 

 

28

 

6

 

 

848

 

Legal modification

 

20

 

 

1,846

 

15

 

 

559

 

35

 

 

2,405

 

Total residential TDRs

 

46

 

 

4,940

 

31

 

 

2,749

 

77

 

 

7,689

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial related and construction/land development loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest only payments

 

4

 

 

1,185

 

2

 

 

385

 

6

 

 

1,570

 

Rate reduction

 

9

 

 

4,411

 

2

 

 

584

 

11

 

 

4,995

 

Principal deferral

 

7

 

 

1,102

 

2

 

 

1,726

 

9

 

 

2,828

 

Total commercial TDRs

 

20

 

 

6,698

 

6

 

 

2,695

 

26

 

 

9,393

 

Total troubled debt restructurings

 

66

 

$

11,638

 

37

 

$

5,444

 

103

 

$

17,082

 

 


The tables above are inclusive of loans which were TDRs at the end of previous years and were re-modified, e.g., a maturity date extension during the current year.

 

149


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performing to

 

Not Performing to

 

Troubled Debt

 

 

 

Modified Terms

 

Modified Terms

 

Restructurings

 

 

    

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

 

December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands)

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate loans (including home equity loans):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest only payments

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

1

 

$

164

 

1

 

$

164

 

Rate reduction

 

37

 

 

6,605

 

6

 

 

935

 

43

 

 

7,540

 

Principal deferral

 

6

 

 

95

 

2

 

 

157

 

8

 

 

252

 

Legal modification

 

19

 

 

793

 

21

 

 

950

 

40

 

 

1,743

 

Total residential TDRs

 

62

 

 

7,493

 

30

 

 

2,206

 

92

 

 

9,699

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial related and construction/land development loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest only payments

 

6

 

 

3,095

 

1

 

 

143

 

7

 

 

3,238

 

Rate reduction

 

3

 

 

437

 

1

 

 

184

 

4

 

 

621

 

Principal deferral

 

7

 

 

3,315

 

1

 

 

 —

 

8

 

 

3,315

 

Legal modification

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

168

 

 —

 

 

168

 

Total commercial TDRs

 

16

 

 

6,847

 

3

 

 

495

 

19

 

 

7,342

 

Total troubled debt restructurings

 

78

 

$

14,340

 

33

 

$

2,701

 

111

 

$

17,041

 

 


The table above is inclusive of loans which were TDRs at the end of previous years and were re-modified, e.g., a maturity date extension during the current year.

 

As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, 65%, 68% and 84% of the Bank’s TDRs that occurred during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were performing according to their modified terms. The Bank provided approximately $300,000, $1 million and $1 million in specific reserve allocations to clients whose loan terms were modified in TDRs during 2015, 2014 and 2013.  

 

There was no significant change between the pre and post modification loan balances at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

150


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

The following tables present loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings within the previous twelve months of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and for which there was a payment default during 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

    

 

Number of

    

Recorded

    

Number of

    

Recorded

     

Number of

    

Recorded

December 31,  (dollars in thousands)

 

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

 

12

 

$

724

 

10

 

$

1,894

 

29

 

$

2,252

Owner occupied - correspondent

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

NA

 

 

NA

Non owner occupied

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

6

 

 

580

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

2

 

 

1,704

 

7

 

 

3,429

 

2

 

 

352

Commercial real estate - purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction & land development

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1

 

 

101

 

 

 

Commercial & industrial

 

 

1

 

 

194

 

1

 

 

207

 

1

 

 

143

Lease financing receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

NA

 

 

NA

Warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

 

Home equity

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1

 

 

10

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RPG loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

Credit cards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

Overdrafts

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

Purchased whole loans

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

Other consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

15

 

$

2,622

 

25

 

$

6,211

 

33

 

$

2,757

 

 


NA - Not applicable.

 

151


 

Table of Contents

4.LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (continued)

 

Foreclosures

 

The following table presents the carrying amount of foreclosed properties held at December 31, 2015 and 2014 as a result of the Bank obtaining physical possession of such properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

$

478

 

$

3,209

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

442

 

 

3,324

Construction & land development

 

 

 

300

 

 

4,710

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other real estate owned

 

 

$

1,220

 

$

11,243

 

The following table presents the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded investment in consumer residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of foreclosure

 

 

$

4,602

 

$

2,466

 

 

 

 

152


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

5.FAIR VALUE

 

Fair value represents the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

The Bank used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate the fair value of each type of financial instrument:

 

Securities available for sale: Quoted market prices in an active market are available for the Bank’s mutual fund investment and fall within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Except for the Bank’s mutual fund investment, its private label mortgage backed security and its trust preferred security, the fair value of securities available for sale is typically determined by matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities, but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs).

 

The Bank’s private label mortgage backed security remains illiquid, and as such, the Bank classifies this security as a Level 3 security in accordance with ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” Based on this determination, the Bank utilized an income valuation model (present value model) approach in determining the fair value of this security.

 

See in this section of the filing under Footnote 3 “Investment Securities” for additional discussion regarding the Bank’s private label mortgage backed security.

 

The Company’s trust preferred security is also considered highly illiquid and also valued using Level 3 inputs. The Company acquired the security in November 2015 and considered the acquisition price to still approximate market value at December 31, 2015, as there has been no meaningful market activity or events that management believes changed the investment’s value subsequent to acquisition. 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale: The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is determined using quoted secondary market prices. Mortgage loans held for sale are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

Mortgage Banking derivatives: Mortgage Banking derivatives used in the ordinary course of business primarily consist of mandatory forward sales contracts (“forward contracts”) and interest rate lock loan commitments. The fair value of the Bank’s derivative instruments is primarily measured by obtaining pricing from broker-dealers recognized to be market participants. The pricing is derived from market observable inputs that can generally be verified and do not typically involve significant judgment by the Bank. Forward contracts and rate lock loan commitments are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

Interest rate swap agreements used for interest rate risk management: Interest rate swaps are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of the management of interest rate risk to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of the Company’s interest-bearing liabilities. The Company values its interest rate swaps using Bloomberg Valuation Service’s derivative pricing functions and therefore classifies such valuations as Level 2. Valuations of these interest rate swaps are also received from the relevant counterparty and validated against internal calculations. The Company has considered counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap assets and has considered its own credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap liabilities.

 

153


 

Table of Contents

5.FAIR VALUE (continued)

 

Impaired loans: Collateral dependent impaired loans generally reflect partial charge-downs to their respective fair value, which is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals or broker price opinions (“BPOs”). These appraisals or BPOs may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the process by the independent experts to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower’s financial statements or aging reports, adjusted or discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation, and management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business, resulting in a Level 3 fair value classification. Collateral dependent loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly.

 

Premises, held for sale: Premises held for sale are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches, including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments may be significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

 

Other real estate owned: Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. These assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals or BPOs. These appraisals or BPOs may utilize a single approach or a combination of approaches, including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the process by the independent experts to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments may be significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

 

Appraisals for both collateral-dependent impaired loans and other real estate owned are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Bank. Once the appraisal is received, a member of the Bank’s Credit Administration Department reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal, as well as the overall resulting fair value in comparison with independent data sources, such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics. On at least an annual basis, the Bank performs a back test of collateral appraisals by comparing actual selling prices on recent collateral sales to the most recent appraisal of such collateral. Back tests are performed for each collateral class, e.g. residential real estate or commercial real estate, and may lead to additional adjustments to the value of unliquidated collateral of similar class.

 

Mortgage servicing rights: On at least a quarterly basis, MSRs are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the MSRs as compared to carrying amount. If the carrying amount of an individual grouping exceeds fair value, impairment is recorded and the respective individual tranche is carried at fair value. If the carrying amount of an individual grouping does not exceed fair value, impairment is reversed if previously recognized and the carrying value of the individual tranche is based on the amortization method. The valuation model utilizes assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income and that can generally be validated against available market data (Level 2). There were no MSR tranches carried at fair value at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

154


 

Table of Contents

5.FAIR VALUE (continued)

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including financial assets and liabilities for which the Bank has elected the fair value option, are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

    

 

    

    

 

 

 

 

Active Markets

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

for Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

Total

 

 

 

Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Fair

 

(in thousands)

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Value

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies

 

$

 

$

286,479

 

$

 

$

286,479

 

Private label mortgage backed security

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,132

 

 

5,132

 

Mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

 

 

92,268

 

 

 

 

92,268

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

113,668

 

 

 

 

113,668

 

Freddie Mac preferred stock

 

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

 

173

 

Mutual fund

 

 

1,011

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,011

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

14,922

 

 

 —

 

 

14,922

 

Trust preferred security

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

3,405

 

 

3,405

 

Total securities available for sale

 

$

1,011

 

$

507,510

 

$

8,537

 

$

517,058

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

$

 

$

4,083

 

$

 

$

4,083

 

Rate lock commitments

 

 

 

 

306

 

 

 

 

306

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

 

 

 

400

 

 

 

 

400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mandatory forward contracts

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

25

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

    

 

    

    

 

 

 

 

Active Markets

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

for Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

Total

 

 

 

Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Fair

 

(in thousands)

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Value

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies

 

$

 

$

146,922

 

$

 

$

146,922

 

Private label mortgage backed security

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,250

 

 

5,250

 

Mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

 

 

124,256

 

 

 

 

124,256

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

143,171

 

 

 

 

143,171

 

Freddie Mac preferred stock

 

 

 

 

231

 

 

 

 

231

 

Mutual fund

 

 

1,018

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

1,018

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

 

 

15,063

 

 

 

 

15,063

 

Total securities available for sale

 

$

1,018

 

$

429,643

 

$

5,250

 

$

435,911

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

$

 

$

6,388

 

$

 

$

6,388

 

Rate lock commitments

 

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mandatory forward contracts

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

33

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

All transfers between levels are generally recognized at the end of each quarter. There were no transfers into or out of Level 1, 2 or 3 assets during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

155


 

Table of Contents

5.FAIR VALUE (continued)

 

The table below presents a reconciliation of the Bank’s Private Label Mortgage Backed Security measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the periods ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 

Private Label Mortgage Backed Security

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

 

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

 

$

5,250

 

$

5,485

 

$

5,687

 

Total gains or losses included in earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss)

 

 

 

(125)

 

 

475

 

 

742

 

Recovery of actual losses previously recorded

 

 

 

35

 

 

141

 

 

201

 

Principal paydowns

 

 

 

(28)

 

 

(851)

 

 

(1,145)

 

Balance, end of year

 

 

$

5,132

 

$

5,250

 

$

5,485

 

 

 

The fair value of the Bank’s single private label mortgage backed security is supported by analysis prepared by an independent third party. The third party’s approach to determining fair value involved several steps: 1) detailed collateral analysis of the underlying mortgages, including consideration of geographic location, original loan-to-value and the weighted average FICO score of the borrowers; 2) collateral performance projections for each pool of mortgages underlying the security (probability of default, severity of default, and prepayment probabilities) and 3) discounted cash flow modeling.

 

The significant unobservable inputs in the fair value measurement of the Bank’s single private label mortgage backed security are prepayment rates, probability of default and loss severity in the event of default. Significant fluctuations in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly different fair value measurement.

 

The following tables present quantitative information about recurring Level 3 fair value measurements at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Fair

    

Valuation

    

    

    

 

 

December 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands)

 

Value

 

Technique

 

Unobservable Inputs

 

Range

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private label mortgage backed security

 

$

5,132

 

Discounted cash flow

 

(1) Constant prepayment rate

 

0.0% - 6.5%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2) Probability of default

 

3.0% - 9.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2) Loss severity

 

60% - 90%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Fair

    

Valuation

    

    

    

 

 

December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands)

 

Value

 

Technique

 

Unobservable Inputs

 

Range

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private label mortgage backed security

 

$

5,250

 

Discounted cash flow

 

(1) Constant prepayment rate

 

0.5% - 6.5%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2) Probability of default

 

3.0% - 6.2%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2) Loss severity

 

60% - 75%

 

 

 

156


 

Table of Contents

5.FAIR VALUE (continued)

 

Trust Preferred Security

 

The Company invested in its Trust Preferred Security during 2015. The table below presents a reconciliation of the Company’s Trust Preferred Security measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the period ended December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

 

$

 —

Purchases, net of accretion recognized

 

 

 

3,405

Balance, end of year

 

 

$

3,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

 

The Bank has elected the fair value option for mortgage loans held for sale. These loans are intended for sale and the Bank believes that the fair value is the best indicator of the resolution of these loans. Interest income is recorded based on the contractual terms of the loan and in accordance with Bank policy for such instruments. None of these loans were past due 90-days-or-more nor on nonaccrual as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the aggregate fair value, contractual balance (including accrued interest), and unrealized gain was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate fair value

 

 

$

4,083

 

$

6,388

 

Contractual balance

 

 

 

3,993

 

 

6,265

 

Unrealized gain

 

 

 

90

 

 

123

 

 

 

The total amount of gains and losses from changes in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale included in earnings for 2015, 2014 and 2013 are presented in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

219

 

$

183

 

$

471

 

Change in fair value

 

 

(33)

 

 

34

 

 

(488)

 

Total included in earnings

 

$

186

 

$

217

 

$

(17)

 

 

 

157


 

Table of Contents

5.FAIR VALUE (continued)

 

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

    

 

    

    

 

 

 

 

Active Markets

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

for Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

Total

 

 

 

Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Fair

 

(in thousands)

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

 

$

 

$

3,631

 

$

3,631

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

 

 

 

 

689

 

 

689

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,443

 

 

3,443

 

Home equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,245

 

 

1,245

 

Total impaired loans*

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

9,008

 

$

9,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

$

 

$

 

$

128

 

$

128

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

442

 

 

442

 

Construction & land development

 

 

 

 

 

 

300

 

 

300

 

Total other real estate owned

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

870

 

$

870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises, held for sale

 

$

 

$

 —

 

$

1,185

 

$

1,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

    

 

    

    

 

 

 

 

Active Markets

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

for Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

Total

 

 

 

Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Fair

 

(in thousands)

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,678

 

$

1,678

 

Non owner occupied

 

 

 

 

 

 

702

 

 

702

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,122

 

 

6,122

 

Home equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,346

 

 

1,346

 

Total impaired loans*

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

9,848

 

$

9,848

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,916

 

$

1,916

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,845

 

 

2,845

 

Construction & land development

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,427

 

 

4,427

 

Total other real estate owned

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

9,188

 

$

9,188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises, held for sale

 

$

 

$

 —

 

$

1,317

 

$

1,317

 

 

 

 

 

 


* The difference between the carrying value and the fair value of impaired loans measured at fair value is reconciled in a subsequent table of this Footnote.

 

158


 

Table of Contents

5.FAIR VALUE (continued)

 

The following tables present quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

    

    

    

Range

 

 

 

Fair

 

Valuation

 

Unobservable

 

(Weighted

 

December 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands)

 

Value

 

Technique

 

Inputs

 

Average)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans - residential real estate owner occupied

 

$

3,631

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

0% - 53% (7%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans - residential real estate non owner occupied

 

$

689

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

0% - 1% (1%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans - commercial real estate

 

$

1,839

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

0% - 58% (19%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans - commercial real estate

 

$

1,604

 

Income approach

 

Adjustments for differences between net operating income expectations

 

17% (17%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans - home equity

 

$

1,245

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

0% - 29% (20%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned - residential real estate

 

$

128

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

18% (18%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned - commercial real estate

 

$

442

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

12% - 23% (13%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned - construction & land development

 

$

300

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

49% (49%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises, held for sale

 

$

1,185

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

5% (5%)

 

 

159


 

Table of Contents

5.FAIR VALUE (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

    

    

    

Range

 

 

 

Fair

 

Valuation

 

Unobservable

 

(Weighted

 

December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands)

 

Value

 

Technique

 

Inputs

 

Average)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans - residential real estate owner occupied

 

$

1,678

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

0% - 33% (7%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans - residential real estate non owner occupied

 

$

702

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

0% - 33% (18%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans - commercial real estate

 

$

2,615

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

0% - 9% (2%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans - commercial real estate

 

$

3,507

 

Income approach

 

Adjustments for differences between net operating income expectations

 

3% - 37% (22%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans - home equity

 

$

1,346

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

0% - 35% (12%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned - residential real estate

 

$

1,916

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

9% - 23% (19%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned - commercial real estate

 

$

1,378

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

11% - 14% (13%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned - commercial real estate

 

$

1,467

 

Income approach

 

Adjustments for differences between net operating income expectations

 

19% (19%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned - construction & land development

 

$

2,000

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

13% - 70% (38%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned - construction & land development

 

$

2,427

 

Income approach

 

Adjustments for differences between net operating income expectations

 

8% - 9% (8%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises, held for sale

 

$

1,317

 

Sales comparison approach

 

Adjustments determined for differences between comparable sales

 

5% (5%)

 

 

 

160


 

Table of Contents

5.FAIR VALUE (continued)

 

Impaired Loans

 

Collateral dependent impaired loans are generally measured for impairment using the fair value for reasonable disposition of the underlying collateral. The Bank’s practice is to obtain new or updated appraisals or BPOs on the loans subject to the initial impairment review and then to evaluate the need for an update to this value on an as necessary or possibly annual basis thereafter (depending on the market conditions impacting the value of the collateral). The Bank may discount the valuation amount as necessary for selling costs and past due real estate taxes. If a new or updated appraisal or BPO is not available at the time of a loan’s impairment review, the Bank may apply a discount to the existing value of an old valuation to reflect the property’s current estimated value if it is believed to have deteriorated in either: (i) the physical or economic aspects of the subject property or (ii) material changes in market conditions. The impairment review generally results in a partial charge-off of the loan if fair value less selling costs are below the loan’s carrying value. Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy when impairment is determined using the fair value method.

 

Impaired collateral dependent loans are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount of loans measured at fair value

 

$

8,162

 

$

8,343

Estimated selling costs considered in carrying amount

 

 

946

 

 

1,505

Valuation allowance

 

 

(100)

 

 

 —

Total fair value

 

$

9,008

 

$

9,848

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions for loss on collateral dependent impaired loans

 

$

88

 

$

729

 

$

1,295

 

 

 

Other Real Estate Owned

 

Other real estate owned, which is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, is periodically assessed for impairment based on fair value at the reporting date. Fair value is determined from external appraisals or BPOs using judgments and estimates of external professionals. Many of these inputs are not observable and, accordingly, these measurements are classified as Level 3. All of the Bank’s individual other real estate owned properties were carried at the lower of their fair value or cost at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Details of other real estate owned carrying value and write downs follow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

 

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate carried at fair value

 

 

$

870

 

$

9,188

 

$

8,418

 

Other real estate carried at cost

 

 

 

350

 

 

2,055

 

 

8,684

 

Total carrying value of other real estate owned

 

 

$

1,220

 

$

11,243

 

$

17,102

 

Other real estate owned write-downs during the year

 

 

$

1,257

 

$

3,101

 

$

1,824

 

 

 

161


 

Table of Contents

5.FAIR VALUE (continued)

 

Premises, Held for Sale

 

The Company closed its Hudson, Florida banking center in January 2015. The Hudson premises were held for sale at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and carried at $1 million, its fair value less estimated selling costs. The Hudson premises were written down $132,000 during 2015, with no similar write-downs for 2014. Fair value was determined from an external appraisal using judgments and estimates. Many of these inputs are not observable and, accordingly, these measurements are classified as Level 3.

 

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

MSRs are carried at lower of cost or fair value with fair value determined by MSR tranche. There were no tranches carried at fair value at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

162


 

Table of Contents

5.FAIR VALUE (continued)

 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments, at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015:

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Total

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair

 

(in thousands)

 

Value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

210,082

 

$

210,082

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

210,082

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

517,058

 

 

1,011

 

 

507,510

 

 

8,537

 

 

517,058

 

Securities held to maturity

 

 

38,727

 

 

 

 

39,196

 

 

 

 

39,196

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

4,083

 

 

 

 

4,083

 

 

 

 

4,083

 

Other loans held for sale

 

 

514

 

 

 —

 

 

514

 

 

 —

 

 

514

 

Loans, net

 

 

3,299,119

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

3,332,608

 

 

3,332,608

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

 

28,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NA

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

9,233

 

 

 

 

9,233

 

 

 

 

9,233

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non interest-bearing deposits

 

 

634,863

 

 

 

 

634,863

 

 

 

 

634,863

 

Transaction deposits

 

 

1,601,647

 

 

 

 

1,601,647

 

 

 

 

1,601,647

 

Time deposits

 

 

250,967

 

 

 

 

250,882

 

 

 

 

250,882

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

 

 

395,433

 

 

 

 

395,433

 

 

 

 

395,433

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

 

699,500

 

 

 

 

708,722

 

 

 

 

708,722

 

Subordinated note

 

 

41,240

 

 

 

 

33,358

 

 

 

 

33,358

 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

1,229

 

 

 

 

1,229

 

 

 

 

1,229

 

 

 


NA - Not applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014:

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Total

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair

 

(in thousands)

 

Value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

72,878

 

$

72,878

 

$

 

$

 

$

72,878

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

435,911

 

 

1,018

 

 

429,643

 

 

5,250

 

 

435,911

 

Securities held to maturity

 

 

45,437

 

 

 

 

45,807

 

 

 

 

45,807

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

6,388

 

 

 

 

6,388

 

 

 

 

6,388

 

Loans, net

 

 

3,016,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,045,443

 

 

3,045,443

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

 

28,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NA

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

8,807

 

 

 

 

8,807

 

 

 

 

8,807

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non interest-bearing deposits

 

 

502,569

 

 

 

 

502,569

 

 

 

 

502,569

 

Transaction deposits

 

 

1,290,400

 

 

 

 

1,290,400

 

 

 

 

1,290,400

 

Time deposits

 

 

265,213

 

 

 

 

265,858

 

 

 

 

265,858

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

 

 

356,108

 

 

 

 

356,108

 

 

 

 

356,108

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

 

707,500

 

 

 

 

721,346

 

 

 

 

721,346

 

Subordinated note

 

 

41,240

 

 

 

 

41,198

 

 

 

 

41,198

 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

1,262

 

 

 

 

1,262

 

 

 

 

1,262

 

 

 


NA - Not applicable

163


 

Table of Contents

5.FAIR VALUE (continued)

 

Fair value estimates are based on existing on and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the Bank’s estimates.

 

The assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are explained below. Where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flow and other valuation techniques. Discounted cash flows can be significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The following fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and should not be considered representative of the liquidation value of the Company’s financial instruments, but rather a good-faith estimate of the fair value of financial instruments held by the Company.

 

In addition to those previously disclosed, the following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments:

 

Cash and cash equivalents — The carrying amounts of cash and short-term instruments approximate fair values and are classified as Level 1.

 

Other loans held for sale – Other loans held for sale constitute short-term consumer loans generally sold within two business days of origination. The carrying amounts of these loans, due to their short-term nature, approximate fair value and result in a Level 2 classification.

 

Loans, net of Allowance — The fair value of loans is calculated using discounted cash flows by loan type resulting in a Level 3 classification. The discount rate used to determine the present value of the loan portfolio is an estimated market rate that reflects the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan portfolio without considering widening credit spreads due to market illiquidity. The estimated maturity is based on the Bank’s historical experience with repayments adjusted to estimate the effect of current market conditions. The Allowance is considered a reasonable discount for credit risk. The methods utilized to estimate the fair value of loans do not necessarily represent an exit price.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock — It is not practical to determine the fair value of FHLB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability.

 

Accrued interest receivable/payable — The carrying amounts of accrued interest, due to their short-term nature, approximate fair value resulting in a Level 2 classification.

 

Deposits — Fair values for certificates of deposit have been determined using discounted cash flows. The discount rate used is based on estimated market rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities and are classified as Level 2. The carrying amounts of all other deposits, due to their short-term nature, approximate their fair values and are also classified as Level 2.

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase — The carrying amount for securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally maturing within ninety days approximates its fair value resulting in a Level 2 classification.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances — The fair value of the FHLB advances is obtained from the FHLB and is calculated by discounting contractual cash flows using an estimated interest rate based on the current rates available to the Company for debt of similar remaining maturities and collateral terms resulting in a Level 2 classification.

 

Subordinated note — The fair value for the subordinated note is calculated using discounted cash flows based upon current market spreads to London Interbank Borrowing Rate (“LIBOR”) for debt of similar remaining maturities and collateral terms resulting in a Level 2 classification.

 

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of the respective period ends. Although management is not aware of any factors that would dramatically affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that date and, therefore, estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented.

 

164


 

Table of Contents

6.MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES

 

Mortgage Banking activities primarily include residential mortgage originations and servicing.

 

Activity for mortgage loans held for sale was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

6,388

 

$

3,506

 

$

10,614

 

Origination of mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

160,989

 

 

82,457

 

 

291,155

 

Proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

(167,209)

 

 

(82,015)

 

 

(305,242)

 

Net gain on sale of mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

3,915

 

 

2,440

 

 

6,979

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

4,083

 

$

6,388

 

$

3,506

 

 

 

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not reported as assets. The Bank serviced loans for others, primarily FHLMC, totaling $883 million and $875 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014. Servicing loans for others generally consists of collecting mortgage payments, maintaining escrow accounts, disbursing payments to investors and processing foreclosures. Custodial escrow account balances maintained in connection with serviced loans were approximately $6 million and $7 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

The following table presents the components of Mortgage Banking income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

 

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gain realized on sale of mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

$

3,882

 

$

2,278

 

$

8,258

 

Net change in fair value recognized on loans held for sale

 

 

 

(33)

 

 

34

 

 

(488)

 

Net change in fair value recognized on rate lock commitments

 

 

 

57

 

 

173

 

 

(756)

 

Net change in fair value recognized on forward contracts

 

 

 

9

 

 

(45)

 

 

(35)

 

Net gain recognized

 

 

 

3,915

 

 

2,440

 

 

6,979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan servicing income

 

 

 

1,896

 

 

1,752

 

 

2,107

 

Amortization of mortgage servicing rights

 

 

 

(1,400)

 

 

(1,330)

 

 

(2,173)

 

Change in mortgage servicing rights valuation allowance

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

345

 

Net servicing income recognized

 

 

 

496

 

 

422

 

 

279

 

Total Mortgage Banking income

 

 

$

4,411

 

$

2,862

 

$

7,258

 

 

 

Activity for capitalized mortgage servicing rights was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

 

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

 

$

4,813

 

$

5,409

 

$

4,777

 

Additions

 

 

 

1,499

 

 

734

 

 

2,460

 

Amortized to expense

 

 

 

(1,400)

 

 

(1,330)

 

 

(2,173)

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

345

 

Balance, end of year

 

 

$

4,912

 

$

4,813

 

$

5,409

 

 

 

165


 

Table of Contents

6.MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES (continued)

 

Activity for the valuation allowance for capitalized mortgage servicing rights was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

 

$

 —

 

$

(345)

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reductions credited to operations

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

345

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

Other information relating to mortgage servicing rights follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (dollars in thousands)

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of mortgage servicing rights portfolio

 

$

7,242

 

$

6,651

 

Monthly prepayment rate of unpaid principal balance*

 

 

105% - 369%

 

 

95% - 462%

 

Discount rate

 

 

10%

 

 

10%

 

Weighted average default rate

 

 

1.50%

 

 

1.50%

 

Weighted average life in years

 

 

6.38

 

 

5.70

 

 

 


* Rates are applied to individual tranches with similar characteristics.

 

Estimated future amortization expense of the MSR portfolio (net of the impairment charge) follows; however, actual amortization expense will be impacted by loan payoffs and changes in estimated lives that occur during each respective year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year

    

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

$

938

 

2017

 

 

933

 

2018

 

 

922

 

2019

 

 

832

 

2020

 

 

570

 

2021

 

 

487

 

2022

 

 

230

 

Total

 

$

4,912

 

 

Mortgage Banking derivatives used in the ordinary course of business primarily consist of mandatory forward sales contracts and interest rate lock loan commitments. Mandatory forward contracts represent future commitments to deliver loans at a specified price and date and are used to manage interest rate risk on loan commitments and mortgage loans held for sale. Interest rate lock loan commitments represent commitments to fund loans at a specific rate. These derivatives involve underlying items, such as interest rates, and are designed to transfer risk. Substantially all of these instruments expire within 90 days from the date of issuance. Notional amounts are amounts on which calculations and payments are based, but which do not represent credit exposure, as credit exposure is limited to the amounts required to be received or paid.

 

Mandatory forward contracts also contain an element of risk in that the counterparties may be unable to meet the terms of such agreements. In the event the counterparties fail to deliver commitments or are unable to fulfill their obligations, the Bank could potentially incur significant additional costs by replacing the positions at then current market rates. The Bank manages its risk of exposure by limiting counterparties to those banks and institutions deemed appropriate by management and the Board of Directors. The Bank does not expect any counterparty to default on their obligations and therefore, the Bank does not expect to incur any cost related to counterparty default.

 

166


 

Table of Contents

6.MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES (continued)

 

The Bank is exposed to interest rate risk on loans held for sale and rate lock loan commitments. As market interest rates fluctuate, the fair value of mortgage loans held for sale and rate lock commitments will decline or increase. To offset this interest rate risk the Bank enters into derivatives, such as mandatory forward contracts to sell loans. The fair value of these mandatory forward contracts will fluctuate as market interest rates fluctuate, and the change in the value of these instruments is expected to largely, though not entirely, offset the change in fair value of loans held for sale and rate lock commitments. The objective of this activity is to minimize the exposure to losses on rate loan lock commitments and loans held for sale due to market interest rate fluctuations. The net effect of derivatives on earnings will depend on risk management activities and a variety of other factors, including: market interest rate volatility; the amount of rate lock commitments that close; the ability to fill the forward contracts before expiration; and the time period required to close and sell loans.

 

The following table includes the notional amounts and fair values of mortgage loans held for sale and mortgage banking derivatives as of the period ends presented:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

 

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in Mortgage loans held for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

$

3,993

 

$

4,083

 

$

6,265

 

$

6,388

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in other assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate lock loan commitments

 

 

$

21,580

 

$

306

 

$

12,866

 

$

250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in other liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mandatory forward contracts

 

 

$

19,232

 

$

25

 

$

13,181

 

$

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.INTEREST RATE SWAPS

 

Interest rate swap derivatives are reported at fair value in other assets or other liabilities. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship. For a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the derivative’s unrealized gain or loss is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). For derivatives not designated as hedges, the gain or loss is recognized in current period earnings.

 

Interest Rate Swaps Used as Cash Flow Hedges

 

The Bank entered into two interest rate swap agreements (“swaps”) during 2013 as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. The Bank designated the swaps as cash flow hedges intended to reduce the variability in cash flows attributable to either FHLB advances tied to the three-month LIBOR or the overall changes in cash flows on certain money market deposit accounts tied to one-month LIBOR.  The counterparty for both swaps met the Bank’s credit standards and the Bank believes that the credit risk inherent in the swap contracts is not significant.

 

The swaps were determined to be fully effective during all periods presented; therefore, no amount of ineffectiveness was included in net income. The aggregate fair value of the swaps is recorded in other liabilities with changes in fair value recorded in OCI. The amount included in AOCI would be reclassified to current earnings should the hedge no longer be considered effective. The Bank expects the hedges to remain fully effective during the remaining term of the swaps.

 

167


 

Table of Contents

7.INTEREST RATE SWAPS (continued)

 

The following table reflects information about swaps designated as cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Notional

 

Pay

 

 

Receive 

 

 

 

 

Assets /

 

 

Gain (Loss)

 

 

Assets /

 

 

Gain (Loss)

(dollars in thousands)

  

 

Amount

  

Rate

 

  

Rate

  

Term

  

 

(Liabilities)

  

 

AOCI

  

 

(Liabilities)

  

 

in AOCI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap on money market deposits

 

$

10,000

 

2.17

%

 

1M LIBOR

 

12/2013 - 12/2020

 

$

(289)

 

$

(188)

 

$

(232)

 

$

(150)

Interest rate swap on FHLB advance

 

 

10,000

 

2.33

%

 

3M LIBOR

 

12/2013 - 12/2020

 

 

(311)

 

 

(202)

 

 

(256)

 

 

(166)

 

 

$

20,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(600)

 

$

(390)

 

$

(488)

 

$

(316)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following table reflects the total interest expense recorded on these swap transactions in the consolidated statements of income during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

 

2015

    

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap on money market deposits

 

$

198

 

$

201

 

$

16

Interest rate swap on FHLB advance

 

 

204

 

 

223

 

 

7

Total interest expense on swap transactions

 

$

402

 

$

424

 

$

23

 

 

The following tables present the net gains (losses) recorded in accumulated OCI and the consolidated statements of income relating to the swaps for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains (losses) recognized in OCI on derivative (effective portion)

 

 

$

(514)

 

$

(1,082)

 

$

147

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses reclassified from OCI on derivative (effective portion)

 

 

$

(402)

 

$

(424)

 

$

(23)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gains (losses) recognized in income on derivative (ineffective portion)

 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

The estimated net amount of the existing losses that are reported in accumulated OCI at December 31, 2015 that is expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months is $308,000.

 

Non-hedge Interest Rate Swaps

 

The Bank enters into interest rate swaps to facilitate client transactions and meet their financing needs. Upon entering into these instruments to meet client needs, the Bank enters into offsetting positions with institutional swap dealers in order to minimize the Bank’s interest rate risk. These swaps are derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments, and therefore changes in fair value are reported in current year earnings.

 

Interest rate swap contracts involve the risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet contractual terms. When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is positive, this generally indicates that the counter party or client owes the Bank, and results in credit risk to the Bank. When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is negative, the Bank owes the client or counterparty and therefore, has no credit risk.

 

168


 

Table of Contents

7.INTEREST RATE SWAPS (continued)

 

A summary of the Bank’s interest rate swaps related to clients as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 is included in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

Notional

 

 

 

 

Notional

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

Bank Position

 

Amount

    

Fair Value

    

Amount

    

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps with Bank clients

 

Pay variable/receive fixed

 

$

25,927

 

$

400

 

$

 —

 

$

 

Offsetting interest rate swaps with institutional swap dealer

 

Pay fixed/ receive variable

 

 

25,927

 

 

(400)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

 

 

$

51,854

 

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Bank is required to pledge securities as collateral when the Bank is in a net loss position for all swaps with non-client counterparties when such net loss positions exceed $250,000. The fair value of investment securities pledged as collateral by the Bank to cover such net loss positions totaled $1.5 million and $734,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

 

 

 

8.PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

A summary of the cost and accumulated depreciation of premises and equipment follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

3,055

 

$

3,477

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

24,262

 

 

27,112

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

 

34,066

 

 

36,478

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

15,830

 

 

15,586

 

Construction in progress

 

 

 —

 

 

272

 

Total premises and equipment

 

 

77,213

 

 

82,925

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

47,292

 

 

49,938

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

$

29,921

 

$

32,987

 

 

 

 

The Company closed its Hudson, Florida banking center in January 2015. As of December 31, 2015, the Hudson banking center was held for sale at fair value, or $1 million.

 

In July 2015, the Company sold its banking center in Elizabethtown, Kentucky and recognized a $28,000 gain on the transaction. The premises of the banking center were carried at approximately $1 million, which equated to the total cost of the premises less accumulated depreciation. 

 

Depreciation expense related to premises and equipment follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

 

$

6,742

 

$

6,363

 

$

5,311

 

 

 

169


 

Table of Contents

 

 

9.GOODWILL AND CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

A progression of the balance for goodwill follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

$

10,168

 

$

10,168

 

$

10,168

Acquired goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

End of year

 

$

10,168

 

$

10,168

 

$

10,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The goodwill balance relates entirely to the Company’s Core Banking operations. The Bank did not record any goodwill associated with its 2012 FDIC-assisted acquisitions.

 

Impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill exceeds its fair value. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company’s Core Banking reporting unit had positive equity and the Company elected to perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it was more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill. The qualitative assessment indicated that it was not more-likely-than-not that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeded its fair value. Therefore, the Company did not complete the two-step impairment test as of December 31, 2015,  2014 and 2013. 

 

All of the Company’s core deposit intangibles were fully amortized as of December 31, 2013. Aggregate core deposit intangible amortization expense follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core deposit amortization expense

 

$

 

$

 

$

510

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.DEPOSITS

 

Ending deposit balances at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand

 

 

$

783,054

 

$

691,787

 

Money market accounts

 

 

 

501,059

 

 

471,339

 

Brokered money market accounts

 

 

 

200,126

 

 

35,649

 

Savings

 

 

 

117,408

 

 

91,625

 

Individual retirement accounts*

 

 

 

36,016

 

 

28,771

 

Time deposits, $250 and over*

 

 

 

42,775

 

 

56,556

 

Other certificates of deposit*

 

 

 

127,878

 

 

104,010

 

Brokered certificates of deposit*

 

 

 

44,298

 

 

75,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

 

 

1,852,614

 

 

1,555,613

 

Total non interest-bearing deposits

 

 

 

634,863

 

 

502,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits

 

 

$

2,487,477

 

$

2,058,182

 

 

 


*Represents a time deposit.

 

 

170


 

Table of Contents

10.DEPOSITS (continued)

 

 

Time deposits at or above the FDIC insured limit of $250,000 are presented in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits of $250 or more

 

$

42,775

 

$

56,556

 

 

At December 31, 2015, the scheduled maturities and weight average rate of all time deposits, including brokered certificates of deposit, were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Year (dollars in thousands)

 

Principal

 

Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

$

119,302

 

0.54

%  

2017

 

 

27,097

 

0.77

%  

2018

 

 

30,108

 

1.44

%  

2019

 

 

35,728

 

1.92

%  

2020

 

 

38,732

 

1.86

%  

Thereafter

 

 

 —

 

 —

%  

Total

 

$

250,967

 

1.07

%  

 

 

 

 

171


 

Table of Contents

11.SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase consist of short-term excess funds from correspondent banks, repurchase agreements and overnight liabilities to deposit clients arising from the Bank’s treasury management program. While comparable to deposits in their transactional nature, these overnight liabilities to clients are in the form of repurchase agreements. Repurchase agreements collateralized by securities are treated as financings; accordingly, the securities involved with the agreements are recorded as assets and are held by a safekeeping agent and the obligations to repurchase the securities are reflected as liabilities. Should the fair value of currently pledged securities fall below the associated repurchase agreements, the Bank would be required to pledge additional securities. To mitigate the risk of under collateralization, the Bank typically pledges at least two percent more in securities than the associated repurchase agreements.  All such securities are under the Bank’s control.

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, all securities sold under agreements to repurchase had overnight maturities. Additional information regarding securities sold under agreements to repurchase follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (dollars in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding balance at end of year

 

 

$

395,433

 

$

356,108

 

Weighted average interest rate at year end

 

 

 

0.02

%  

 

0.04

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of securities pledged:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agencies

 

 

$

244,707

 

$

121,378

 

Mortgage backed securities - residential

 

 

 

82,666

 

 

105,144

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

130,821

 

 

151,956

 

Total securities pledged

 

 

$

458,194

 

$

378,478

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (dollars in thousands)

        

 

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average outstanding balance during the year

 

 

 

$

379,477

 

$

296,196

 

$

170,386

 

Average interest rate during the year

 

 

 

 

0.02

%  

 

0.04

%  

 

0.04

%  

Maximum outstanding at any month end during the year

 

 

 

$

442,981

 

$

408,891

 

$

242,721

 

 

 

12.FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, FHLB advances were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overnight advances

 

 

$

150,000

 

$

198,000

 

Variable interest rate advance indexed to 3-Month LIBOR plus 0.14% due on December 20, 2016

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

10,000

 

Fixed interest rate advances with a weighted average interest rate of 1.68% due through 2023

 

 

 

439,500

 

 

399,500

 

Putable fixed interest rate advances with a weighted average interest rate of 4.39% due through 2017(1)

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

Total FHLB advances

 

 

$

699,500

 

$

707,500

 

 


(1)

 Represents putable advances with the FHLB. These advances have original fixed rate periods ranging from one to five years with original maturities ranging from three to ten years if not put back to the Bank earlier by the FHLB. At the end of their respective fixed rate periods and on a quarterly basis thereafter, the FHLB has the right to require payoff of the advances by the Bank at no penalty.

172


 

Table of Contents

12.FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES (continued)

 

Each FHLB advance is payable at its maturity date, with a prepayment penalty for fixed rate advances that are paid off earlier than maturity. FHLB advances are collateralized by a blanket pledge of eligible real estate loans. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, Republic had available collateral to borrow an additional $567 million and $452 million, respectively, from the FHLB. In addition to its borrowing line with the FHLB, Republic also had unsecured lines of credit totaling $170 million available through various other financial institutions as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Aggregate future principal payments on FHLB advances, based on contractual maturity dates are detailed below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

 

    

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Year (dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016 (Overnight)

 

$

150,000

 

0.35

%  

2016

 

 

92,000

 

1.64

%  

2017

 

 

145,000

 

3.44

%  

2018

 

 

117,500

 

1.53

%  

2019

 

 

100,000

 

1.80

%  

2020

 

 

65,000

 

1.78

%  

2021

 

 

20,000

 

1.86

%  

Thereafter

 

 

10,000

 

2.14

%  

Total

 

$

699,500

 

1.77

%  

 

 

Due to their nature, the Bank considers average balance information more meaningful than period end balances for its overnight borrowings from the FHLB. Information regarding short-term overnight FHLB advances follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (dollars in thousands)

    

2015

    

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding balance at end of year

 

$

150,000

 

 

$

198,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

 

 

0.35

%

 

 

0.14

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (dollars in thousands)

    

2015

    

 

2014

    

 

2013

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average outstanding balance during the year

 

$

63,327

 

 

$

15,756

 

 

$

 —

 

 

Average interest rate during the year

 

 

0.17

%

 

 

0.20

%

 

 

 —

%

 

Maximum outstanding at any month end during the year

 

$

387,000

 

 

$

198,000

 

 

$

 —

 

 

 

The following table illustrates real estate loans pledged to collateralize advances and letters of credit with the FHLB:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (dollars in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien, single family residential real estate

 

$

1,346,663

 

$

1,333,811

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

272,863

 

 

103,064

 

Multi-family commercial real estate

 

 

10,227

 

 

12,682

 

 

 

 

 

 

173


 

Table of Contents

13.SUBORDINATED NOTE

 

In 2005, Republic Bancorp Capital Trust (“RBCT”), an unconsolidated trust subsidiary of Republic, was formed and issued $40 million in Trust Preferred Securities (“TPS”). The sole asset of RBCT represents the proceeds of the offering loaned to Republic in exchange for a subordinated note with similar terms to the TPS. The TPS are treated as part of Republic’s Tier I Capital.

 

The subordinated note and related interest expense are included in Republic’s consolidated financial statements. The subordinated note paid a fixed interest rate of 6.015% through September 30, 2015 and adjusted to LIBOR +  1.42% thereafter. The subordinated note matures on December 31, 2035 and is now redeemable at the Company’s option on a quarterly basis. The Company chose not to redeem the subordinated note on October 1, 2015 or January 1, 2016, and carried the note at a cost of LIBOR + 1.42% at December 31, 2015.

 

14.INCOME TAXES

 

Allocation of federal income tax between current and deferred portion is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

18,108

 

$

22,143

 

$

20,668

State

 

 

1,125

 

 

2,469

 

 

2,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(1,262)

 

 

(8,637)

 

 

(7,395)

State

 

 

107

 

 

(447)

 

 

(365)

Total

 

$

18,078

 

$

15,528

 

$

15,075

 

Effective tax rates differ from federal statutory rate of 35% applied to income before income taxes due to the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal statutory rate times financial statement income

 

35.00

%  

35.00

%  

35.00

%  

Effect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

1.50

%  

2.96

%  

2.89

%  

General business tax credits

 

(0.43)

%  

(0.67)

%  

(0.73)

%  

Nontaxable income

 

(2.68)

%  

(2.80)

%  

(1.63)

%  

Other, net

 

0.56

%  

0.55

%  

1.69

%  

Effective tax rate

 

33.95

%  

35.04

%  

37.22

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

174


 

Table of Contents

14.INCOME TAXES (continued)

 

Year-end deferred tax assets and liabilities were due to the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

$

9,595

 

$

8,439

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

3,913

 

 

3,109

 

Net operating loss carryforward*

 

 

1,574

 

 

1,532

 

Depreciation

 

 

1,289

 

 

1,342

 

Other-than-temporary impairment

 

 

750

 

 

754

 

Partnership losses

 

 

842

 

 

602

 

OREO writedowns

 

 

20

 

 

1,386

 

Fair value of cash flow hedges

 

 

210

 

 

170

 

Other  

 

 

2,061

 

 

2,051

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

20,254

 

 

19,385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized investment securities gains

 

 

(1,314)

 

 

(2,494)

 

Federal Home Loan Bank dividends

 

 

(4,315)

 

 

(4,341)

 

Deferred loan fees

 

 

(317)

 

 

(573)

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

(1,781)

 

 

(1,755)

 

Bargain purchase gain

 

 

(552)

 

 

(741)

 

New market tax credits

 

 

(707)

 

 

(823)

 

Other

 

 

(374)

 

 

(288)

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(9,360)

 

 

(11,015)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Valuation allowance

 

 

(1,564)

 

 

(1,415)

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

9,330

 

$

6,955

 

 

 


*The Company has a Kentucky net operating loss carry forward of $25 million which began to expire in 2012. The Company maintains a valuation allowance, as it does not anticipate generating taxable income in Kentucky to utilize these carryforwards prior to expiration.

 

175


 

Table of Contents

14.INCOME TAXES (continued)

 

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

 

The Company has not filed tax returns in certain jurisdictions where it has conducted limited lending activity but had no offices; therefore, the Company is open to examination for all years in which the lending activity has occurred. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, on January 1, 2007 and recognized a liability for the amount of tax which would be due to those jurisdictions should it be determined that income tax filings were required. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense related to its unrecognized tax benefits.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

1,977

 

$

1,381

 

$

595

 

Additions based on tax related to the current year

 

 

109

 

 

81

 

 

39

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

15

 

 

750

 

 

783

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reductions due to the statute of limitations

 

 

(301)

 

 

(235)

 

 

(36)

 

Settlements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

1,800

 

$

1,977

 

$

1,381

 

 

Of the 2015 total, $1.2 million represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase or decrease in the next twelve months.

 

Amounts related to interest and penalties recorded in the income statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and accrued on the balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and penalties recorded in the income statement

 

$

19

 

$

260

 

$

401

 

Interest and penalties accrued on balance sheet

 

 

847

 

 

827

 

 

567

 

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction.   The Company is currently under IRS examination of its 2013 corporate income tax return.  Management does not expect that the results of the examination will have a material effect on the Company's financial condition.  While management believes tax positions are appropriate, the IRS could challenge the Company's positions as a part of this examination.  The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for all years prior to and including 2011.

 

176


 

Table of Contents

15.EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Class A and Class B shares participate equally in undistributed earnings. The difference in earnings per share between the two classes of common stock results solely from the 10% per share cash dividend premium paid on Class A Common Stock over that paid on Class B Common Stock. See Footnote 16, “Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Capital Matters” of this section of the filing.

 

A reconciliation of the combined Class A and Class B Common Stock numerators and denominators of the earnings per share and diluted earnings per share computations is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands, except per share data)

    

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

$

35,166

 

$

28,787

 

$

25,423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

 

20,861

 

 

20,804

 

 

20,807

 

Effect of dilutive securities

 

 

 

81

 

 

95

 

 

97

 

Average shares outstanding including dilutive securities

 

 

 

20,942

 

 

20,899

 

 

20,904

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

$

1.70

 

$

1.39

 

$

1.23

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

$

1.55

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

$

1.70

 

$

1.38

 

$

1.22

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

$

1.54

 

$

1.32

 

$

1.16

 

 

Stock options excluded from the detailed earnings per share calculation because their impact was antidilutive are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Antidilutive stock options

 

 

318,400

 

16,250

 

18,000

 

Average antidilutive stock options

 

 

216,621

 

15,419

 

15,667

 

 

177


 

Table of Contents

16.STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS

 

Common Stock —  The Class A Common shares are entitled to cash dividends equal to 110% of the cash dividend paid per share on Class B Common Stock. Class A Common shares have one vote per share and Class B Common shares have ten votes per share. Class B Common shares may be converted, at the option of the holder, to Class A Common shares on a share for share basis. The Class A Common shares are not convertible into any other class of Republic’s capital stock.

 

Dividend RestrictionsThe Parent Company’s principal source of funds for dividend payments are dividends received from the Bank. Banking regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid to the Parent Company by the Bank without prior approval of the respective states’ banking regulators. Under these regulations, the amount of dividends that may be paid in any calendar year is limited to the current year’s net profits, combined with the retained net profits of the preceding two years. At December 31, 2015, the Bank could, without prior approval, declare dividends of approximately $43 million.

 

Regulatory Capital Requirements — The Parent Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by banking regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on Republic’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Parent Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off balance sheet items, as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

 

New Capital Rules  Effective January 1, 2015 the Company and the Bank became subject to the new capital regulations in accordance with Basel III. The new regulations establish higher minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, a new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and a new capital conservation buffer. The new regulations also include revisions to the definition of capital and changes in the risk-weighting of certain assets. For prompt corrective action, the new regulations establish definitions of “well capitalized” as a 6.5% common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, an 8.0% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, a 10.0% total risk-based capital ratio and a 5.0% Tier 1 leverage ratio. 

178


 

Table of Contents

16.STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Requirement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

to be Well Capitalized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Requirement

 

Under Prompt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for Capital Adequacy

 

Corrective Action

 

 

 

Actual

 

Purposes

 

Provisions

 

(dollars in thousands)

    

Amount

    

Ratio

    

Amount

    

Ratio

    

Amount

    

Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital to risk weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

$

631,820

 

20.58

%  

$

245,556

 

8.00

%  

 

NA

 

NA

 

Republic Bank & Trust Company

 

 

494,575

 

16.12

 

 

245,426

 

8.00

 

$

306,782

 

10.00

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

564,329

 

18.39

 

 

138,125

 

4.50

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Republic Bank & Trust Company

 

 

467,084

 

15.23

 

 

138,052

 

4.50

 

 

199,408

 

6.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 (core) capital to risk weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

604,329

 

19.69

 

 

184,167

 

6.00

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Republic Bank & Trust Company

 

 

467,084

 

15.23

 

 

184,069

 

6.00

 

 

245,426

 

8.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage capital to average assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

604,329

 

14.82

 

 

163,114

 

4.00

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Republic Bank & Trust Company

 

 

467,084

 

11.46

 

 

163,018

 

4.00

 

 

203,772

 

5.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Requirement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

to be Well Capitalized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Requirement

 

Under Prompt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for Capital Adequacy

 

Corrective Action

 

 

 

Actual

 

Purposes

 

Provisions

 

(dollars in thousands)

    

Amount

    

Ratio

    

Amount

    

Ratio

    

Amount

    

Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital to risk weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

$

608,658

 

22.17

%  

$

219,654

 

8.00

%  

 

NA

 

NA

 

Republic Bank & Trust Company

 

 

472,357

 

17.21

 

 

219,526

 

8.00

 

$

274,408

 

10.00

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 (core) capital to risk weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Republic Bank & Trust Company

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 (core) capital to risk weighted assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

584,248

 

21.28

 

 

109,827

 

4.00

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Republic Bank & Trust Company

 

 

447,947

 

16.32

 

 

109,763

 

4.00

 

 

164,645

 

6.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage capital to average assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

584,248

 

15.92

 

 

146,765

 

4.00

 

 

NA

 

NA

 

Republic Bank & Trust Company

 

 

447,947

 

12.21

 

 

146,698

 

4.00

 

 

183,372

 

5.00

 

 

 


NA - Not applicable.

 

 

 

 

179


 

Table of Contents

17.STOCK PLANS AND STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

 

On January 15, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the Republic Bancorp, Inc. 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”), which became effective April 23, 2015 when the Company’s shareholders approved the 2015 Plan. The 2015 Plan replaced the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, which expired on March 15, 2015.

 

The number of authorized shares under the 2015 Plan was fixed at 3,000,000, with such number subject to adjustment in the event of certain events, such as stock dividends, stock splits or the like. There is a minimum three-year vesting period for awards granted to employees under the 2015 Plan that vest based solely on the completion of a specified period of service, with options and restricted stock awards generally exercisable five to six years after the issue date. Stock options generally must be exercised within one year from the date the options become exercisable and have an exercise price that is at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the date the options were granted.

 

All shares issued under the above mentioned plans through December 31, 2015 were from authorized and reserved unissued shares. The Company has a sufficient number of authorized and reserved unissued shares to satisfy all anticipated option exercises. There are no Class B stock options outstanding or available for exercise under the Company’s plans.

 

The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes based stock option valuation model. This model requires the input of subjective assumptions that will usually have a significant impact on the fair value estimate. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of Republic’s stock and other factors. Expected dividends are based on dividend trends and the market price of Republic’s stock price at grant. Republic uses historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of grant.

 

All share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, are recognized as compensation expense over the service period (generally the vesting period) in the consolidated financial statements based on their fair values.

 

The fair value of stock options granted was determined using the following weighted average assumptions as of grant date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

1.54

%  

 

2.11

%  

 

0.80

%  

Expected dividend yield

 

 

3.06

%  

 

3.18

%  

 

2.95

%  

Expected stock price volatility

 

 

22.66

%  

 

30.20

%  

 

31.95

%  

Expected life of options (in years)

 

 

5

 

 

6

 

 

6

 

Estimated fair value per share

 

$

3.58

 

$

5.16

 

$

5.21

 

 

180


 

Table of Contents

17.STOCK PLANS AND STOCK BASED COMPENSATION (continued)

 

The following table summarizes stock option activity from January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

    

    

 

    

Weighted

    

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

Average

 

Remaining

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

Class A

 

Exercise

 

Contractual

 

Intrinsic

 

 

    

Shares

    

Price

    

Term

    

Value

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, January 1, 2014

 

327,500

 

$

20.03

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

1,000

 

 

23.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(90,500)

 

 

19.78

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

(83,000)

 

 

20.09

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2014

 

155,000

 

$

20.15

 

1.14

 

$

710,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, January 1, 2015

 

155,000

 

$

20.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

323,400

 

 

24.51

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(97,750)

 

 

19.77

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

(57,250)

 

 

21.43

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2015

 

323,400

 

$

24.40

 

4.70

 

 

650,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fully vested and expected to vest

 

323,400

 

$

24.40

 

4.70

 

$

650,000

 

Exercisable (vested) at December 31, 2015

 

4,000

 

$

20.12

 

0.16

 

$

25,000

 

 

Information related to the stock option plan during each year follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intrinsic value of options exercised

 

$

581

 

$

356

 

$

131

 

Cash received from options exercised, net of shares redeemed

 

 

1,136

 

 

1,103

 

 

467

 

Total fair value of options granted

 

 

1,159

 

 

5

 

 

31

 

 

Loan balances of non-executive officer employees that were originated solely to fund stock option exercises were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding loans

 

$

660

 

$

471

 

 

181


 

Table of Contents

17.STOCK PLANS AND STOCK BASED COMPENSATION (continued)

 

Restricted stock awards generally become fully vested at the end of five to six years of continued employment.

 

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity from January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Weighted-average

 

 

 

Restricted

 

grant date fair

 

 

 

Stock Awards

 

value per share

 

Outstanding, January 1, 2014

 

87,000

 

$

19.85

 

Granted

 

 

 

 —

 

Forfeited

 

(1,500)

 

 

19.85

 

Earned and issued

 

(5,000)

 

 

19.85

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2014

 

80,500

 

$

19.85

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, January 1, 2015

 

80,500

 

$

19.85

 

Granted

 

2,500

 

 

25.19

 

Forfeited

 

(4,000)

 

 

19.85

 

Earned and issued

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2015

 

79,000

 

$

20.02

 

 

The fair value of the restricted stock awards is based on the closing stock price on the date of grant with the associated expense amortized to compensation expense over the vesting period, generally five to six years.

 

The Company recorded expense related to stock options and restricted stock awards for years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option expense

 

 

$

169

 

$

53

 

$

205

Restricted stock award expense

 

 

$

253

 

$

405

 

$

298

 

Unrecognized stock option and restricted stock award expense related to unvested options and awards (net of estimated forfeitures) are estimated as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Restricted

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Stock Awards

 

Options

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

$

290

 

$

264

 

$

554

 

2017

 

 

265

 

 

261

 

 

526

 

2018

 

 

123

 

 

259

 

 

382

 

2019

 

 

12

 

 

144

 

 

156

 

2020

 

 

8

 

 

30

 

 

38

 

2021

 

 

2

 

 

 —

 

 

2

 

Total

 

$

700

 

$

958

 

$

1,658

 

 

182


 

Table of Contents

17.STOCK PLANS AND STOCK BASED COMPENSATION (continued)

 

Director Deferred Compensation

 

In November 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan governs the deferral of board and committee fees of non-employee members of the Board of Directors. Members of the Board of Directors may defer up to 100% of their board and committee fees for a specified period ranging from two to five years. The value of the deferred director compensation account is deemed “invested” in Company stock and is immediately vested. On a quarterly basis, the Company reserves shares of Republic’s stock within the Company’s stock option plan for ultimate distribution to Directors at the end of the deferral period.

 

The following table presents information on director deferred compensation shares reserved for the periods shown:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

    

 

    

Weighted

    

 

    

Weighted

    

 

    

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Average Market

 

 

 

Average Market

 

 

 

Average Market

 

 

 

Shares

 

Price at Date of

 

Shares

 

Price at Date of

 

Shares

 

Price at Date of

 

Years ended December 31,

 

Deferred

 

Deferral

 

Deferred

 

Deferral

 

Deferred

 

Deferral

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

$

58,604

 

$

21.56

 

53,136

 

$

21.23

 

50,414

 

$

20.64

 

Awarded

 

8,586

 

 

25.24

 

7,783

 

 

23.61

 

7,768

 

 

24.32

 

Released

 

(4,937)

 

 

21.00

 

(2,315)

 

 

20.76

 

(5,046)

 

 

20.16

 

Balance, end of year

 

62,253

 

 

22.12

 

58,604

 

 

21.56

 

53,136

 

 

21.23

 

 

Director deferred compensation has been expensed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director deferred compensation expense

 

$

223

 

$

187

 

$

193

 

 

 

 

 

18.BENEFIT PLANS

 

401 (k) Plan

 

Republic maintains a 401(k) plan for eligible employees.  All employees become eligible for the plan as soon as administratively feasible following their date of hire. Participants in the plan have the option to contribute from 1% to 75% of their annual eligible compensation, up to the maximum allowed by the IRS. The Company matches 100% of participant contributions up to 1% and an additional 75% for participant contributions between 2% and 5% of each participant’s annual eligible compensation. Participants are fully vested after two years of employment.

 

Republic also contributes bonus contributions in addition to the aforementioned matching contributions if the Company achieves certain operating goals. Normal and bonus contributions for each of the periods ended were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer matching contributions

 

$

1,517

 

$

1,419

 

$

1,576

 

Discretionary employer bonus matching contributions

 

$

 

$

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

183


 

Table of Contents

19.TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES AND THEIR AFFILIATES

 

Republic leases office facilities under operating leases from limited liability companies in which Republic’s Chairman/Chief Executive Officer and President are partners. Rent expense under these leases was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rent expense under leases from related parties

 

$

3,706

 

$

3,646

 

$

3,372

 

 

Total minimum lease commitments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

    

Affiliate

    

Other

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

$

3,465

 

 

2,221

 

 

5,686

 

2017

 

 

3,506

 

 

2,131

 

 

5,637

 

2018

 

 

2,949

 

 

1,874

 

 

4,823

 

2019

 

 

2,165

 

 

1,367

 

 

3,532

 

2020

 

 

1,945

 

 

1,140

 

 

3,085

 

Thereafter

 

 

2,630

 

 

4,292

 

 

6,922

 

Total

 

$

16,660

 

$

13,025

 

$

29,685

 

 

A director of Republic Bancorp, Inc. is the President and Chief Executive Officer of a company that leases space to the Company. Fees paid by the Company totaled $15,000,  $16,000 and $14,000 for years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

A director of Republic Bancorp, Inc. is designated as a staff attorney with a local law firm. While this director has an arrangement where a percentage of revenues paid to the law firm by certain clients is remitted to him, fees paid to the law firm by the Company are not included in this arrangement. Fees paid by the Company to this law firm totaled $183,000,  $160,000 and $1 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

A director of the Bank is an executive of two consulting firms and a local chamber of commerce. Fees paid by the Company to these entities totaled $101,000,  $66,000 and $101,000 in 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

A director of the Bank is a partner of an accounting firm that received fees from the Company of $2,000,  $9,000 and $9,000 in 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

Loans made to executive officers and directors of Republic and their related interests during 2015 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

36,270

 

Effect of changes in composition of related parties

 

 

2,739

 

New loans

 

 

18,354

 

Repayments

 

 

(5,293)

 

Ending balance

 

$

52,070

 

 

Deposits from executive officers, directors, and their affiliates totaled $82 million and $74 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

184


 

Table of Contents

19.TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES AND THEIR AFFILIATES (continued)

 

By an agreement dated December 14, 1989, as amended August 8, 1994, the Company entered into a split-dollar insurance agreement with a trust established by the Company’s deceased former Chairman, Bernard M. Trager. Pursuant to the agreement, from 1989 through 2002 the Company paid $690,000 in total annual premiums on the insurance policies held in the trust. The policies are joint-life policies payable upon the death of Mrs. Jean Trager, as the survivor of her husband Bernard M. Trager. The cash surrender value of the policies was approximately $2.1 million and $1.9 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the trust, the beneficiaries of the trust will each receive the proceeds of the policies after the repayment of the $690,000 of indebtedness to the Company. The aggregate amount of such unreimbursed premiums constitutes indebtedness from the trust to the Company and is secured by a collateral assignment of the policies. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the net death benefit under the policies was approximately $3.5 million. Upon the termination of the agreement, whether by the death of Mrs. Trager or earlier cancellation, the Company is entitled to be repaid by the trust the amount of indebtedness outstanding at that time.

185


 

Table of Contents

20.OFF BALANCE SHEET RISKS, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

The Company, in the normal course of business, is party to financial instruments with off balance sheet risk. These financial instruments primarily include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. The contract or notional amounts of these instruments reflect the potential future obligations of the Company pursuant to those financial instruments. Creditworthiness for all instruments is evaluated on a case by case basis in accordance with the Company’s credit policies. Collateral from the client may be required based on the Company’s credit evaluation of the client and may include business assets of commercial clients, as well as personal property and real estate of individual clients or guarantors.

 

The Company also extends binding commitments to clients and prospective clients. Such commitments assure a borrower of financing for a specified period of time at a specified rate.  Additionally, the Company makes binding purchase commitments to third party loan correspondent originators.  These commitments assure that the Company will purchase a loan from such correspondent originators at a specific price for a specific period of time.  The risk to the Company under such loan commitments is limited by the terms of the contracts.  For example, the Company may not be obligated to advance funds if the client’s financial condition deteriorates or if the client fails to meet specific covenants.

 

An approved but unfunded loan commitment represents a potential credit risk and a liquidity risk, since the Company’s client (s) may demand immediate cash that would require funding.  In addition, unfunded loan commitments represent interest rate risk as market interest rates may rise above the rate committed to the Company’s client.  Since a portion of these loan commitments normally expire unused, the total amount of outstanding commitments at any point in time may not require future funding.

 

The table below presents the Company’s commitments, exclusive of Mortgage Banking loan commitments for each year ended:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,  (in thousands)

    

 

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unused warehouse lines of credit

 

 

$

304,379

 

$

208,069

 

Unused home equity lines of credit

 

 

 

282,007

 

 

240,372

 

Unused loan commitments - other

 

 

 

329,232

 

 

216,806

 

Commitments to purchase loans*

 

 

 

22,590

 

 

15,798

 

Standby letters of credit

 

 

 

12,740

 

 

12,383

 

FHLB letters of credit

 

 

 

 —

 

 

750

 

Total commitments

 

 

$

950,948

 

$

694,178

 


*Commitments are made through the Company’s Correspondent Lending channel. 

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. The terms and risk of loss involved in issuing standby letters of credit are similar to those involved in issuing loan commitments and extending credit. In addition to credit risk, the Company also has liquidity risk associated with standby letters of credit because funding for these obligations could be required immediately. The Company does not deem this risk to be material.

 

 

 

186


 

Table of Contents

21.PARENT COMPANY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

132,711

 

$

133,554

 

Security available for sale

 

 

3,405

 

 

 —

 

Investment in bank subsidiary

 

 

479,302

 

 

462,429

 

Investment in non-bank subsidiaries

 

 

2,851

 

 

1,941

 

Other assets

 

 

4,945

 

 

6,798

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

623,214

 

$

604,722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated note

 

$

41,240

 

$

41,240

 

Other liabilities

 

 

5,427

 

 

4,751

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

576,547

 

 

558,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

623,214

 

$

604,722

 

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends from subsidiary

 

$

17,340

 

$

16,676

 

$

16,376

 

Interest income

 

 

17

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

Other income

 

 

45

 

 

45

 

 

39

 

Less: Interest expense

 

 

2,056

 

 

2,515

 

 

2,515

 

Less: Other expenses

 

 

568

 

 

392

 

 

368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income tax benefit

 

 

14,778

 

 

13,816

 

 

13,534

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

876

 

 

976

 

 

958

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

 

 

15,654

 

 

14,792

 

 

14,492

 

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

 

 

19,512

 

 

13,995

 

 

10,931

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

35,166

 

$

28,787

 

$

25,423

 

 

187


 

Table of Contents

21.PARENT COMPANY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (continued)

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31, (in thousands)

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

35,166

 

$

28,787

 

$

25,423

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accretion of investment security

 

 

(4)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

 

 

(19,512)

 

 

(13,995)

 

 

(10,931)

 

Director deferred compensation - Parent Company

 

 

108

 

 

98

 

 

99

 

Change in other assets

 

 

1,853

 

 

3,834

 

 

(7,895)

 

Change in other liabilities

 

 

201

 

 

(1,500)

 

 

2,086

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

17,812

 

 

17,224

 

 

8,782

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in Republic Insurance Services, Inc.

 

 

 —

 

 

(246)

 

 

 

Purchases of security available for sale

 

 

(3,401)

 

 

 

 

 

Redemption of Republic Investment Company common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,621

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

(3,401)

 

 

(246)

 

 

23,621

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock repurchases

 

 

(551)

 

 

(347)

 

 

(4,095)

 

Net proceeds from Common Stock options exercised

 

 

1,136

 

 

1,103

 

 

467

 

Cash dividends paid

 

 

(15,839)

 

 

(14,930)

 

 

(14,009)

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(15,254)

 

 

(14,174)

 

 

(17,637)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(843)

 

 

2,804

 

 

14,766

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

133,554

 

 

130,750

 

 

115,984

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

132,711

 

$

133,554

 

$

130,750

 

 

 

188


 

Table of Contents

 

 

22.OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

 

OCI components and related tax effects were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

 

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale

 

$

(3,160)

 

$

2,021

 

$

(4,747)

 

Reclassification adjustment for gain on security available for sale recognized in earnings

 

 

(88)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Change in unrealized gain on security available for sale for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized in earnings

 

 

(125)

 

 

475

 

 

742

 

Net unrealized gains

 

 

(3,373)

 

 

2,496

 

 

(4,005)

 

Tax effect

 

 

1,181

 

 

(875)

 

 

1,403

 

Net of tax

 

 

(2,192)

 

 

1,621

 

 

(2,602)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivatives used for cash flow hedges

 

 

(514)

 

 

(1,082)

 

 

147

 

Reclassification amount for derivative losses realized in income

 

 

402

 

 

424

 

 

23

 

Net unrealized gains losses

 

 

(112)

 

 

(658)

 

 

170

 

Tax effect

 

 

38

 

 

231

 

 

(59)

 

Net of tax

 

 

(74)

 

 

(427)

 

 

111

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income components, net of tax

 

$

(2,266)

 

$

1,194

 

$

(2,491)

 

 

 

Significant amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated OCI for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts Reclassified From

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Other 

 

 

 

Affected Line Items in the Consolidated

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Years Ended December 31,  (in thousands)

    

Statements of Income

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on call of security available for sale

 

Non interest income

 

$

88

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Tax effect

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(31)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Net of tax

 

Net income

 

 

57

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap on money market deposits

 

Interest expense on deposits

 

 

(198)

 

 

(201)

 

 

(16)

 

Interest rate swap on FHLB advance

 

Interest expense on FHLB advances

 

 

(204)

 

 

(223)

 

 

(7)

 

Total derivative losses on cash flow hedges

 

Total interest expense

 

 

(402)

 

 

(424)

 

 

(23)

 

Tax effect

 

Income tax expense

 

 

141

 

 

70

 

 

6

 

Net of tax

 

Net income

 

 

(261)

 

 

(354)

 

 

(17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net of tax, total all reclassification amounts

 

Net income

 

$

(204)

 

$

(354)

 

$

(17)

 

 

189


 

Table of Contents

22.OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (continued)

 

The following is a summary of the accumulated OCI balances, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

2015

    

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

Change

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale

 

$

3,839

 

$

(2,112)

 

$

1,727

 

Unrealized gain on security available for sale for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized in earnings

 

 

792

 

 

(80)

 

 

712

 

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge

 

 

(316)

 

 

(74)

 

 

(390)

 

Total unrealized gain

 

$

4,315

 

$

(2,266)

 

$

2,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

2014

    

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2013

 

Change

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale

 

$

2,526

 

$

1,313

 

$

3,839

 

Unrealized gain on security available for sale for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized in earnings

 

 

484

 

 

308

 

 

792

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedge

 

 

111

 

 

(427)

 

 

(316)

 

Total unrealized gain

 

$

3,121

 

$

1,194

 

$

4,315

 

 

 

 

190


 

Table of Contents

23.SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

Reportable segments are determined by the type of products and services offered and the level of information provided to the chief operating decision maker, who uses such information to review performance of various components of the business (such as banking centers and business units), which are then aggregated if operating performance, products/services, and clients are similar.

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Company was divided into four distinct business operating segments: Traditional Banking, Warehouse, Mortgage Banking and RPG. Management considers the first three segments to collectively constitute “Core Bank” or “Core Banking” activities. Correspondent Lending operations are considered part of Traditional Banking operations. The RPG segment includes the following divisions: TRS, RPS and RCS. TRS generates the majority of RPG’s income, with the relatively smaller divisions of RPG, RPS and RCS, considered immaterial for separate and independent segment reporting. All divisions of the RPG segment operate through the Bank.

 

 

The nature of segment operations and the primary drivers of net revenues by reportable segment are provided below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment:

 

Nature of Operations:

 

Primary Drivers of Net Revenues:

 

 

    

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Traditional Banking

 

Provides traditional banking products to clients primarily in its market footprint via its network of banking centers and primarily to clients outside of its market footprint via its Internet and Correspondent Lending delivery channels.

 

Loans, investments and deposits

 

Core Banking

 

 

Warehouse Lending

 

Provides short-term, revolving credit facilities to mortgage bankers across the Nation.

 

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Banking

 

Primarily originates, sells and services long-term, single family, first lien residential real estate loans primarily to clients in its market footprint.

 

Gain on sale of loans and servicing fees

 

 

 

 

Republic Processing Group

 

The TRS division facilitates the receipt and payment of federal and state tax refund products.  The RPS division offers general purpose reloadable cards.  The RCS division offers short-term credit products. RPG products are primarily provided to clients outside of the Bank’s market footprint.

 

Net refund transfer fees

 

 

The accounting policies used for Republic’s reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Segment performance is evaluated using operating income. Goodwill is not allocated. Income taxes are generally allocated based on income before income tax expense unless specific segment allocations can be reasonably made. Transactions among reportable segments are made at carrying value.

 

 

191


 

Table of Contents

23.SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

 

Segment information for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Core Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

    

Total

    

    

Republic

    

 

 

 

 

 

Traditional

 

Warehouse

 

Mortgage

 

 

Core

 

 

Processing

 

Total

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Banking

 

Lending

 

Banking

 

 

Banking

 

 

Group

 

Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

108,303

 

$

12,209

 

$

219

 

 

$

120,731

 

 

$

3,239

 

$

123,970

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

2,897

 

 

168

 

 

 —

 

 

 

3,065

 

 

 

2,331

 

 

5,396

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net refund transfer fees

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

17,388

 

 

17,388

 

Mortgage banking income

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,411

 

 

 

4,411

 

 

 

 

 

4,411

 

Gain on call of security available for sale

 

 

88

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

 —

 

 

88

 

Other non-interest income

 

 

23,670

 

 

24

 

 

248

 

 

 

23,942

 

 

 

2,165

 

 

26,107

 

Total non-interest income

 

 

23,758

 

 

24

 

 

4,659

 

 

 

28,441

 

 

 

19,553

 

 

47,994

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

 

 

93,740

 

 

2,526

 

 

4,918

 

 

 

101,184

 

 

 

12,140

 

 

113,324

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

 

 

35,424

 

 

9,539

 

 

(40)

 

 

 

44,923

 

 

 

8,321

 

 

53,244

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

11,505

 

 

3,575

 

 

(14)

 

 

 

15,066

 

 

 

3,012

 

 

18,078

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

23,919

 

$

5,964

 

$

(26)

 

 

$

29,857

 

 

$

5,309

 

$

35,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment end of year assets

 

$

3,809,526

 

$

386,414

 

$

9,348

 

 

$

4,205,288

 

 

$

25,001

 

$

4,230,289

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

 

3.15

%  

 

3.58

%  

 

NM

 

 

 

3.19

%  

 

 

NM

 

 

3.27

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Core Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

    

Total

    

    

Republic

    

 

 

 

 

 

Traditional

 

Warehouse

 

Mortgage

 

 

Core

 

 

Processing

 

Total

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Banking

 

Lending

 

Banking

 

 

Banking

 

 

Group

 

Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

104,832

 

$

7,428

 

$

183

 

 

$

112,443

 

 

$

330

 

$

112,773

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

3,042

 

 

350

 

 

 —

 

 

 

3,392

 

 

 

(533)

 

 

2,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net refund transfer fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

16,130

 

 

16,130

 

Mortgage banking income

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,862

 

 

 

2,862

 

 

 

 

 

2,862

 

Other non-interest income

 

 

21,489

 

 

12

 

 

244

 

 

 

21,745

 

 

 

1,782

 

 

23,527

 

Total non-interest income

 

 

21,489

 

 

12

 

 

3,106

 

 

 

24,607

 

 

 

17,912

 

 

42,519

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

 

 

90,713

 

 

1,857

 

 

3,881

 

 

 

96,451

 

 

 

11,667

 

 

108,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

 

 

32,566

 

 

5,233

 

 

(592)

 

 

 

37,207

 

 

 

7,108

 

 

44,315

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

11,251

 

 

1,831

 

 

(207)

 

 

 

12,875

 

 

 

2,653

 

 

15,528

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

21,315

 

$

3,402

 

$

(385)

 

 

$

24,332

 

 

$

4,455

 

$

28,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment end of year assets

 

$

3,404,323

 

$

319,153

 

$

11,593

 

 

$

3,735,069

 

 

$

11,944

 

$

3,747,013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

 

3.32

%  

 

3.77

%  

 

NM

 

 

 

3.35

%  

 

 

NM

 

 

3.33

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

192


 

Table of Contents

23.SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

Core Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

    

Total

    

    

Republic

    

 

 

 

 

Traditional

 

Warehouse

 

Mortgage

 

 

Core

 

 

Processing

 

Total

(dollars in thousands)

 

Banking

 

Lending

 

Banking

 

 

Banking

 

 

Group

 

Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

106,901

 

$

5,655

 

$

471

 

 

$

113,027

 

 

$

148

 

$

113,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

3,920

 

 

(92)

 

 

 —

 

 

 

3,828

 

 

 

(845)

 

 

2,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net refund transfer fees

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

13,884

 

 

13,884

Mortgage banking income

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

7,258

 

 

 

7,258

 

 

 

 —

 

 

7,258

Bargain purchase gains

 

 

1,324

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

1,324

 

 

 

 —

 

 

1,324

Other non-interest income

 

 

22,752

 

 

6

 

 

131

 

 

 

22,889

 

 

 

875

 

 

23,764

Total non-interest income

 

 

24,076

 

 

6

 

 

7,389

 

 

 

31,471

 

 

 

14,759

 

 

46,230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

 

 

94,668

 

 

1,657

 

 

3,418

 

 

 

99,743

 

 

 

16,181

 

 

115,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

 

 

32,389

 

 

4,096

 

 

4,442

 

 

 

40,927

 

 

 

(429)

 

 

40,498

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

11,124

 

 

1,433

 

 

1,555

 

 

 

14,112

 

 

 

963

 

 

15,075

Net income (loss)

 

$

21,265

 

$

2,663

 

$

2,887

 

 

$

26,815

 

 

$

(1,392)

 

$

25,423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment end of year assets

 

$

3,205,499

 

$

149,351

 

$

9,307

 

 

$

3,364,157

 

 

$

7,747

 

$

3,371,904

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

 

3.47

%  

 

4.28

%  

 

NM

 

 

 

3.50

%  

 

 

NM

 

 

3.48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Segment assets are reported as of the respective period ends while income and margin data are reported for the respective periods.

 

NM — Not Meaningful

 

193


 

Table of Contents

24.SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

Presented below is a summary of the consolidated quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

    

Fourth

    

Third

    

Second

    

First

 

($ in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

36,842

 

$

36,107

 

$

35,722

 

$

33,761

 

Interest expense

 

 

4,376

 

 

4,683

 

 

4,664

 

 

4,739

 

Net interest income

 

 

32,466

 

 

31,424

 

 

31,058

 

 

29,022

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

2,074

 

 

2,233

 

 

904

 

 

185

 

Net interest income after provision

 

 

30,392

 

 

29,191

 

 

30,154

 

 

28,837

 

Non interest income

 

 

7,717

 

 

7,806

 

 

9,485

 

 

22,986

 

Non interest expenses(2)

 

 

26,847

 

 

28,238

 

 

27,165

 

 

31,074

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

11,262

 

 

8,759

 

 

12,474

 

 

20,749

 

Income tax expense

 

 

3,844

 

 

3,119

 

 

4,154

 

 

6,961

 

Net income

 

 

7,418

 

 

5,640

 

 

8,320

 

 

13,788

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

0.36

 

 

0.27

 

 

0.40

 

 

0.66

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

0.33

 

 

0.25

 

 

0.37

 

 

0.65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

0.36

 

 

0.27

 

 

0.40

 

 

0.66

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

0.33

 

 

0.25

 

 

0.36

 

 

0.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

0.198

 

 

0.198

 

 

0.198

 

 

0.187

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

0.180

 

 

0.180

 

 

0.180

 

 

0.170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

    

Fourth

    

Third

    

Second

    

First

 

($ in thousands, except per share data)

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

34,331

 

$

33,144

 

$

32,405

 

$

32,497

 

Interest expense

 

 

4,854

 

 

4,702

 

 

4,855

 

 

5,193

 

Net interest income

 

 

29,477

 

 

28,442

 

 

27,550

 

 

27,304

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

1,359

 

 

1,510

 

 

693

 

 

(703)

 

Net interest income after provision

 

 

28,118

 

 

26,932

 

 

26,857

 

 

28,007

 

Non interest income

 

 

6,196

 

 

6,527

 

 

9,081

 

 

20,715

 

Non interest expenses(2)

 

 

26,430

 

 

25,205

 

 

26,284

 

 

30,199

 

Income before income tax expense

 

 

7,884

 

 

8,254

 

 

9,654

 

 

18,523

 

Income tax expense

 

 

2,649

 

 

3,008

 

 

3,332

 

 

6,539

 

Net income

 

 

5,235

 

 

5,246

 

 

6,322

 

 

11,984

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

0.25

 

 

0.25

 

 

0.31

 

 

0.58

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

0.24

 

 

0.24

 

 

0.29

 

 

0.56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

0.25

 

 

0.25

 

 

0.30

 

 

0.58

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

0.24

 

 

0.24

 

 

0.29

 

 

0.56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

0.187

 

 

0.187

 

 

0.187

 

 

0.176

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

0.170

 

 

0.170

 

 

0.170

 

 

0.160

 

 

194


 

Table of Contents

24.SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

    

Fourth

    

Third

    

Second

    

First

($ in thousands, except per share data)

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

32,039

 

$

34,009

 

$

34,119

 

$

34,401

Interest expense

 

 

5,300

 

 

5,470

 

 

5,352

 

 

5,271

Net interest income

 

 

26,739

 

 

28,539

 

 

28,767

 

 

29,130

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

503

 

 

2,200

 

 

905

 

 

(625)

Net interest income after provision

 

 

26,236

 

 

26,339

 

 

27,862

 

 

29,755

Non interest income

 

 

6,359

 

 

7,385

 

 

10,302

 

 

22,184

Non interest expenses (2)

 

 

29,574

 

 

26,171

 

 

29,218

 

 

30,961

Income before income tax expense

 

 

3,021

 

 

7,553

 

 

8,946

 

 

20,978

Income tax expense

 

 

1,676

 

 

2,950

 

 

2,827

 

 

7,622

Net income

 

 

1,345

 

 

4,603

 

 

6,119

 

 

13,356

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

0.07

 

 

0.22

 

 

0.30

 

 

0.64

Class B Common Stock

 

 

0.05

 

 

0.21

 

 

0.28

 

 

0.63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

0.07

 

 

0.22

 

 

0.30

 

 

0.64

Class B Common Stock

 

 

0.05

 

 

0.21

 

 

0.28

 

 

0.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

0.176

 

 

0.176

 

 

0.176

 

 

0.165

Class B Common Stock

 

 

0.160

 

 

0.160

 

 

0.160

 

 

0.150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The first quarters of 2015, 2014 and 2013 were significantly impacted by the TRS operating division.

 

(2)

Non interest expenses:

 

During the fourth quarters of 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company reversed $2.3 million, $950,000 and $1.1 million of incentive compensation accruals based on revised payout estimates.

 

During the third quarters of 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company reversed $450,000,  $1.8 million and $3.3 million of incentive compensation accruals based on revised payout estimates.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2013, the TRS division of the RPG segment incurred $1.4 million in legal related expenses associated with the conclusions of RPG’s previously reported contract disputes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

195


 

Table of Contents

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

None

 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures.

 

As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was carried out by Republic Bancorp, Inc.’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chairman/Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. In addition, no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) occurred during the fourth quarter of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and on the Financial Statements, thereon are set forth under Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

Item 9B.  Other Information.

 

None

 

196


 

Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

 

The information required by this Item appears under the headings “PROPOSAL ONE: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS,” “SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE” and “THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND ITS COMMITTEES” of the Proxy Statement of Republic Bancorp, Inc. (“Republic” or the “Company”) for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“Proxy Statement”) to be held April 21, 2016, all of which is incorporated herein by reference.    

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the Company’s executive officers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position with the Company

   

 

 

 

 

Steven E. Trager (1)

 

55

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”)

A. Scott Trager (2)

 

63

 

Vice Chair and President

Kevin Sipes (3)

 

44

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) and Chief Accounting Officer

William R. Nelson (4)

 

52

 

President, Republic Processing Group

Steven E. DeWeese (5)

 

47

 

Executive Vice President, Republic Bank & Trust Company

Robert J. Arnold (6)

 

57

 

Senior Vice President, Republic Bank & Trust Company

Anthony T. Powell (7)

 

48

 

Senior Vice President, Republic Bank & Trust Company

John Rippy (8)

 

55

 

Senior Vice President, Republic Bank & Trust Company

Juan Montano (9)

 

46

 

Senior Vice President, Republic Bank & Trust Company

 

 

 

 

 

Executive officers of the Company are elected by the Board of Directors and serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Steven E. Trager and A. Scott Trager are cousins.


(1)

Steven E. Trager began serving as Chairman and CEO of Republic in February, 2012 and has served as Chairman and CEO of Republic Bank & Trust Company (the “Bank”) since 1998.  From 1994 to 1997 he served as Vice Chairman of the Company.  From 1994 to 1998 he served as Secretary, and from 1998 to 2012 he served as President and CEO of Republic.

 

(2)

A. Scott Trager has served as President of Republic since February, 2012 and as President of the Company since 1984. From 1994 to 2012, he served as Vice Chairman of Republic.

 

(3)

Kevin Sipes has served as Executive Vice President and Treasurer of Republic and the Company since 2002 and CFO of Republic and the Company since 2000. He began serving as Chief Accounting Officer of the Company in 2000. He joined the Company in 1995.

 

(4)

William R. Nelson has served as President of Republic Processing Group since 2007.  He previously served as Director of Relationship Management of HSBC, Taxpayer Financial Services, in 2004 and was promoted to Group Director — Independent Program in 2006 through 2007.  He previously served as Director of Sales, Marketing and Customer Service with RPG from 1999 through 2004.

 

(5)

Steven E. DeWeese joined the Company in 1990 and has held various positions within the Company since then.  In 2000, he was promoted to SVP.  In 2003, he was promoted to Managing Director of Business Development.  In 2006, he was promoted to Managing Director of Retail Banking, and in January, 2010 he was promoted to Executive Vice President of the Company. In 2015, he was named the Company’s Managing Director of Private and Business Banking.

 

(6)

Robert J. Arnold joined the Company in 2006 as SVP and Chief Operating Officer of Commercial Banking. In 2015 he was named the Company’s Managing Director of Commercial and Corporate Banking.

 

(7)

Anthony T. Powell joined the Company in 1999 as VP. In 2001, he was promoted to SVP and Senior Commercial Lending Officer. In 2005, he was promoted to SVP and Managing Director of Business Banking. In 2015, he assumed responsibility for the Retail Banking division of the Company and was named SVP and Chief Credit and Retail Officer.

 

197


 

Table of Contents

(8)

John Rippy joined the Company in 2005 as SVP and Risk Management Officer. In 2009, he was named SVP and Chief Legal and Compliance Officer. In 2013, he was named SVP and Chief Risk Management Officer.

 

(9)

Juan Montano joined the Company in 2009 as SVP and Managing Director of Finance.  In 2015, he was named SVP and Managing Director of Mortgage Lending.

 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation.

 

The information required by this Item appears under the sub-heading “Director Compensation” and under the headings “CERTAIN INFORMATION AS TO MANAGEMENT” and “COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION” of the Proxy Statement all of which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table sets forth information regarding Republic’s Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of options, warrants and rights under all equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2015. There were no equity compensation plans not approved by security holders at December 31, 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

(1)  

    

(2)  

    

(3)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Securities Remaining

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Future Issuance

 

 

Number of Securities to be Issued

 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price

 

Under Equity Compensation Plans

 

 

Upon Exercise of Outstanding

 

of Outstanding Options, Warrants

 

(Excluding Securities Reflected in

Plan Category

 

Options, Warrants and Rights

 

and Rights

 

Column (1))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Stock Incentive Plan

 

309,900

 

$

24.68

 

2,690,000

2005 Stock Incentive Plan

 

92,500

 

 

24.48

 

 —

 

Column (1) above represents options issued for Class A Common Stock only. Options for Class B Common Stock have been authorized but are not issued.

 

Additional information required by this Item appears under the heading “SHARE OWNERSHIP” of the Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

 

Information required by this Item is under the headings “COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION” and “CERTAIN OTHER RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS” of the Proxy Statement, all of which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

 

Information required by this Item appears under the heading “INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM” of the Proxy Statement which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

198


 

Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a)(1) Financial Statements:

 

The following are included under Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:”

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated balance sheets — December 31, 2015 and 2014

Consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income — years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity — years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

Consolidated statements of cash flows — years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

(a)(2) Financial Statements Schedules:

 

Financial statement schedules are omitted because the information is not applicable.

 

(a)(3) Exhibits:

 

The Exhibit Index of this report is incorporated herein by reference. The management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(b) are noted in the Exhibit Index.

199


 

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

 

 

REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

Steve Trager sig

March 11, 2016

By:

Steven E. Trager

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven E. Trager

 

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer

 

March 11, 2016

Steven E. Trager

 

and Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ A. Scott Trager

 

President and Director

 

March 11, 2016

A. Scott Trager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kevin Sipes

 

Chief Financial Officer and

 

March 11, 2016

Kevin Sipes

 

Chief Accounting Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Craig A. Greenberg

 

Director

 

March 11, 2016

Craig Greenberg

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael T. Rust

 

Director

 

March 11, 2016

Michael T. Rust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Sandra Metts Snowden

 

Director

 

March 11, 2016

Sandra Metts Snowden

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ R. Wayne Stratton

 

Director

 

March 11, 2016

R. Wayne Stratton

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Susan Stout Tamme

 

Director

 

March 11, 2016

Susan Stout Tamme

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200


 

Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

No.

 

Description

 

 

 

3(i)

 

Articles of Incorporation of Registrant, as amended (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i) to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Registrant (Registration No. 333-56583))

 

 

 

3(ii)

 

Amended Bylaws (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

4.1

 

Provisions of Articles of Incorporation of Registrant defining rights of security holders (see Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of Registrant incorporated as Exhibit 3(i) herein)

 

 

 

4.2

 

Agreement Pursuant to Item 601 (b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))

 

 

 

10.01*

 

Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement with Steven E. Trager, dated January 12, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))

 

 

 

10.02*

 

Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement, as amended and restated, with Steven E. Trager effective January 1, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.03*

 

Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement, as amended, with Steven E. Trager effective February 15, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed February 21, 2006 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.04*

 

Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement, as amended and restated, with Steven E. Trager effective April 30, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.05*

 

Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement with A. Scott Trager, dated January 12, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))

 

 

 

10.06*

 

Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement, as amended and restated, with A. Scott Trager effective January 1, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.07*

 

Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement, as amended, with A. Scott Trager effective February 15, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed February 21, 2006 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.08*

 

Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement, as amended and restated, with A. Scott Trager effective April 30, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.09*

 

Officer Compensation Agreement with A. Scott Trager, effective March 21, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.10*

 

Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement with Kevin Sipes, dated June 15, 2001 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2001 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

 

 

 

201


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.11*

 

Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement, as amended and restated, with Kevin Sipes effective January 1, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.12*

 

Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement, as amended, with Kevin Sipes effective February 15, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed February 21, 2006 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.13*

 

Officer Compensation Continuation Agreement, as amended and restated, with Kevin Sipes effective April 30, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.14*

 

Officer Compensation Agreement with Kevin Sipes, effective March 21, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.15*

 

Officer Compensation Agreement with Kevin Sipes, effective March 21, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.16*

 

Officer Compensation Agreement with Kevin Sipes, effective November 7, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.17*

 

Officer Compensation Agreement with Kevin Sipes, effective November 7, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.18*

 

Death Benefit Agreement with Bernard M. Trager dated September 10, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))

 

 

 

10.19

 

Right of First Offer Agreement by and among Republic Bancorp, Inc., Teebank Family Limited Partnership, Bernard M. Trager and Jean S. Trager. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed September 19, 2007 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.20

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated August 1, 1982, relating to 2801 Bardstown Road, Louisville (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.21

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated August 1, 2008, relating to 2801 Bardstown Road, Louisville (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed June 9, 2008 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.22

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Teeco Properties, dated April 1, 1995, relating to property at 601 West Market Street (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.10 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.23

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Teeco Properties, dated October 1, 1996, relating to property at 601 West Market Street (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.10 of Registrant’s Form S-1 (Commission File Number: 333-56583))

 

 

 

10.24

 

Lease extension between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Teeco Properties, dated September 25, 2001, relating to property at 601 West Market Street (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.25 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

 

 

 

202


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.25

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Teeco Properties, dated May 1, 2002, relating to property at 601 West Market Street (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.26

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Teeco Properties, dated October 1, 2005, relating to property at 601 West Market Street, Louisville, KY (Floor 4), amending and modifying previously filed exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002 (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.27

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Teeco Properties, as of October 1, 2006, relating to property at 601 West Market Street, Louisville, KY. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed September 25, 2006 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.28

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Teeco Properties, as of July 8, 2008, as amended, relating to property at 601 West Market Street (Floors 1,2,3,5 and 6), Louisville, KY. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.29

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Teeco Properties, as of July 8, 2008, as amended, relating to property at 601 West Market Street (Floor 4), Louisville, KY. (Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.30

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated February 3, 1993, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway, Louisville (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.31

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated February 1, 1999, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.32

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated February 1, 2000, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.33

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated July 1, 2003, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway, Louisville (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.34

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated August 2, 1993, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway, Louisville (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.35

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated September 1, 1995, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway, Louisville (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.36

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated February 16, 1996, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway, Louisville (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.37

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated January 21, 1998, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway, Louisville (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

203


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.38

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated September 11, 1998, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway, Louisville (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.39

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated February 1, 2004, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway, Louisville (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.40

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated September 1, 2005, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway, Louisville, KY, amending and modifying previously filed exhibit 10.12 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.41

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated July 1, 2008, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway, Louisville (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed June 9, 2008 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.42

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated August 14, 2015, as amended, relating to 661 South Hurstbourne Parkway, Louisville (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 10K for the quarter ended September 30, 2015 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.43

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated November 17, 1997, as amended, relating to 9600 Brownsboro Road (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.44

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated August 1, 1999, as amended, relating to 9600 Brownsboro Road (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.45

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated October 30, 1999, as amended, relating to 9600 Brownsboro Road (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.46

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated May 1, 2003, as amended, relating to 9600 Brownsboro Road (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

10.47

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated November 1, 2005, as amended, relating to 9600 Brownsboro Road (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.48

 

Assignment and Assumption of Lease by Republic Bank & Trust Company with the consent of Jaytee Properties, dated May 1, 2006, relating to 9600 Brownsboro Road, Louisville, KY. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.49

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated January 17, 2008, as amended, relating to 9600 Brownsboro Road, Louisville, KY (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.50

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, dated January 15, 2014, as amended, relating to 9600 Brownsboro Road (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

204


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.51

 

Ground lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties, relating to 9600 Brownsboro Road, dated January 17, 2008, as amended, relating to 9600 Brownsboro Road, Louisville, KY (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.52

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties II SPE, LLC, dated June 27, 2008, relating to 200 South Seventh Street, Louisville, KY. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed July 1, 2008 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.53

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties II SPE, LLC, dated January 31, 2011, relating to 200 South Seventh Street, Louisville, KY (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 of the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.54

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties II SPE, LLC, dated May 1, 2013, relating to 200 South Seventh Street, Louisville, KY (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.55

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties II SPE, LLC, dated January 15, 2014, as amended, relating to 200 South Seventh Street, Louisville, KY (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.56

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties II SPE, LLC, dated March 18, 2015, as amended, relating to 200 South Seventh Street, Louisville, KY. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.57

 

Lease between Republic Bank & Trust Company and Jaytee Properties II SPE, LLC, dated September 30, 2015, as amended, relating to 200 South Seventh Street, Louisville, KY. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2015 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.58*

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement for Directors and Executive Officers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.59*

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed March 18, 2005 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.60*

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan Amendment Number 1 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.61*

 

2015 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Annex A of Registrant’s 2015 Proxy Statement (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.62*

 

Option Award Agreement for 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.63*

 

Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.64*

 

Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed January 27, 2016 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.65*

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan Amendment, as amended November 14, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed November 19, 2012 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

205


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.66*

 

Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as amended November 14, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed November 19, 2012 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.67*

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc. 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (Incorporated by reference to Form S-8 filed December 28, 2005 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.68*

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan, as Amended and Restated, effective April 1, 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Form 11-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.69*

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan, as Amended and Restated, effective January 1, 2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 23.2 of Form 11-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.70*

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries Non-Employee Director and Key Employee Deferred Compensation and the Republic Bank & Trust Company Non-Employee Director and Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan (as adopted November 18, 2004) (Incorporated by reference to Form S-8 filed November 30, 2004 (Commission File Number: 333-120857))

 

 

 

10.71*

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries Non-Employee Director and Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 (Incorporated by reference to Form S-8 filed April 13, 2005 (Commission File Number: 333-120857))

 

 

 

10.72*

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries Non-Employee Director and Key Employee Deferred Compensation, as amended and restated as of March 16, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed March 18, 2005 (Commission File Number: 333-120857))

 

 

 

10.73*

 

Republic Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries Non-Employee Director and Key Employee Deferred Compensation as amended and restated as of March 19, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.74

 

Junior Subordinated Indenture, Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, and Guarantee Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed August 19, 2005 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.75*

 

Cash Bonus Plan for Acquisitions, effective November 7, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.76

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement — Whole Bank; All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, receiver of Tennessee Commerce Bank, Franklin, Tennessee, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Republic Bank & Trust Company, dated as of January 27, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed February 1, 2012 (Commission File Number: 0-24649))

 

 

 

10.77

 

Split Dollar Insurance Policy with Citizens Fidelity Bank and Trust Company as the Trustee of the Bernard Trager Irrevocable Trust, dated December 14, 1989, as amended August 8, 1994 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.70 to Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Commission File Number: 33-77324))

 

 

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of Republic Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

 

23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

206


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

No.

 

Description

 

 

 

32**

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2003

 

 

 

101

 

Interactive data files: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, (iii) Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 


*Denotes management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(b).

 

**This certification shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

207